This is a modern-English version of Tanglewood Tales, originally written by Hawthorne, Nathaniel.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
TANGLEWOOD TALES
by Nathaniel Hawthorne
Contents
THE WAYSIDE. INTRODUCTORY.
A short time ago, I was favored with a flying visit from my young friend Eustace Bright, whom I had not before met with since quitting the breezy mountains of Berkshire. It being the winter vacation at his college, Eustace was allowing himself a little relaxation, in the hope, he told me, of repairing the inroads which severe application to study had made upon his health; and I was happy to conclude, from the excellent physical condition in which I saw him, that the remedy had already been attended with very desirable success. He had now run up from Boston by the noon train, partly impelled by the friendly regard with which he is pleased to honor me, and partly, as I soon found, on a matter of literary business.
Recently, I had a quick visit from my young friend Eustace Bright, whom I hadn’t seen since leaving the breezy mountains of Berkshire. Since it was winter break at his college, Eustace was taking some time to unwind, hoping, as he mentioned, to recover from the toll that intense study had taken on his health. I was glad to see him in such great shape, which suggested that his efforts had already paid off. He had come up from Boston on the noon train, partly due to the friendly feelings he holds for me, and partly, as I soon discovered, for some literary business.
It delighted me to receive Mr. Bright, for the first time, under a roof, though a very humble one, which I could really call my own. Nor did I fail (as is the custom of landed proprietors all about the world) to parade the poor fellow up and down over my half a dozen acres; secretly rejoicing, nevertheless, that the disarray of the inclement season, and particularly the six inches of snow then upon the ground, prevented him from observing the ragged neglect of soil and shrubbery into which the place had lapsed. It was idle, however, to imagine that an airy guest from Monument Mountain, Bald Summit, and old Graylock, shaggy with primeval forests, could see anything to admire in my poor little hillside, with its growth of frail and insect-eaten locust trees. Eustace very frankly called the view from my hill top tame; and so, no doubt, it was, after rough, broken, rugged, headlong Berkshire, and especially the northern parts of the county, with which his college residence had made him familiar. But to me there is a peculiar, quiet charm in these broad meadows and gentle eminences. They are better than mountains, because they do not stamp and stereotype themselves into the brain, and thus grow wearisome with the same strong impression, repeated day after day. A few summer weeks among mountains, a lifetime among green meadows and placid slopes, with outlines forever new, because continually fading out of the memory—such would be my sober choice.
I was thrilled to have Mr. Bright visit me for the first time in a home, even if it was a modest one, that I could genuinely call my own. I also didn’t miss the opportunity (like all landowners do) to show off my half a dozen acres to the poor guy; still, I felt a secret relief that the messy weather, especially the six inches of snow on the ground, kept him from noticing the overgrown and neglected state of the land and plants. It was foolish to think that someone from Monument Mountain, Bald Summit, and old Graylock, covered in ancient forests, would find anything impressive about my little hillside, filled with fragile and insect-infested locust trees. Eustace candidly described the view from my hilltop as bland; and, no doubt, it was, especially compared to the rugged and wild Berkshire, particularly the northern parts of the county that he was used to from his college days. But for me, there’s a special, quiet beauty in these wide meadows and gentle hills. They’re better than mountains because they don’t leave a constant, heavy impression in your mind and become tiresome with the same strong view day in and day out. A few weeks in the mountains during summer, and a lifetime in green meadows and calm slopes, with scenes that are always fresh because they gradually fade from memory—this would be my sensible choice.
I doubt whether Eustace did not internally pronounce the whole thing a bore, until I led him to my predecessor's little ruined, rustic summer house, midway on the hillside. It is a mere skeleton of slender, decaying tree trunks, with neither walls nor a roof; nothing but a tracery of branches and twigs, which the next wintry blast will be very likely to scatter in fragments along the terrace. It looks, and is, as evanescent as a dream; and yet, in its rustic network of boughs, it has somehow enclosed a hint of spiritual beauty, and has become a true emblem of the subtile and ethereal mind that planned it. I made Eustace Bright sit down on a snow bank, which had heaped itself over the mossy seat, and gazing through the arched windows opposite, he acknowledged that the scene at once grew picturesque.
I’m not sure if Eustace didn’t secretly think the whole thing was boring until I took him to my predecessor's little ruined summer house, halfway up the hillside. It’s just a frame of thin, decaying tree trunks, with no walls or roof; just a tangle of branches and twigs that the next winter storm will probably blow apart along the terrace. It looks, and is, as fleeting as a dream; yet, in its rustic web of branches, it somehow holds a touch of spiritual beauty, becoming a true symbol of the delicate and ethereal mind that designed it. I had Eustace Bright sit down on a snowbank that had piled up over the mossy seat, and as he looked through the arched windows opposite, he admitted that the scene instantly became picturesque.
"Simple as it looks," said he, "this little edifice seems to be the work of magic. It is full of suggestiveness, and, in its way, is as good as a cathedral. Ah, it would be just the spot for one to sit in, of a summer afternoon, and tell the children some more of those wild stories from the classic myths!"
"Simple as it looks," he said, "this little building seems like it's made from magic. It's full of meaning and, in its own way, is just as good as a cathedral. Ah, it would be the perfect place to sit on a summer afternoon and share some more of those wild stories from classic myths with the kids!"
"It would, indeed," answered I. "The summer house itself, so airy and so broken, is like one of those old tales, imperfectly remembered; and these living branches of the Baldwin apple tree, thrusting so rudely in, are like your unwarrantable interpolations. But, by the by, have you added any more legends to the series, since the publication of the 'Wonder-Book'?"
"It definitely would," I replied. "The summer house, so open and fragmented, feels like one of those old stories that are only half-remembered; and these living branches of the Baldwin apple tree, pushing in so abruptly, are like your unauthorized additions. By the way, have you added any more legends to the collection since the release of the 'Wonder-Book'?"
"Many more," said Eustace; "Primrose, Periwinkle, and the rest of them, allow me no comfort of my life unless I tell them a story every day or two. I have run away from home partly to escape the importunity of these little wretches! But I have written out six of the new stories, and have brought them for you to look over."
"Many more," said Eustace; "Primrose, Periwinkle, and the others won’t let me have a moment of peace unless I tell them a story every day or so. I've run away from home partly to get away from the constant demands of these little pests! But I’ve written down six new stories and brought them for you to check out."
"Are they as good as the first?" I inquired.
"Are they as good as the first ones?" I asked.
"Better chosen, and better handled," replied Eustace Bright. "You will say so when you read them."
"Better chosen and better handled," replied Eustace Bright. "You'll say that when you read them."
"Possibly not," I remarked. "I know from my own experience, that an author's last work is always his best one, in his own estimate, until it quite loses the red heat of composition. After that, it falls into its true place, quietly enough. But let us adjourn to my study, and examine these new stories. It would hardly be doing yourself justice, were you to bring me acquainted with them, sitting here on this snow bank!"
"Maybe not," I said. "From my own experience, an author's last work is always their best in their eyes until it cools down from the heat of creation. After that, it takes its rightful place quietly. But let's head to my study and look over these new stories. It wouldn't be fair to you to share them with me while we're sitting on this snowbank!"
So we descended the hill to my small, old cottage, and shut ourselves up in the south-eastern room, where the sunshine comes in, warmly and brightly, through the better half of a winter's day. Eustace put his bundle of manuscript into my hands; and I skimmed through it pretty rapidly, trying to find out its merits and demerits by the touch of my fingers, as a veteran story-teller ought to know how to do.
So we went down the hill to my little, old cottage and locked ourselves in the southeast room, where the sunlight streams in, warmly and brightly, for most of a winter day. Eustace handed me his bundle of manuscripts, and I quickly skimmed through it, trying to assess its strengths and weaknesses by touch, as any experienced storyteller should know how to do.
It will be remembered that Mr. Bright condescended to avail himself of my literary experience by constituting me editor of the "Wonder-Book." As he had no reason to complain of the reception of that erudite work by the public, he was now disposed to retain me in a similar position with respect to the present volume, which he entitled TANGLEWOOD TALES. Not, as Eustace hinted, that there was any real necessity for my services as introducer, inasmuch as his own name had become established in some good degree of favor with the literary world. But the connection with myself, he was kind enough to say, had been highly agreeable; nor was he by any means desirous, as most people are, of kicking away the ladder that had perhaps helped him to reach his present elevation. My young friend was willing, in short, that the fresh verdure of his growing reputation should spread over my straggling and half-naked boughs; even as I have sometimes thought of training a vine, with its broad leafiness, and purple fruitage, over the worm-eaten posts and rafters of the rustic summer house. I was not insensible to the advantages of his proposal, and gladly assured him of my acceptance.
Mr. Bright graciously chose to use my literary experience by making me the editor of the "Wonder-Book." Since he had no complaints about how the public received that scholarly work, he was now inclined to keep me in a similar role for the current volume, which he named TANGLEWOOD TALES. Not that, as Eustace pointed out, there was a real need for my introduction, since his own name had started to gain a good reputation in the literary world. However, he kindly mentioned that working with me had been quite enjoyable, and he certainly wasn’t like most people who would want to disregard the support that possibly helped him achieve his current success. In short, my young friend was happy for the fresh appeal of his rising fame to cover my sparse and struggling branches; just as I’ve sometimes thought about training a vine, with its broad leaves and purple fruit, to grow over the weathered posts and beams of a rustic summer house. I recognized the benefits of his suggestion and gladly confirmed my acceptance.
Merely from the title of the stories I saw at once that the subjects were not less rich than those of the former volume; nor did I at all doubt that Mr. Bright's audacity (so far as that endowment might avail) had enabled him to take full advantage of whatever capabilities they offered. Yet, in spite of my experience of his free way of handling them, I did not quite see, I confess, how he could have obviated all the difficulties in the way of rendering them presentable to children. These old legends, so brimming over with everything that is most abhorrent to our Christianized moral sense some of them so hideous, others so melancholy and miserable, amid which the Greek tragedians sought their themes, and moulded them into the sternest forms of grief that ever the world saw; was such material the stuff that children's playthings should be made of! How were they to be purified? How was the blessed sunshine to be thrown into them?
Just from the title of the stories, I immediately realized that the topics were just as rich as those in the previous volume. I had no doubt that Mr. Bright's boldness (as much as that trait could help) had allowed him to fully exploit whatever potential these stories had. However, despite my familiarity with his unrestricted approach, I honestly couldn't see how he managed to overcome all the challenges of making them suitable for children. These old legends, filled with everything that goes against our Christian moral values—some of them so horrifying, others so sad and tragic—were the very themes that Greek tragedians explored and shaped into the most profound forms of grief ever witnessed. Was this really the kind of material that should be turned into children's playthings? How could they be made appropriate? How could the bright light of joy be brought into them?
But Eustace told me that these myths were the most singular things in the world, and that he was invariably astonished, whenever he began to relate one, by the readiness with which it adapted itself to the childish purity of his auditors. The objectionable characteristics seem to be a parasitical growth, having no essential connection with the original fable. They fall away, and are thought of no more, the instant he puts his imagination in sympathy with the innocent little circle, whose wide-open eyes are fixed so eagerly upon him. Thus the stories (not by any strained effort of the narrator's, but in harmony with their inherent germ) transform themselves, and re-assume the shapes which they might be supposed to possess in the pure childhood of the world. When the first poet or romancer told these marvellous legends (such is Eustace Bright's opinion), it was still the Golden Age. Evil had never yet existed; and sorrow, misfortune, crime, were mere shadows which the mind fancifully created for itself, as a shelter against too sunny realities; or, at most, but prophetic dreams to which the dreamer himself did not yield a waking credence. Children are now the only representatives of the men and women of that happy era; and therefore it is that we must raise the intellect and fancy to the level of childhood, in order to re-create the original myths.
But Eustace told me that these myths are some of the most unique things in the world, and he is always amazed, whenever he starts to share one, by how easily it adapts to the innocent minds of his young listeners. The problematic aspects seem to be just an extra layer, having no real connection to the original story. They fade away and are forgotten the second he aligns his imagination with the pure little group, whose wide-open eyes are glued to him. Thus, the tales—without any forced effort from the storyteller, but rather in tune with their core essence—transform and take on the forms we might imagine they had in the innocent beginnings of our world. When the first poet or storyteller shared these incredible legends (according to Eustace Bright), it was still the Golden Age. Evil had never existed; sorrow, misfortune, and crime were merely shadows that the mind playfully created as a refuge from overly bright realities, or at most, just prophetic dreams that the dreamer didn't truly believe in while awake. Children are now the only ones who represent the men and women of that joyful time; that's why we must elevate our intellect and imagination to match childhood in order to restore the original myths.
I let the youthful author talk as much and as extravagantly as he pleased, and was glad to see him commencing life with such confidence in himself and his performances. A few years will do all that is necessary towards showing him the truth in both respects. Meanwhile, it is but right to say, he does really appear to have overcome the moral objections against these fables, although at the expense of such liberties with their structure as must be left to plead their own excuse, without any help from me. Indeed, except that there was a necessity for it—and that the inner life of the legends cannot be come at save by making them entirely one's own property—there is no defense to be made.
I let the young author talk as much and as extravagantly as he wanted, and I was happy to see him starting out in life with such confidence in himself and his work. A few years will reveal the truth in both areas. In the meantime, it’s only fair to mention that he really seems to have overcome the moral objections against these stories, although it came at the cost of liberties taken with their structure that must defend themselves without my assistance. Honestly, aside from the necessity of it—and the fact that you can only truly connect with the deeper meaning of these legends by making them entirely your own—there's no real justification to offer.
Eustace informed me that he had told his stories to the children in various situations—in the woods, on the shore of the lake, in the dell of Shadow Brook, in the playroom, at Tanglewood fireside, and in a magnificent palace of snow, with ice windows, which he helped his little friends to build. His auditors were even more delighted with the contents of the present volume than with the specimens which have already been given to the world. The classically learned Mr. Pringle, too, had listened to two or three of the tales, and censured them even more bitterly than he did THE THREE GOLDEN APPLES; so that, what with praise, and what with criticism, Eustace Bright thinks that there is good hope of at least as much success with the public as in the case of the "WonderBook."
Eustace told me that he had shared his stories with the kids in different places—in the woods, by the lake, in the valley of Shadow Brook, in the playroom, at the Tanglewood fireside, and in an incredible snow palace with ice windows that he helped his little friends build. His listeners were even more excited about the stories in this volume than they were about the ones already released. The well-educated Mr. Pringle also listened to a couple of the tales and critiqued them even more harshly than he did THE THREE GOLDEN APPLES; so, with both praise and critique, Eustace Bright believes there’s a good chance of at least as much success with the public as there was with the "WonderBook."
I made all sorts of inquiries about the children, not doubting that there would be great eagerness to hear of their welfare, among some good little folks who have written to me, to ask for another volume of myths. They are all, I am happy to say (unless we except Clover), in excellent health and spirits. Primrose is now almost a young lady, and, Eustace tells me, is just as saucy as ever. She pretends to consider herself quite beyond the age to be interested by such idle stories as these; but, for all that, whenever a story is to be told, Primrose never fails to be one of the listeners, and to make fun of it when finished. Periwinkle is very much grown, and is expected to shut up her baby house and throw away her doll in a month or two more. Sweet Fern has learned to read and write, and has put on a jacket and pair of pantaloons—all of which improvements I am sorry for. Squash Blossom, Blue Eye, Plantain, and Buttercup have had the scarlet fever, but came easily through it. Huckleberry, Milkweed, and Dandelion were attacked with the whooping cough, but bore it bravely, and kept out of doors whenever the sun shone. Cowslip, during the autumn, had either the measles, or some eruption that looked very much like it, but was hardly sick a day. Poor Clover has been a good deal troubled with her second teeth, which have made her meagre in aspect and rather fractious in temper; nor, even when she smiles, is the matter much mended, since it discloses a gap just within her lips, almost as wide as the barn door. But all this will pass over, and it is predicted that she will turn out a very pretty girl.
I asked a lot of questions about the kids, sure that some good little ones who have written to me for another book of myths would be eager to hear how they are doing. I’m happy to report that they are all in excellent health and spirits, except for Clover. Primrose is almost a young lady now, and Eustace tells me she's just as sassy as ever. She pretends she’s too grown up to care about silly stories like these, but whenever a story is being told, Primrose is always one of the listeners and loves to make fun of it afterward. Periwinkle has grown a lot and is expected to put away her playhouse and toss her doll aside in a month or two. Sweet Fern has learned to read and write and has started wearing a jacket and pants—all of which I regret. Squash Blossom, Blue Eye, Plantain, and Buttercup had scarlet fever but got through it easily. Huckleberry, Milkweed, and Dandelion caught whooping cough but handled it bravely and stayed outside as much as possible when the sun was shining. Cowslip had either measles or some rash that looked a lot like it during the fall but was hardly sick at all. Poor Clover has been struggling quite a bit with her second teeth, which have made her look thin and a bit irritable; even when she smiles, it doesn’t help much since it shows a gap just inside her lips that’s almost as wide as a barn door. But all of this will pass, and they’re saying she’s going to turn out to be a very pretty girl.
As for Mr. Bright himself, he is now in his senior year at Williams College, and has a prospect of graduating with some degree of honorable distinction at the next Commencement. In his oration for the bachelor's degree, he gives me to understand, he will treat of the classical myths, viewed in the aspect of baby stories, and has a great mind to discuss the expediency of using up the whole of ancient history, for the same purpose. I do not know what he means to do with himself after leaving college, but trust that, by dabbling so early with the dangerous and seductive business of authorship, he will not be tempted to become an author by profession. If so I shall be very sorry for the little that I have had to do with the matter, in encouraging these first beginnings.
As for Mr. Bright himself, he’s now in his senior year at Williams College and is on track to graduate with some degree of honorable distinction at the next Commencement. In his speech for the bachelor’s degree, he plans to discuss classical myths as if they were children’s stories and is also thinking about exploring the idea of using all of ancient history for the same purpose. I’m not sure what he plans to do after college, but I hope that by getting involved so early in the tempting and risky world of writing, he won’t feel pressured to become a professional author. If that happens, I’ll regret the little role I played in encouraging these early steps.
I wish there were any likelihood of my soon seeing Primrose, Periwinkle, Dandelion, Sweet Fern, Clover Plantain, Huckleberry, Milkweed, Cowslip, Buttercup, Blue Eye, and Squash Blossom again. But as I do not know when I shall re-visit Tanglewood, and as Eustace Bright probably will not ask me to edit a third "WonderBook," the public of little folks must not expect to hear any more about those dear children from me. Heaven bless them, and everybody else, whether grown people or children!
I wish there was any chance I would see Primrose, Periwinkle, Dandelion, Sweet Fern, Clover Plantain, Huckleberry, Milkweed, Cowslip, Buttercup, Blue Eye, and Squash Blossom again. But since I don’t know when I’ll return to Tanglewood, and since Eustace Bright probably won’t ask me to edit another "WonderBook," the little ones can’t expect to hear any more about those beloved characters from me. God bless them, and everyone else, whether they’re adults or kids!
THE MINOTAUR.
In the old city of Troezene, at the foot of a lofty mountain, there lived, a very long time ago, a little boy named Theseus. His grandfather, King Pittheus, was the sovereign of that country, and was reckoned a very wise man; so that Theseus, being brought up in the royal palace, and being naturally a bright lad, could hardly fail of profiting by the old king's instructions. His mother's name was Aethra. As for his father, the boy had never seen him. But, from his earliest remembrance, Aethra used to go with little Theseus into a wood, and sit down upon a moss-grown rock, which was deeply sunken into the earth. Here she often talked with her son about his father, and said that he was called Aegeus, and that he was a great king, and ruled over Attica, and dwelt at Athens, which was as famous a city as any in the world. Theseus was very fond of hearing about King Aegeus, and often asked his good mother Aethra why he did not come and live with them at Troezene.
In the ancient city of Troezene, at the base of a tall mountain, there lived, a long time ago, a little boy named Theseus. His grandfather, King Pittheus, was the ruler of that land and was considered a very wise man; so, growing up in the royal palace and being a smart kid, Theseus could hardly miss out on the old king's teachings. His mother's name was Aethra. As for his father, the boy had never met him. But from his earliest memories, Aethra would take little Theseus into a forest and sit on a moss-covered rock that was deeply embedded in the ground. Here, she often talked to her son about his father, saying that he was named Aegeus, that he was a great king who ruled over Attica, and that he lived in Athens, which was as renowned a city as any in the world. Theseus loved hearing about King Aegeus and often asked his kind mother Aethra why he didn't come and live with them in Troezene.
"Ah, my dear son," answered Aethra, with a sigh, "a monarch has his people to take care of. The men and women over whom he rules are in the place of children to him; and he can seldom spare time to love his own children as other parents do. Your father will never be able to leave his kingdom for the sake of seeing his little boy."
"Ah, my dear son," replied Aethra with a sigh, "a king has his people to look after. The men and women he rules are like children to him; he rarely has the time to love his own kids like other parents do. Your father will never be able to leave his kingdom just to see his little boy."
"Well, but, dear mother," asked the boy, "why cannot I go to this famous city of Athens, and tell King Aegeus that I am his son?"
"Well, but, dear mom," asked the boy, "why can't I go to this famous city of Athens and tell King Aegeus that I'm his son?"
"That may happen by and by," said Aethra. "Be patient, and we shall see. You are not yet big and strong enough to set out on such an errand."
"That might happen eventually," Aethra said. "Be patient, and we’ll see. You’re not big and strong enough yet to go on such a task."
"And how soon shall I be strong enough?" Theseus persisted in inquiring.
"And when will I be strong enough?" Theseus kept asking.
"You are but a tiny boy as yet," replied his mother. "See if you can lift this rock on which we are sitting?"
"You’re still a little kid," his mom said. "Can you try to lift this rock we're sitting on?"
The little fellow had a great opinion of his own strength. So, grasping the rough protuberances of the rock, he tugged and toiled amain, and got himself quite out of breath, without being able to stir the heavy stone. It seemed to be rooted into the ground. No wonder he could not move it; for it would have taken all the force of a very strong man to lift it out of its earthy bed.
The little guy thought he was really strong. So, grabbing onto the rough edges of the rock, he pulled and worked hard, getting himself pretty out of breath, but he couldn’t budge the heavy stone at all. It seemed stuck in the ground. No surprise he couldn’t move it; it would have taken the strength of a very strong man to lift it out of its spot in the dirt.
His mother stood looking on, with a sad kind of a smile on her lips and in her eyes, to see the zealous and yet puny efforts of her little boy. She could not help being sorrowful at finding him already so impatient to begin his adventures in the world.
His mother watched, a sad sort of smile on her lips and in her eyes, as she saw the eager but weak attempts of her little boy. She couldn’t help but feel sorrowful seeing him so impatient to start his adventures in the world.
"You see how it is, my dear Theseus," said she. "You must possess far more strength than now before I can trust you to go to Athens, and tell King Aegeus that you are his son. But when you can lift this rock, and show me what is hidden beneath it, I promise you my permission to depart."
"You see how it is, my dear Theseus," she said. "You need to be much stronger than you are now before I can trust you to go to Athens and tell King Aegeus that you are his son. But when you can lift this rock and show me what’s hidden under it, I promise I'll let you go."
Often and often, after this, did Theseus ask his mother whether it was yet time for him to go to Athens; and still his mother pointed to the rock, and told him that, for years to come, he could not be strong enough to move it. And again and again the rosy-checked and curly-headed boy would tug and strain at the huge mass of stone, striving, child as he was, to do what a giant could hardly have done without taking both of his great hands to the task. Meanwhile the rock seemed to be sinking farther and farther into the ground. The moss grew over it thicker and thicker, until at last it looked almost like a soft green seat, with only a few gray knobs of granite peeping out. The overhanging trees, also, shed their brown leaves upon it, as often as the autumn came; and at its base grew ferns and wild flowers, some of which crept quite over its surface. To all appearance, the rock was as firmly fastened as any other portion of the earth's substance.
Over and over again after this, Theseus asked his mom if it was time for him to go to Athens, but she kept pointing to the rock and told him that for many years to come, he wouldn't be strong enough to move it. Again and again, the rosy-cheeked and curly-headed boy would pull and strain at the massive stone, trying, as a child, to do what even a giant could hardly accomplish without both hands. Meanwhile, the rock seemed to sink deeper and deeper into the ground. The moss grew thicker over it until it eventually looked almost like a soft green seat, with just a few gray lumps of granite peeking out. The overhanging trees also dropped their brown leaves on it every autumn, and at its base grew ferns and wildflowers, some of which sprawled across its surface. To all appearances, the rock was as firmly fixed as any other part of the earth.
But, difficult as the matter looked, Theseus was now growing up to be such a vigorous youth, that, in his own opinion, the time would quickly come when he might hope to get the upper hand of this ponderous lump of stone.
But, as challenging as the situation seemed, Theseus was maturing into such a strong young man that, in his own view, the time would soon come when he could expect to overcome this heavy block of stone.
"Mother, I do believe it has started!" cried he, after one of his attempts. "The earth around it is certainly a little cracked!"
"Mom, I really think it’s started!" he exclaimed after one of his tries. "The ground around it is definitely a bit cracked!"
"No, no, child!" his mother hastily answered. "It is not possible you can have moved it, such a boy as you still are!"
"No, no, kid!" his mom quickly replied. "There's no way you could have moved it, being such a young boy!"
Nor would she be convinced, although Theseus showed her the place where he fancied that the stem of a flower had been partly uprooted by the movement of the rock. But Aethra sighed, and looked disquieted; for, no doubt, she began to be conscious that her son was no longer a child, and that, in a little while hence, she must send him forth among the perils and troubles of the world.
Nor would she be convinced, even though Theseus showed her the spot where he thought the stem of a flower had been partially uprooted by the shifting of the rock. But Aethra sighed and looked worried; for, without a doubt, she started to realize that her son was no longer a child, and that soon she would have to send him out into the dangers and troubles of the world.
It was not more than a year afterwards when they were again sitting on the moss-covered stone. Aethra had once more told him the oft-repeated story of his father, and how gladly he would receive Theseus at his stately palace, and how he would present him to his courtiers and the people, and tell them that here was the heir of his dominions. The eyes of Theseus glowed with enthusiasm, and he would hardly sit still to hear his mother speak.
It was just about a year later when they were back sitting on the moss-covered stone. Aethra had once again told him the same old story about his father, how excited he would be to welcome Theseus to his grand palace, how he would introduce him to his courtiers and the people, and announce that this was the heir to his kingdom. Theseus's eyes lit up with excitement, and he could hardly sit still to listen to his mother.
"Dear mother Aethra," he exclaimed, "I never felt half so strong as now! I am no longer a child, nor a boy, nor a mere youth! I feel myself a man! It is now time to make one earnest trial to remove the stone."
"Dear Mother Aethra," he shouted, "I've never felt as strong as I do right now! I'm no longer a child, or a boy, or just a youth! I feel like a man! It's time to really try to move the stone."
"Ah, my dearest Theseus," replied his mother "not yet! not yet!"
"Ah, my dearest Theseus," his mother replied, "not yet! Not yet!"
"Yes, mother," said he, resolutely, "the time has come!"
"Yes, mom," he said firmly, "the time has come!"
Then Theseus bent himself in good earnest to the task, and strained every sinew, with manly strength and resolution. He put his whole brave heart into the effort. He wrestled with the big and sluggish stone, as if it had been a living enemy. He heaved, he lifted, he resolved now to succeed, or else to perish there, and let the rock be his monument forever! Aethra stood gazing at him, and clasped her hands, partly with a mother's pride, and partly with a mother's sorrow. The great rock stirred! Yes, it was raised slowly from the bedded moss and earth, uprooting the shrubs and flowers along with it, and was turned upon its side. Theseus had conquered!
Then Theseus dedicated himself seriously to the task, pushing himself with all his strength and determination. He poured his whole brave heart into the effort. He wrestled with the heavy and sluggish stone as if it were a living enemy. He strained, he lifted, and resolved to either succeed or perish right there, letting the rock be his monument forever! Aethra watched him, her hands clasped, feeling a mix of maternal pride and sorrow. The huge rock moved! Yes, it was slowly lifted from the mossy ground, uprooting the shrubs and flowers alongside it, and was turned onto its side. Theseus had triumphed!
While taking breath, he looked joyfully at his mother, and she smiled upon him through her tears.
While catching his breath, he looked happily at his mother, and she smiled back at him through her tears.
"Yes, Theseus," she said, "the time has come, and you must stay no longer at my side! See what King Aegeus, your royal father, left for you beneath the stone, when he lifted it in his mighty arms, and laid it on the spot whence you have now removed it."
"Yes, Theseus," she said, "the time has come, and you can't stay by my side any longer! Look at what King Aegeus, your royal father, left for you under the stone when he lifted it with his strong arms and placed it where you just took it from."
Theseus looked, and saw that the rock had been placed over another slab of stone, containing a cavity within it; so that it somewhat resembled a roughly-made chest or coffer, of which the upper mass had served as the lid. Within the cavity lay a sword, with a golden hilt, and a pair of sandals.
Theseus looked and saw that the rock had been positioned over another stone slab that had a hollow in it, making it look a bit like a makeshift chest or box, with the top part acting as the lid. Inside the hollow was a sword with a golden hilt and a pair of sandals.
"That was your father's sword," said Aethra, "and those were his sandals. When he went to be king of Athens, he bade me treat you as a child until you should prove yourself a man by lifting this heavy stone. That task being accomplished, you are to put on his sandals, in order to follow in your father's footsteps, and to gird on his sword, so that you may fight giants and dragons, as King Aegeus did in his youth."
"That was your father's sword," Aethra said, "and those were his sandals. When he became king of Athens, he told me to treat you like a child until you proved yourself a man by lifting this heavy stone. Now that you've done that, you should put on his sandals to follow in your father's footsteps and wear his sword so you can fight giants and dragons, just like King Aegeus did when he was young."
"I will set out for Athens this very day!" cried Theseus.
"I’m leaving for Athens today!" shouted Theseus.
But his mother persuaded him to stay a day or two longer, while she got ready some necessary articles for his journey. When his grandfather, the wise King Pittheus, heard that Theseus intended to present himself at his father's palace, he earnestly advised him to get on board of a vessel, and go by sea; because he might thus arrive within fifteen miles of Athens, without either fatigue or danger.
But his mother convinced him to stay for a day or two longer while she prepared some things he would need for his trip. When his grandfather, the wise King Pittheus, learned that Theseus planned to go to his father's palace, he strongly recommended that he board a ship and travel by sea, as this way he could reach within fifteen miles of Athens without any exhaustion or risk.
"The roads are very bad by land," quoth the venerable king; "and they are terribly infested with robbers and monsters. A mere lad, like Theseus, is not fit to be trusted on such a perilous journey, all by himself. No, no; let him go by sea."
"The roads are really bad on land," said the old king; "and they're really filled with robbers and monsters. A young guy like Theseus shouldn't be trusted to go on such a dangerous journey alone. No way; let him go by sea."
But when Theseus heard of robbers and monsters, he pricked up his ears, and was so much the more eager to take the road along which they were to be met with. On the third day, therefore, he bade a respectful farewell to his grandfather, thanking him for all his kindness; and, after affectionately embracing his mother, he set forth with a good many of her tears glistening on his cheeks, and some, if the truth must be told, that had gushed out of his own eyes. But he let the sun and wind dry them, and walked stoutly on, playing with the golden hilt of his sword, and taking very manly strides in his father's sandals.
But when Theseus heard about robbers and monsters, he perked up and became even more excited to take the path where they were said to be. So on the third day, he said a respectful goodbye to his grandfather, thanking him for all his kindness. After hugging his mother affectionately, he set off with a lot of her tears shining on his cheeks, and some, to be honest, that came from his own eyes. But he let the sun and wind dry them and walked confidently on, fiddling with the golden hilt of his sword and taking strong strides in his father's sandals.
I cannot stop to tell you hardly any of the adventures that befell Theseus on the road to Athens. It is enough to say, that he quite cleared that part of the country of the robbers about whom King Pittheus had been so much alarmed. One of these bad people was named Procrustes; and he was indeed a terrible fellow, and had an ugly way of making fun of the poor travelers who happened to fall into his clutches. In his cavern he had a bed, on which, with great pretense of hospitality, he invited his guests to lie down; but, if they happened to be shorter than the bed, this wicked villain stretched them out by main force; or, if they were too tall, he lopped off their heads or feet, and laughed at what he had done, as an excellent joke. Thus, however weary a man might be, he never liked to lie in the bed of Procrustes. Another of these robbers, named Scinis, must likewise have been a very great scoundrel. He was in the habit of flinging his victims off a high cliff into the sea; and, in order to give him exactly his deserts, Theseus tossed him off the very same place. But if you will believe me, the sea would not pollute itself by receiving such a bad person into its bosom; neither would the earth, having once got rid of him, consent to take him back; so that, between the cliff and the sea, Scinis stuck fast in the air, which was forced to bear the burden of his naughtiness.
I can't take the time to tell you about all the adventures Theseus had on his way to Athens. Suffice it to say, he cleared that part of the country of the robbers that King Pittheus had been so worried about. One of these criminals was named Procrustes, and he was a truly awful guy who liked to mock the poor travelers who fell into his trap. In his cave, he had a bed where he pretended to be hospitable and invited his guests to lie down; but if they were shorter than the bed, this evil man would stretch them out by force, or if they were too tall, he would chop off their heads or feet and laugh about it like it was a funny joke. So, no matter how tired a person was, they never wanted to lie in Procrustes' bed. Another robber, named Scinis, was also a major scoundrel. He used to throw his victims off a high cliff into the sea, and to make sure he got what he deserved, Theseus tossed him off the same cliff. But believe it or not, the sea wouldn't dirty itself by accepting such a bad person, and the earth, having rid itself of him, wouldn't take him back either. So, between the cliff and the sea, Scinis was stuck in mid-air, which had to bear the weight of his wickedness.
After these memorable deeds, Theseus heard of an enormous sow, which ran wild, and was the terror of all the farmers round about; and, as he did not consider himself above doing any good thing that came in his way, he killed this monstrous creature, and gave the carcass to the poor people for bacon. The great sow had been an awful beast, while ramping about the woods and fields, but was a pleasant object enough when cut up into joints, and smoking on I know not how many dinner tables.
After these unforgettable feats, Theseus heard about a huge wild pig that terrorized all the local farmers. Not thinking he was too good to help out, he killed the monstrous beast and gave the meat to the poor people for bacon. The giant pig was a fearsome creature while roaming the woods and fields, but it looked pretty nice when it was cut into pieces and roasting on, I don’t know how many, dinner tables.
Thus, by the time he reached his journey's end, Theseus had done many valiant feats with his father's golden-hilted sword, and had gained the renown of being one of the bravest young men of the day. His fame traveled faster than he did, and reached Athens before him. As he entered the city, he heard the inhabitants talking at the street corners, and saying that Hercules was brave, and Jason too, and Castor and Pollux likewise, but that Theseus, the son of their own king, would turn out as great a hero as the best of them. Theseus took longer strides on hearing this, and fancied himself sure of a magnificent reception at his father's court, since he came thither with Fame to blow her trumpet before him, and cry to King Aegeus, "Behold your son!"
So, by the time he reached his destination, Theseus had accomplished many brave deeds with his father's golden-hilted sword and had earned a reputation as one of the boldest young men of his time. His fame spread faster than he did and arrived in Athens before him. As he walked into the city, he heard people talking at street corners, saying that Hercules was brave, and so was Jason, and also Castor and Pollux, but that Theseus, the son of their own king, would become just as great a hero as any of them. Hearing this, Theseus picked up his pace, imagining he would receive a grand welcome at his father’s court, as he arrived with Fame to announce him and proclaim to King Aegeus, "Look, your son!"
He little suspected, innocent youth that he was, that here, in this very Athens, where his father reigned, a greater danger awaited him than any which he had encountered on the road. Yet this was the truth. You must understand that the father of Theseus, though not very old in years, was almost worn out with the cares of government, and had thus grown aged before his time. His nephews, not expecting him to live a very great while, intended to get all the power of the kingdom into their own hands. But when they heard that Theseus had arrived in Athens, and learned what a gallant young man he was, they saw that he would not be at all the kind of a person to let them steal away his father's crown and scepter, which ought to be his own by right of inheritance. Thus these bad-hearted nephews of King Aegeus, who were the own cousins of Theseus, at once became his enemies. A still more dangerous enemy was Medea, the wicked enchantress; for she was now the king's wife, and wanted to give the kingdom to her son Medus, instead of letting it be given to the son of Aethra, whom she hated.
He had no idea, innocent youth that he was, that here, in this very Athens where his father ruled, a greater danger awaited him than anything he had faced on the road. But this was the truth. You have to understand that Theseus's father, although not very old, had become weary from the burdens of leadership and had thus aged prematurely. His cousins, not expecting him to live much longer, planned to seize all the power of the kingdom for themselves. However, when they heard that Theseus had come to Athens and learned what a brave young man he was, they realized he wouldn’t be the kind of person to let them take his father's crown and scepter, which rightfully belonged to him. Thus, these treacherous cousins of King Aegeus, who were also Theseus's own relatives, quickly turned against him. An even more dangerous enemy was Medea, the wicked sorceress; for she was now the king’s wife and wanted to give the kingdom to her son Medus, instead of allowing it to go to the son of Aethra, whom she despised.
It so happened that the king's nephews met Theseus, and found out who he was, just as he reached the entrance of the royal palace. With all their evil designs against him, they pretended to be their cousin's best friends, and expressed great joy at making his acquaintance. They proposed to him that he should come into the king's presence as a stranger, in order to try whether Aegeus would discover in the young man's features any likeness either to himself or his mother Aethra, and thus recognize him for a son. Theseus consented; for he fancied that his father would know him in a moment, by the love that was in his heart. But, while he waited at the door, the nephews ran and told King Aegeus that a young man had arrived in Athens, who, to their certain knowledge, intended to put him to death, and get possession of his royal crown.
It turned out that the king's nephews ran into Theseus and learned who he was just as he got to the entrance of the royal palace. With all their wicked plans against him, they pretended to be his best friends and showed great excitement at meeting him. They suggested that he should go into the king's presence as a stranger to see if Aegeus would notice any resemblance to himself or his mother Aethra, and thus recognize him as his son. Theseus agreed, believing that his father would immediately recognize him because of the love in his heart. But while he waited at the door, the nephews rushed to tell King Aegeus that a young man had come to Athens who, they claimed, intended to kill him and take his royal crown.
"And he is now waiting for admission to your majesty's presence," added they.
"And he's now waiting to see your majesty," they added.
"Aha!" cried the old king, on hearing this. "Why, he must be a very wicked young fellow indeed! Pray, what would you advise me to do with him?"
"Aha!" exclaimed the old king upon hearing this. "Well, he must be a truly wicked young man! Please, what do you suggest I do with him?"
In reply to this question, the wicked Medea put in her word. As I have already told you, she was a famous enchantress. According to some stories, she was in the habit of boiling old people in a large caldron, under pretense of making them young again; but King Aegeus, I suppose, did not fancy such an uncomfortable way of growing young, or perhaps was contented to be old, and therefore would never let himself be popped into the caldron. If there were time to spare from more important matters, I should be glad to tell you of Medea's fiery chariot, drawn by winged dragons, in which the enchantress used often to take an airing among the clouds. This chariot, in fact, was the vehicle that first brought her to Athens, where she had done nothing but mischief ever since her arrival. But these and many other wonders must be left untold; and it is enough to say, that Medea, amongst a thousand other bad things, knew how to prepare a poison, that was instantly fatal to whomsoever might so much as touch it with his lips.
In response to this question, the wicked Medea spoke up. As I mentioned before, she was a well-known enchantress. According to some tales, she used to boil old people in a large cauldron, pretending to make them young again; but King Aegeus, I guess, didn’t like such an uncomfortable way of becoming young, or maybe he was fine with being old, so he would never let himself be thrown into the cauldron. If I had time to spare from more important topics, I'd love to tell you about Medea's fiery chariot, pulled by winged dragons, which she often rode among the clouds. This chariot was actually the one that first brought her to Athens, where she had caused nothing but trouble since she arrived. But these and many other wonders must remain untold; it’s enough to say that Medea, among a thousand other bad things, knew how to make a poison that was instantly deadly to anyone who even touched it with their lips.
So, when the king asked what he should do with Theseus, this naughty woman had an answer ready at her tongue's end.
So, when the king asked what he should do with Theseus, this mischievous woman had a response ready on the tip of her tongue.
"Leave that to me, please your majesty," she replied. "Only admit this evil-minded young man to your presence, treat him civilly, and invite him to drink a goblet of wine. Your majesty is well aware that I sometimes amuse myself by distilling very powerful medicines. Here is one of them in this small phial. As to what it is made of, that is one of my secrets of state. Do but let me put a single drop into the goblet, and let the young man taste it; and I will answer for it, he shall quite lay aside the bad designs with which he comes hither."
"Leave that to me, Your Majesty," she replied. "Just let this ill-intentioned young man come before you, treat him politely, and invite him to share a glass of wine. You know I sometimes enjoy creating very potent medicines. Here’s one of them in this small vial. As for what it’s made of, that’s one of my state secrets. Just allow me to put a single drop into the goblet, and let the young man taste it; I assure you, he will completely abandon the bad intentions he has in coming here."
As she said this, Medea smiled; but, for all her smiling face, she meant nothing less than to poison the poor innocent Theseus, before his father's eyes. And King Aegeus, like most other kings, thought any punishment mild enough for a person who was accused of plotting against his life. He therefore made little or no objection to Medea's scheme, and as soon as the poisonous wine was ready, gave orders that the young stranger should be admitted into his presence.
As she said this, Medea smiled; but beneath her smile, she had no intention other than to poison the innocent Theseus right in front of his father. King Aegeus, like many other kings, believed any punishment was too light for someone accused of plotting against his life. He therefore raised little or no objection to Medea's plan, and as soon as the poisonous wine was prepared, he ordered that the young stranger be brought before him.
The goblet was set on a table beside the king's throne; and a fly, meaning just to sip a little from the brim, immediately tumbled into it, dead. Observing this, Medea looked round at the nephews, and smiled again.
The goblet was placed on a table next to the king's throne, and a fly, intending to take a quick sip from the edge, fell in and died right away. Seeing this, Medea glanced at her nephews and smiled once more.
When Theseus was ushered into the royal apartment, the only object that he seemed to behold was the white-bearded old king. There he sat on his magnificent throne, a dazzling crown on his head, and a scepter in his hand. His aspect was stately and majestic, although his years and infirmities weighed heavily upon him, as if each year were a lump of lead, and each infirmity a ponderous stone, and all were bundled up together, and laid upon his weary shoulders. The tears both of joy and sorrow sprang into the young man's eyes; for he thought how sad it was to see his dear father so infirm, and how sweet it would be to support him with his own youthful strength, and to cheer him up with the alacrity of his loving spirit. When a son takes a father into his warm heart it renews the old man's youth in a better way than by the heat of Medea's magic caldron. And this was what Theseus resolved to do. He could scarcely wait to see whether King Aegeus would recognize him, so eager was he to throw himself into his arms.
When Theseus was brought into the royal chamber, the only thing he seemed to notice was the old king with his white beard. There he sat on his grand throne, a shining crown on his head and a scepter in his hand. He looked dignified and majestic, even though his age and frailties weighed heavily on him, as if each year was a lump of lead and each ailment a heavy stone, all piled up on his weary shoulders. Tears of both joy and sorrow filled the young man's eyes because he felt sad to see his dear father so weak, and it would be so wonderful to support him with his youthful strength and lift his spirits with the enthusiasm of his loving heart. When a son embraces his father with warmth, it rejuvenates the old man’s spirit better than the warmth of Medea's magical potion. And this was what Theseus resolved to do. He could hardly wait to see if King Aegeus would recognize him, he was so eager to throw himself into his father's arms.
Advancing to the foot of the throne, he attempted to make a little speech, which he had been thinking about, as he came up the stairs. But he was almost choked by a great many tender feelings that gushed out of his heart and swelled into his throat, all struggling to find utterance together. And therefore, unless he could have laid his full, over-brimming heart into the king's hand, poor Theseus knew not what to do or say. The cunning Medea observed what was passing in the young man's mind. She was more wicked at that moment than ever she had been before; for (and it makes me tremble to tell you of it) she did her worst to turn all this unspeakable love with which Theseus was agitated to his own ruin and destruction.
Advancing to the foot of the throne, he tried to give a little speech he'd been thinking about as he climbed the stairs. But he was nearly choked by a wave of emotions that surged from his heart and filled his throat, all struggling to find a way out at once. So, unless he could lay his overflowing heart into the king's hand, poor Theseus didn’t know what to do or say. The crafty Medea noticed what was going on in the young man's mind. She was more wicked at that moment than she had ever been; for (and it makes me shiver to mention it) she did everything she could to twist this overwhelming love that Theseus felt to lead to his own ruin and destruction.
"Does your majesty see his confusion?" she whispered in the king's ear. "He is so conscious of guilt, that he trembles and cannot speak. The wretch lives too long! Quick! offer him the wine!"
"Do you see his confusion, Your Majesty?" she whispered in the king's ear. "He's so aware of his guilt that he trembles and can't speak. The poor wretch is living too long! Quickly! Offer him the wine!"
Now King Aegeus had been gazing earnestly at the young stranger, as he drew near the throne. There was something, he knew not what, either in his white brow, or in the fine expression of his mouth, or in his beautiful and tender eyes, that made him indistinctly feel as if he had seen this youth before; as if, indeed, he had trotted him on his knee when a baby, and had beheld him growing to be a stalwart man, while he himself grew old. But Medea guessed how the king felt, and would not suffer him to yield to these natural sensibilities; although they were the voice of his deepest heart, telling him as plainly as it could speak, that here was our dear son, and Aethra's son, coming to claim him for a father. The enchantress again whispered in the king's ear, and compelled him, by her witchcraft, to see everything under a false aspect.
Now King Aegeus had been staring intently at the young stranger as he approached the throne. There was something about him, he couldn't quite put his finger on it, whether it was his fair brow, the handsome way his mouth was shaped, or his beautiful, compassionate eyes, that made him feel as if he had seen this young man before; as if he had held him on his knee as a baby and had watched him grow into a strong man while he himself aged. But Medea understood the king’s feelings and wouldn’t let him give in to these natural emotions; even though they came from his deepest heart, clearly telling him that here was his beloved son, and Aethra’s son, coming to claim him as his father. The enchantress once again whispered in the king's ear and forced him, through her magic, to see everything in a misleading way.
He made up his mind, therefore, to let Theseus drink off the poisoned wine.
He decided to let Theseus drink the poisoned wine.
"Young man," said he, "you are welcome! I am proud to show hospitality to so heroic a youth. Do me the favor to drink the contents of this goblet. It is brimming over, as you see, with delicious wine, such as I bestow only on those who are worthy of it! None is more worthy to quaff it than yourself!"
"Young man," he said, "welcome! I'm proud to host such a heroic young man. Please do me the favor of drinking from this goblet. It's filled to the brim, as you can see, with delicious wine that I only give to those who deserve it! No one is more deserving of it than you!"
So saying, King Aegeus took the golden goblet from the table, and was about to offer it to Theseus. But, partly through his infirmities, and partly because it seemed so sad a thing to take away this young man's life, however wicked he might be, and partly, no doubt, because his heart was wiser than his head, and quaked within him at the thought of what he was going to do—for all these reasons, the king's hand trembled so much that a great deal of the wine slopped over. In order to strengthen his purpose, and fearing lest the whole of the precious poison should be wasted, one of his nephews now whispered to him:
So saying, King Aegeus took the golden goblet from the table and was about to offer it to Theseus. But, partly due to his weaknesses, and partly because it seemed so tragic to end this young man's life, no matter how wicked he might be, and also because his heart was wiser than his mind, causing him to feel anxious about what he was about to do—for all these reasons, the king's hand shook so much that a lot of the wine spilled over. To strengthen his resolve and worried that all the valuable poison would be wasted, one of his nephews now whispered to him:
"Has your Majesty any doubt of this stranger's guilt? This is the very sword with which he meant to slay you. How sharp, and bright, and terrible it is! Quick!—let him taste the wine; or perhaps he may do the deed even yet."
"Does Your Majesty have any doubt about this stranger's guilt? This is the exact sword he intended to use to kill you. Look how sharp, bright, and deadly it is! Quick!—let him drink the wine; or he might still go through with it."
At these words, Aegeus drove every thought and feeling out of his breast, except the one idea of how justly the young man deserved to be put to death. He sat erect on his throne, and held out the goblet of wine with a steady hand, and bent on Theseus a frown of kingly severity; for, after all, he had too noble a spirit to murder even a treacherous enemy with a deceitful smile upon his face.
At these words, Aegeus pushed aside all his thoughts and feelings, except for the one idea of how justly the young man deserved to die. He sat upright on his throne, held out the goblet of wine with a steady hand, and glared at Theseus with a serious kingly frown; after all, he had too noble a spirit to kill even a deceitful enemy with a false smile.
"Drink!" said he, in the stern tone with which he was wont to condemn a criminal to be beheaded. "You have well deserved of me such wine as this!"
"Drink!" he said, in the serious tone he usually used to sentence a criminal to death. "You have certainly earned this wine from me!"
Theseus held out his hand to take the wine. But, before he touched it, King Aegeus trembled again. His eyes had fallen on the gold-hilted sword that hung at the young man's side. He drew back the goblet.
Theseus reached out to take the wine. But, before he could touch it, King Aegeus trembled once more. His eyes had landed on the gold-hilted sword that hung at the young man's side. He pulled the goblet back.
"That sword!" he exclaimed: "how came you by it?"
"That sword!" he exclaimed. "Where did you get it?"
"It was my father's sword," replied Theseus, with a tremulous voice. "These were his sandals. My dear mother (her name is Aethra) told me his story while I was yet a little child. But it is only a month since I grew strong enough to lift the heavy stone, and take the sword and sandals from beneath it, and come to Athens to seek my father."
"It was my father's sword," Theseus replied, his voice shaking. "These were his sandals. My dear mother (her name is Aethra) told me his story when I was still a little kid. But it was only a month ago that I became strong enough to lift the heavy stone, take the sword and sandals from underneath it, and come to Athens to find my father."
"My son! my son!" cried King Aegeus, flinging away the fatal goblet, and tottering down from the throne to fall into the arms of Theseus. "Yes, these are Aethra's eyes. It is my son."
"My son! my son!" yelled King Aegeus, throwing aside the deadly goblet and stumbling down from the throne to collapse into the arms of Theseus. "Yes, these are Aethra's eyes. It is my son."
I have quite forgotten what became of the king's nephews. But when the wicked Medea saw this new turn of affairs, she hurried out of the room, and going to her private chamber, lost no time to setting her enchantments to work. In a few moments, she heard a great noise of hissing snakes outside of the chamber window; and behold! there was her fiery chariot, and four huge winged serpents, wriggling and twisting in the air, flourishing their tails higher than the top of the palace, and all ready to set off on an aerial journey. Medea staid only long enough to take her son with her, and to steal the crown jewels, together with the king's best robes, and whatever other valuable things she could lay hands on; and getting into the chariot, she whipped up the snakes, and ascended high over the city.
I completely forgot what happened to the king's nephews. But when the wicked Medea saw this new situation, she quickly left the room and went to her private chamber, wasting no time getting her magic spells ready. In just a few moments, she heard a loud noise of hissing snakes outside her window; and there it was! Her fiery chariot, pulled by four huge winged serpents, wriggling and twisting in the air, with their tails raised higher than the top of the palace, all set for a flight. Medea only stayed long enough to grab her son and steal the crown jewels, the king's finest robes, and anything else valuable she could get her hands on. Then, she climbed into the chariot, whipped the snakes, and soared high above the city.
The king, hearing the hiss of the serpents, scrambled as fast as he could to the window, and bawled out to the abominable enchantress never to come back. The whole people of Athens, too, who had run out of doors to see this wonderful spectacle, set up a shout of joy at the prospect of getting rid of her. Medea, almost bursting with rage, uttered precisely such a hiss as one of her own snakes, only ten times more venomous and spiteful; and glaring fiercely out of the blaze of the chariot, she shook her hands over the multitude below, as if she were scattering a million of curses among them. In so doing, however, she unintentionally let fall about five hundred diamonds of the first water, together with a thousand great pearls, and two thousand emeralds, rubies, sapphires, opals, and topazes, to which she had helped herself out of the king's strong box. All these came pelting down, like a shower of many-colored hailstones, upon the heads of grown people and children, who forthwith gathered them up, and carried them back to the palace. But King Aegeus told them that they were welcome to the whole, and to twice as many more, if he had them, for the sake of his delight at finding his son, and losing the wicked Medea. And, indeed, if you had seen how hateful was her last look, as the flaming chariot flew upward, you would not have wondered that both king and people should think her departure a good riddance.
The king, hearing the hiss of the snakes, rushed as fast as he could to the window and shouted at the wicked enchantress never to return. The entire population of Athens, who had rushed outside to witness this amazing sight, erupted in cheers at the thought of getting rid of her. Medea, nearly bursting with anger, let out a hiss just like one of her own snakes, but ten times more poisonous and spiteful; glaring fiercely from the fiery chariot, she waved her hands over the crowd below, as if she were scattering countless curses among them. In doing so, however, she accidentally dropped about five hundred sparkling diamonds, along with a thousand large pearls, and two thousand emeralds, rubies, sapphires, opals, and topazes that she had taken from the king's treasure. All these gems came raining down like a storm of colorful hailstones onto the heads of adults and children, who quickly gathered them up and brought them back to the palace. But King Aegeus told them they could keep everything and even more if he had it, out of his joy at finding his son and getting rid of the wicked Medea. And truly, if you had seen how hateful her last look was as the flaming chariot soared into the sky, you wouldn’t be surprised that both the king and the people considered her departure a welcome relief.
And now Prince Theseus was taken into great favor by his royal father. The old king was never weary of having him sit beside him on his throne (which was quite wide enough for two), and of hearing him tell about his dear mother, and his childhood, and his many boyish efforts to lift the ponderous stone. Theseus, however, was much too brave and active a young man to be willing to spend all his time in relating things which had already happened. His ambition was to perform other and more heroic deeds, which should be better worth telling in prose and verse. Nor had he been long in Athens before he caught and chained a terrible mad bull, and made a public show of him, greatly to the wonder and admiration of good King Aegeus and his subjects. But pretty soon, he undertook an affair that made all his foregone adventures seem like mere boy's play. The occasion of it was as follows:
And now Prince Theseus was in great favor with his royal father. The old king never grew tired of having him sit beside him on his throne (which was large enough for two) and listening to him talk about his beloved mother, his childhood, and his many attempts to lift the heavy stone. However, Theseus was much too brave and active a young man to want to spend all his time talking about things that had already happened. His ambition was to perform other, more heroic deeds that would be worth telling in stories and poems. It wasn't long after he arrived in Athens before he caught and chained a fierce mad bull, putting on a public show that amazed and impressed good King Aegeus and his people. But soon, he took on a challenge that made all his previous adventures seem like child’s play. This was prompted by the following:
One morning, when Prince Theseus awoke, he fancied that he must have had a very sorrowful dream, and that it was still running in his mind, even now that his eyes were opened. For it appeared as if the air was full of a melancholy wail; and when he listened more attentively, he could hear sobs, and groans, and screams of woe, mingled with deep, quiet sighs, which came from the king's palace, and from the streets, and from the temples, and from every habitation in the city. And all these mournful noises, issuing out of thousands of separate hearts, united themselves into one great sound of affliction, which had startled Theseus from slumber. He put on his clothes as quickly as he could (not forgetting his sandals and gold-hilted sword), and, hastening to the king, inquired what it all meant.
One morning, when Prince Theseus woke up, he felt like he must have had a really sad dream, and that it was still on his mind, even now that his eyes were open. It seemed as if the air was filled with a sorrowful wail; and when he listened more closely, he could hear cries, sobs, and screams of despair, mixed with deep, quiet sighs, coming from the king's palace, the streets, the temples, and every home in the city. All these mournful sounds, coming from thousands of different hearts, merged into one overwhelming sound of grief that had jolted Theseus from his sleep. He got dressed as quickly as he could (not forgetting his sandals and gold-hilted sword) and hurried to the king to ask what it all meant.
"Alas! my son," quoth King Aegeus, heaving a long sigh, "here is a very lamentable matter in hand! This is the wofulest anniversary in the whole year. It is the day when we annually draw lots to see which of the youths and maids of Athens shall go to be devoured by the horrible Minotaur!"
"Alas, my son," said King Aegeus, letting out a deep sigh, "this is a truly unfortunate situation! This is the saddest day of the whole year. It’s the day when we draw lots to see which of the young men and women of Athens will be sent to be eaten by the terrible Minotaur!"
"The Minotaur!" exclaimed Prince Theseus; and like a brave young prince as he was, he put his hand to the hilt of his sword. "What kind of a monster may that be? Is it not possible, at the risk of one's life, to slay him?"
"The Minotaur!" shouted Prince Theseus, and being the courageous young prince he was, he grabbed the hilt of his sword. "What kind of monster could that be? Is it not possible, even at the cost of one's life, to defeat him?"
But King Aegeus shook his venerable head, and to convince Theseus that it was quite a hopeless case, he gave him an explanation of the whole affair. It seems that in the island of Crete there lived a certain dreadful monster, called a Minotaur, which was shaped partly like a man and partly like a bull, and was altogether such a hideous sort of a creature that it is really disagreeable to think of him. If he were suffered to exist at all, it should have been on some desert island, or in the duskiness of some deep cavern, where nobody would ever be tormented by his abominable aspect. But King Minos, who reigned over Crete, laid out a vast deal of money in building a habitation for the Minotaur, and took great care of his health and comfort, merely for mischief's sake. A few years before this time, there had been a war between the city of Athens and the island of Crete, in which the Athenians were beaten, and compelled to beg for peace. No peace could they obtain, however, except on condition that they should send seven young men and seven maidens, every year, to be devoured by the pet monster of the cruel King Minos. For three years past, this grievous calamity had been borne. And the sobs, and groans, and shrieks, with which the city was now filled, were caused by the people's woe, because the fatal day had come again, when the fourteen victims were to be chosen by lot; and the old people feared lest their sons or daughters might be taken, and the youths and damsels dreaded lest they themselves might be destined to glut the ravenous maw of that detestable man-brute.
But King Aegeus shook his wise head, and to convince Theseus that it was a completely hopeless situation, he explained the entire ordeal. It turns out that on the island of Crete, there lived a terrifying monster called a Minotaur, which was part man and part bull, and was such a hideous creature that it's really unpleasant to even think about him. If he had to exist at all, he should have been on a deserted island or hidden away in a dark cave, where no one would have to suffer from his dreadful appearance. But King Minos, who ruled over Crete, spent a lot of money building a home for the Minotaur and went out of his way to ensure its health and comfort, simply for the sake of cruelty. A few years before this, there had been a war between Athens and Crete, during which the Athenians were defeated and forced to seek peace. However, the only way they could secure peace was to agree to send seven young men and seven maidens every year to be devoured by the sadistic King Minos's pet monster. For the past three years, this heavy burden had been endured. And the sobs, groans, and screams filling the city were a result of the people's grief, as the dreaded day had come again when the fourteen victims would be chosen by lot; the elderly feared for their sons and daughters, while the young men and women dreaded that they might be selected to feed the ravenous appetite of that abominable man-beast.
But when Theseus heard the story, he straightened himself up, so that he seemed taller than ever before; and as for his face it was indignant, despiteful, bold, tender, and compassionate, all in one look.
But when Theseus heard the story, he stood up straight, making him look taller than ever; his face showed a mix of anger, defiance, confidence, kindness, and compassion, all in one glance.
"Let the people of Athens this year draw lots for only six young men, instead of seven," said he, "I will myself be the seventh; and let the Minotaur devour me if he can!"
"Let the people of Athens this year draw lots for only six young men, instead of seven," he said, "I will be the seventh myself; and let the Minotaur devour me if he can!"
"O my dear son," cried King Aegeus, "why should you expose yourself to this horrible fate? You are a royal prince, and have a right to hold yourself above the destinies of common men."
"O my dear son," cried King Aegeus, "why would you put yourself in this terrible situation? You are a royal prince, and you should stand above the fates of ordinary people."
"It is because I am a prince, your son, and the rightful heir of your kingdom, that I freely take upon me the calamity of your subjects," answered Theseus, "And you, my father, being king over these people, and answerable to Heaven for their welfare, are bound to sacrifice what is dearest to you, rather than that the son or daughter of the poorest citizen should come to any harm."
"It’s because I’m a prince, your son, and the rightful heir to your kingdom that I willingly take on the suffering of your people," Theseus replied. "And you, my father, as king of these people and responsible to God for their well-being, must be willing to sacrifice what is most precious to you, rather than let the son or daughter of the poorest citizen come to any harm."
The old king shed tears, and besought Theseus not to leave him desolate in his old age, more especially as he had but just begun to know the happiness of possessing a good and valiant son. Theseus, however, felt that he was in the right, and therefore would not give up his resolution. But he assured his father that he did not intend to be eaten up, unresistingly, like a sheep, and that, if the Minotaur devoured him, it should not be without a battle for his dinner. And finally, since he could not help it, King Aegeus consented to let him go. So a vessel was got ready, and rigged with black sails; and Theseus, with six other young men, and seven tender and beautiful damsels, came down to the harbor to embark. A sorrowful multitude accompanied them to the shore. There was the poor old king, too, leaning on his son's arm, and looking as if his single heart held all the grief of Athens.
The old king cried and begged Theseus not to leave him alone in his old age, especially since he had just started to experience the joy of having a good and brave son. However, Theseus believed he was right and wouldn't change his mind. He promised his father that he didn't plan to be eaten like a sheep without a fight and that if the Minotaur was going to devour him, it would be after a battle. Eventually, since there was no way around it, King Aegeus agreed to let him go. A ship was prepared, rigged with black sails; and Theseus, along with six other young men and seven lovely young women, went down to the harbor to board the ship. A sorrowful crowd followed them to the shore. The poor old king was there too, leaning on his son's arm, looking as if he carried all the sorrow of Athens in his heart.
Just as Prince Theseus was going on board, his father bethought himself of one last word to say.
Just as Prince Theseus was about to board, his father remembered one last thing to say.
"My beloved son," said he, grasping the Prince's hand, "you observe that the sails of this vessel are black; as indeed they ought to be, since it goes upon a voyage of sorrow and despair. Now, being weighed down with infirmities, I know not whether I can survive till the vessel shall return. But, as long as I do live, I shall creep daily to the top of yonder cliff, to watch if there be a sail upon the sea. And, dearest Theseus, if by some happy chance, you should escape the jaws of the Minotaur, then tear down those dismal sails, and hoist others that shall be bright as the sunshine. Beholding them on the horizon, myself and all the people will know that you are coming back victorious, and will welcome you with such a festal uproar as Athens never heard before."
"My beloved son," he said, taking the Prince's hand, "you see that the sails of this ship are black; just like they should be, since it's going on a journey of sorrow and despair. Now, feeling weighed down by my weaknesses, I don't know if I can hold on until the ship returns. But as long as I live, I will make my way daily to the top of that cliff, to see if there’s a sail on the sea. And, dear Theseus, if by some chance you manage to escape the Minotaur's grip, then take down those dark sails and raise new ones that are bright like the sun. When we see them on the horizon, I and all the people will know that you’re coming back victorious and will greet you with a celebration like Athens has never heard before."
Theseus promised that he would do so. Then going on board, the mariners trimmed the vessel's black sails to the wind, which blew faintly off the shore, being pretty much made up of the sighs that everybody kept pouring forth on this melancholy occasion. But by and by, when they had got fairly out to sea, there came a stiff breeze from the north-west, and drove them along as merrily over the white-capped waves as if they had been going on the most delightful errand imaginable. And though it was a sad business enough, I rather question whether fourteen young people, without any old persons to keep them in order, could continue to spend the whole time of the voyage in being miserable. There had been some few dances upon the undulating deck, I suspect, and some hearty bursts of laughter, and other such unseasonable merriment among the victims, before the high blue mountains of Crete began to show themselves among the far-off clouds. That sight, to be sure, made them all very grave again.
Theseus promised that he would do it. Then, after boarding, the sailors adjusted the ship's black sails to catch the gentle breeze coming from the shore, mostly filled with the sighs everyone was letting out during this gloomy time. But once they were out at sea, a strong wind from the northwest picked up, pushing them along cheerfully over the white-capped waves as if they were on the most wonderful adventure imaginable. And even though it was a sad situation, I doubt that fourteen young people, without any adults to keep them in line, could spend the entire voyage feeling miserable. I suspect there were a few dances on the rolling deck, some hearty laughter, and other such inappropriate fun among the victims before the tall blue mountains of Crete appeared in the distant clouds. That sight certainly made them all serious again.
Theseus stood among the sailors, gazing eagerly towards the land; although, as yet, it seemed hardly more substantial than the clouds, amidst which the mountains were looming up. Once or twice, he fancied that he saw a glare of some bright object, a long way off, flinging a gleam across the waves.
Theseus stood among the sailors, eagerly watching the land; although, for now, it looked barely more solid than the clouds, where the mountains were rising. Once or twice, he thought he saw a flash of something bright, far away, casting a shimmer across the waves.
"Did you see that flash of light?" he inquired of the master of the vessel.
"Did you see that flash of light?" he asked the captain of the ship.
"No, prince; but I have seen it before," answered the master. "It came from Talus, I suppose."
"No, prince; but I’ve seen it before," the master replied. "I assume it came from Talus."
As the breeze came fresher just then, the master was busy with trimming his sails, and had no more time to answer questions. But while the vessel flew faster and faster towards Crete, Theseus was astonished to behold a human figure, gigantic in size, which appeared to be striding, with a measured movement, along the margin of the island. It stepped from cliff to cliff, and sometimes from one headland to another, while the sea foamed and thundered on the shore beneath, and dashed its jets of spray over the giant's feet. What was still more remarkable, whenever the sun shone on this huge figure, it flickered and glimmered; its vast countenance, too, had a metallic lustre, and threw great flashes of splendor through the air. The folds of its garments, moreover, instead of waving in the wind, fell heavily over its limbs, as if woven of some kind of metal.
As the breeze picked up, the captain was busy adjusting his sails and didn't have time to answer questions. But as the ship sped toward Crete, Theseus was amazed to see a giant human figure striding along the edge of the island. It moved from cliff to cliff and sometimes from one headland to another, while the sea roared and crashed against the shore below, splashing spray over the giant's feet. What was even more striking was that whenever the sun hit this massive figure, it sparkled and shimmered; its huge face also had a metallic shine that cast bright flashes of light through the air. The folds of its clothing, instead of waving in the wind, hung heavily over its limbs as if made from some kind of metal.
The nigher the vessel came, the more Theseus wondered what this immense giant could be, and whether it actually had life or no. For, though it walked, and made other lifelike motions, there yet was a kind of jerk in its gait, which, together with its brazen aspect, caused the young prince to suspect that it was no true giant, but only a wonderful piece of machinery. The figure looked all the more terrible because it carried an enormous brass club on its shoulder.
The closer the vessel got, the more Theseus wondered what this giant could be and if it was really alive. Although it walked and moved in a lifelike way, there was still a kind of jerkiness in its stride, along with its metallic appearance, that made the young prince suspect it wasn’t a real giant, but just an incredible piece of machinery. The figure looked even more frightening because it was carrying a huge brass club on its shoulder.
"What is this wonder?" Theseus asked of the master of the vessel, who was now at leisure to answer him.
"What is this wonder?" Theseus asked the captain of the ship, who was now free to respond to him.
"It is Talus, the Man of Brass," said the master.
"It’s Talus, the Man of Brass," said the master.
"And is he a live giant, or a brazen image?" asked Theseus.
"And is he a real giant, or just a statue?" asked Theseus.
"That, truly," replied the master, "is the point which has always perplexed me. Some say, indeed, that this Talus was hammered out for King Minos by Vulcan himself, the skilfullest of all workers in metal. But who ever saw a brazen image that had sense enough to walk round an island three times a day, as this giant walks round the island of Crete, challenging every vessel that comes nigh the shore? And, on the other hand, what living thing, unless his sinews were made of brass, would not be weary of marching eighteen hundred miles in the twenty-four hours, as Talus does, without ever sitting down to rest? He is a puzzler, take him how you will."
"That, truly," replied the master, "is the point that has always confused me. Some say that this Talus was created for King Minos by Vulcan himself, the most skilled metalworker. But who has ever seen a bronze statue that could actually walk around an island three times a day, like this giant does around the island of Crete, challenging every ship that comes near the shore? And on the other hand, what living being, unless its muscles were made of brass, wouldn't get tired of marching eighteen hundred miles in twenty-four hours, like Talus does, without ever stopping to rest? He's truly a mystery, no matter how you look at it."
Still the vessel went bounding onward; and now Theseus could hear the brazen clangor of the giant's footsteps, as he trod heavily upon the sea-beaten rocks, some of which were seen to crack and crumble into the foaming waves beneath his weight. As they approached the entrance of the port, the giant straddled clear across it, with a foot firmly planted on each headland, and uplifting his club to such a height that its butt-end was hidden in the cloud, he stood in that formidable posture, with the sun gleaming all over his metallic surface. There seemed nothing else to be expected but that, the next moment, he would fetch his great club down, slam bang, and smash the vessel into a thousand pieces, without heeding how many innocent people he might destroy; for there is seldom any mercy in a giant, you know, and quite as little in a piece of brass clockwork. But just when Theseus and his companions thought the blow was coming, the brazen lips unclosed themselves, and the figure spoke.
Still, the vessel surged forward; and now Theseus could hear the loud clang of the giant's footsteps as he stomped heavily on the sea-worn rocks, some of which cracked and crumbled into the crashing waves beneath his weight. As they neared the entrance of the harbor, the giant straddled it, with one foot firmly planted on each headland, lifting his club so high that the end was lost in the clouds. He stood in that intimidating position, the sun shining all over his metallic surface. It seemed inevitable that, in the next moment, he would bring his massive club down, slamming it with a crash that would shatter the vessel into a thousand pieces, without caring how many innocent lives he might take; for giants are rarely merciful, just like a piece of brass machinery. But just when Theseus and his companions thought the blow was imminent, the giant's metallic mouth opened, and he spoke.
"Whence come you, strangers?"
"Where do you come from, strangers?"
And when the ringing voice ceased, there was just such a reverberation as you may have heard within a great church bell, for a moment or two after the stroke of the hammer.
And when the ringing voice stopped, there was a lingering sound like what you might hear after a big church bell strikes, lasting for a moment or two after the hammer hits.
"From Athens!" shouted the master in reply.
"From Athens!" shouted the teacher in response.
"On what errand?" thundered the Man of Brass.
"On what mission?" shouted the Man of Brass.
And he whirled his club aloft more threateningly than ever, as if he were about to smite them with a thunderstroke right amidships, because Athens, so little while ago, had been at war with Crete.
And he raised his club high more menacingly than ever, as if he were about to smash them with a thunderbolt right in the middle, because Athens, not too long ago, had been at war with Crete.
"We bring the seven youths and the seven maidens," answered the master, "to be devoured by the Minotaur!"
"We're bringing the seven young men and the seven young women," replied the master, "to be devoured by the Minotaur!"
"Pass!" cried the brazen giant.
"Pass!" shouted the bold giant.
That one loud word rolled all about the sky, while again there was a booming reverberation within the figure's breast. The vessel glided between the headlands of the port, and the giant resumed his march. In a few moments, this wondrous sentinel was far away, flashing in the distant sunshine, and revolving with immense strides round the island of Crete, as it was his never-ceasing task to do.
That one loud word echoed across the sky, while once more there was a deep rumble in the figure's chest. The ship smoothly navigated between the headlands of the port, and the giant continued his march. In just a few moments, this incredible sentinel was far off, shining in the distant sunlight, and making huge strides around the island of Crete, as was his ongoing duty.
No sooner had they entered the harbor than a party of the guards of King Minos came down to the water side, and took charge of the fourteen young men and damsels. Surrounded by these armed warriors, Prince Theseus and his companions were led to the king's palace, and ushered into his presence. Now, Minos was a stern and pitiless king. If the figure that guarded Crete was made of brass, then the monarch, who ruled over it, might be thought to have a still harder metal in his breast, and might have been called a man of iron. He bent his shaggy brows upon the poor Athenian victims. Any other mortal, beholding their fresh and tender beauty, and their innocent looks, would have felt himself sitting on thorns until he had made every soul of them happy by bidding them go free as the summer wind. But this immitigable Minos cared only to examine whether they were plump enough to satisfy the Minotaur's appetite. For my part, I wish he himself had been the only victim; and the monster would have found him a pretty tough one.
No sooner had they entered the harbor than a group of guards from King Minos came down to the water and took charge of the fourteen young men and women. Surrounded by these armed warriors, Prince Theseus and his companions were led to the king's palace and brought into his presence. Minos was a harsh and unforgiving king. If the figure that guarded Crete was made of bronze, then the ruler who governed it could be thought to have an even tougher heart, and could easily be called a man of iron. He glared down at the poor Athenian captives. Any other person, seeing their youthful beauty and innocent expressions, would have felt uneasy until they had made every one of them happy by setting them free like the summer breeze. But this unyielding Minos only cared to check if they were plump enough to satisfy the Minotaur's hunger. As for me, I wish he himself had been the only sacrifice; the monster would have found him quite a tough one.
One after another, King Minos called these pale, frightened youths and sobbing maidens to his footstool, gave them each a poke in the ribs with his sceptre (to try whether they were in good flesh or no), and dismissed them with a nod to his guards. But when his eyes rested on Theseus, the king looked at him more attentively, because his face was calm and brave.
One by one, King Minos summoned the pale, scared youths and crying maidens to his footstool, poked each of them in the ribs with his scepter (to check if they were in good health), and sent them off with a nod to his guards. But when he saw Theseus, the king focused on him more closely, because his face was calm and brave.
"Young man," asked he, with his stern voice, "are you not appalled at the certainty of being devoured by this terrible Minotaur?"
"Young man," he asked in a stern voice, "aren't you horrified at the certainty of being eaten by this terrible Minotaur?"
"I have offered my life in a good cause," answered Theseus, "and therefore I give it freely and gladly. But thou, King Minos, art thou not thyself appalled, who, year after year, hast perpetrated this dreadful wrong, by giving seven innocent youths and as many maidens to be devoured by a monster? Dost thou not tremble, wicked king, to turn yhine eyes inward on thine own heart? Sitting there on thy golden throne, and in thy robes of majesty, I tell thee to thy face, King Minos, thou art a more hideous monster than the Minotaur himself!"
"I’ve devoted my life to a noble cause," Theseus replied, "so I give it freely and gladly. But you, King Minos, aren’t you horrified yourself? Year after year, you’ve committed this terrible injustice by sending seven innocent youths and as many maidens to be eaten by a monster. Don’t you feel a shiver, you wicked king, when you look deep inside your own heart? Sitting there on your golden throne, draped in your royal robes, I’ll say it to your face, King Minos, you are a more monstrous being than the Minotaur itself!"
"Aha! do you think me so?" cried the king, laughing in his cruel way. "To-morrow, at breakfast time, you shall have an opportunity of judging which is the greater monster, the Minotaur or the king! Take them away, guards; and let this free-spoken youth be the Minotaur's first morsel."
"Aha! Do you really think that about me?" the king said, laughing cruelly. "Tomorrow at breakfast, you'll get a chance to decide who's the bigger monster: the Minotaur or me! Take them away, guards, and let this outspoken young man be the Minotaur's first meal."
Near the king's throne (though I had no time to tell you so before) stood his daughter Ariadne. She was a beautiful and tender-hearted maiden, and looked at these poor doomed captives with very different feelings from those of the iron-breasted King Minos. She really wept indeed, at the idea of how much human happiness would be needlessly thrown away, by giving so many young people, in the first bloom and rose blossom of their lives, to be eaten up by a creature who, no doubt, would have preferred a fat ox, or even a large pig, to the plumpest of them. And when she beheld the brave, spirited figure of Prince Theseus bearing himself so calmly in his terrible peril, she grew a hundred times more pitiful than before. As the guards were taking him away, she flung herself at the king's feet, and besought him to set all the captives free, and especially this one young man.
Near the king's throne (though I didn’t have time to mention this before) stood his daughter Ariadne. She was a beautiful and kind-hearted young woman, and her feelings toward these poor doomed captives were very different from those of the cold-hearted King Minos. She truly wept at the thought of how much human happiness would be wasted by sending so many young people, in the prime of their lives, to be devoured by a creature that would likely prefer a fat ox or even a large pig over the best of them. And when she saw the brave, determined figure of Prince Theseus standing so calmly in his dire situation, her compassion grew even stronger. As the guards were taking him away, she threw herself at the king's feet and begged him to release all the captives, especially this young man.
"Peace, foolish girl!" answered King Minos.
"Calm down, silly girl!" replied King Minos.
"What hast thou to do with an affair like this? It is a matter of state policy, and therefore quite beyond thy weak comprehension. Go water thy flowers, and think no more of these Athenian caitiffs, whom the Minotaur shall as certainly eat up for breakfast as I will eat a partridge for my supper."
"What do you have to do with something like this? It's a matter of state policy, and way beyond your understanding. Go water your flowers, and don’t think about these Athenian scoundrels, whom the Minotaur will definitely gobble up for breakfast just as I will have a partridge for my dinner."
So saying, the king looked cruel enough to devour Theseus and all the rest of the captives himself, had there been no Minotaur to save him the trouble. As he would hear not another word in their favor, the prisoners were now led away, and clapped into a dungeon, where the jailer advised them to go to sleep as soon as possible, because the Minotaur was in the habit of calling for breakfast early. The seven maidens and six of the young men soon sobbed themselves to slumber. But Theseus was not like them. He felt conscious that he was wiser, and braver, and stronger than his companions, and that therefore he had the responsibility of all their lives upon him, and must consider whether there was no way to save them, even in this last extremity. So he kept himself awake, and paced to and fro across the gloomy dungeon in which they were shut up.
So saying, the king looked fierce enough to eat Theseus and all the other captives himself, if there hadn't been a Minotaur to spare him the trouble. Since he wouldn’t listen to another word in their favor, the prisoners were led away and thrown into a dungeon, where the jailer told them to go to sleep as quickly as possible, because the Minotaur usually wanted breakfast early. The seven maidens and six of the young men soon cried themselves to sleep. But Theseus was different from them. He felt he was wiser, braver, and stronger than his companions, and therefore he had the responsibility for all their lives and had to think about whether there was any way to save them, even in this dire situation. So he kept himself awake and paced back and forth across the dark dungeon where they were locked up.
Just before midnight, the door was softly unbarred, and the gentle Ariadne showed herself, with a torch in her hand.
Just before midnight, the door was quietly unlatched, and the kind Ariadne appeared, holding a torch in her hand.
"Are you awake, Prince Theseus?" she whispered.
"Are you awake, Prince Theseus?" she whispered.
"Yes," answered Theseus. "With so little time to live, I do not choose to waste any of it in sleep."
"Yeah," replied Theseus. "With so little time left, I don't want to waste any of it sleeping."
"Then follow me," said Ariadne, "and tread softly."
"Then follow me," Ariadne said, "and walk quietly."
What had become of the jailer and the guards, Theseus never knew. But, however that might be, Ariadne opened all the doors, and led him forth from the darksome prison into the pleasant moonlight.
What happened to the jailer and the guards, Theseus never found out. But, no matter what, Ariadne opened all the doors and guided him out of the gloomy prison into the lovely moonlight.
"Theseus," said the maiden, "you can now get on board your vessel, and sail away for Athens."
"Theseus," said the maiden, "you can now board your ship and set sail for Athens."
"No," answered the young man; "I will never leave Crete unless I can first slay the Minotaur, and save my poor companions, and deliver Athens from this cruel tribute."
"No," replied the young man; "I will never leave Crete unless I can first kill the Minotaur, save my poor friends, and free Athens from this harsh tribute."
"I knew that this would be your resolution," said Ariadne. "Come, then, with me, brave Theseus. Here is your own sword, which the guards deprived you of. You will need it; and pray Heaven you may use it well."
"I knew this would be your decision," said Ariadne. "Come on, brave Theseus. Here is your sword that the guards took from you. You'll need it; and may you use it wisely."
Then she led Theseus along by the hand until they came to a dark, shadowy grove, where the moonlight wasted itself on the tops of the trees, without shedding hardly so much as a glimmering beam upon their pathway. After going a good way through this obscurity, they reached a high marble wall, which was overgrown with creeping plants, that made it shaggy with their verdure. The wall seemed to have no door, nor any windows, but rose up, lofty, and massive, and mysterious, and was neither to be clambered over, nor, as far as Theseus could perceive, to be passed through. Nevertheless, Ariadne did but press one of her soft little fingers against a particular block of marble and, though it looked as solid as any other part of the wall, it yielded to her touch, disclosing an entrance just wide enough to admit them They crept through, and the marble stone swung back into its place.
Then she took Theseus's hand and led him to a dark, shadowy grove, where the moonlight barely touched the tops of the trees, without casting much of a glow on their path. After walking a little way through this darkness, they arrived at a tall marble wall, covered in creeping plants that made it look lush and overgrown. The wall had no visible door or windows and stood tall, massive, and mysterious, seeming impossible to climb over or, as far as Theseus could tell, to get through. However, Ariadne simply pressed one of her soft little fingers against a specific block of marble, and although it looked as solid as any other part of the wall, it gave way to her touch, revealing an entrance just wide enough for them to pass through. They slipped inside, and the marble stone swung back into place.
"We are now," said Ariadne, "in the famous labyrinth which Daedalus built before he made himself a pair of wings, and flew away from our island like a bird. That Daedalus was a very cunning workman; but of all his artful contrivances, this labyrinth is the most wondrous. Were we to take but a few steps from the doorway, we might wander about all our lifetime, and never find it again. Yet in the very center of this labyrinth is the Minotaur; and, Theseus, you must go thither to seek him."
"We're now," said Ariadne, "in the famous labyrinth that Daedalus built before he made himself a pair of wings and flew away from our island like a bird. Daedalus was a really clever craftsman; but out of all his clever inventions, this labyrinth is the most amazing. If we take just a few steps from the doorway, we could wander around for the rest of our lives and never find it again. Yet at the very center of this labyrinth is the Minotaur; and, Theseus, you have to go there to find him."
"But how shall I ever find him," asked Theseus, "if the labyrinth so bewilders me as you say it will?"
"But how will I ever find him," Theseus asked, "if the labyrinth confuses me like you say it will?"
Just as he spoke, they heard a rough and very disagreeable roar, which greatly resembled the lowing of a fierce bull, but yet had some sort of sound like the human voice. Theseus even fancied a rude articulation in it, as if the creature that uttered it were trying to shape his hoarse breath into words. It was at some distance, however, and he really could not tell whether it sounded most like a bull's roar or a man's harsh voice.
Just as he spoke, they heard a rough and really unpleasant roar that sounded a lot like the lowing of a fierce bull, but also had some qualities of the human voice. Theseus even thought he could make out some rough sounds in it, as if the creature making the noise was trying to turn its hoarse breath into words. It was a bit far away, though, and he honestly couldn't tell if it sounded more like a bull's roar or a man's harsh voice.
"That is the Minotaur's noise," whispered Ariadne, closely grasping the hand of Theseus, and pressing one of her own hands to her heart, which was all in a tremble. "You must follow that sound through the windings of the labyrinth, and, by and by, you will find him. Stay! take the end of this silken string; I will hold the other end; and then, if you win the victory, it will lead you again to this spot. Farewell, brave Theseus."
"That's the Minotaur's roar," Ariadne whispered, tightly holding Theseus's hand and pressing one hand to her trembling heart. "You need to follow that sound through the twists of the labyrinth, and soon enough, you'll find him. Wait! Take the end of this silk string; I'll hold the other end, and if you succeed, it will guide you back to this spot. Goodbye, brave Theseus."
So the young man took the end of the silken string in his left hand, and his gold-hilted sword, ready drawn from its scabbard, in the other, and trod boldly into the inscrutable labyrinth. How this labyrinth was built is more than I can tell you. But so cunningly contrived a mizmaze was never seen in the world, before nor since. There can be nothing else so intricate, unless it were the brain of a man like Daedalus, who planned it, or the heart of any ordinary man; which last, to be sure, is ten times as great a mystery as the labyrinth of Crete. Theseus had not taken five steps before he lost sight of Ariadne; and in five more his head was growing dizzy. But still he went on, now creeping through a low arch, now ascending a flight of steps, now in one crooked passage and now in another, with here a door opening before him, and there one banging behind, until it really seemed as if the walls spun round, and whirled him round along with them. And all the while, through these hollow avenues, now nearer, now farther off again, resounded the cry of the Minotaur; and the sound was so fierce, so cruel, so ugly, so like a bull's roar, and withal so like a human voice, and yet like neither of them, that the brave heart of Theseus grew sterner and angrier at every step; for he felt it an insult to the moon and sky, and to our affectionate and simple Mother Earth, that such a monster should have the audacity to exist.
So the young man took the end of the silk string in his left hand and his gold-hilted sword, drawn and ready in the other, and boldly stepped into the puzzling labyrinth. I can't explain how this labyrinth was built. But such a cleverly designed maze has never been seen in the world, before or since. Nothing else could be as intricate, unless it was the mind of someone like Daedalus, who created it, or the heart of any ordinary person; which last, it must be said, is ten times more of a mystery than the labyrinth of Crete. Theseus hadn’t taken five steps before he lost sight of Ariadne; and in five more, he felt dizzy. But he kept going, now crawling through a low arch, now climbing a flight of steps, now in one twisted passage and then another, with a door opening in front of him and another slamming behind, until it really seemed like the walls were spinning around, whirling him along with them. All the while, through these hollow corridors, sometimes closer and sometimes farther away, the cry of the Minotaur echoed; and the sound was so fierce, so cruel, so harsh, resembling a bull’s roar but also sounding like a human voice—yet unlike either—that Theseus’s brave heart grew tougher and angrier with every step; for he felt it was an insult to the moon and sky, and to our loving and simple Mother Earth, that such a monster should have the nerve to exist.
As he passed onward, the clouds gathered over the moon, and the labyrinth grew so dusky that Theseus could no longer discern the bewilderment through which he was passing. He would have left quite lost, and utterly hopeless of ever again walking in a straight path, if, every little while, he had not been conscious of a gentle twitch at the silken cord. Then he knew that the tender-hearted Ariadne was still holding the other end, and that she was fearing for him, and hoping for him, and giving him just as much of her sympathy as if she were close by his side. O, indeed, I can assure you, there was a vast deal of human sympathy running along that slender thread of silk. But still he followed the dreadful roar of the Minotaur, which now grew louder and louder, and finally so very loud that Theseus fully expected to come close upon him, at every new zizgag and wriggle of the path. And at last, in an open space, at the very center of the labyrinth, he did discern the hideous creature.
As he continued on, clouds covered the moon, and the labyrinth became so dark that Theseus could no longer make sense of the chaos around him. He would have been completely lost and hopeless of ever finding a straight path again if he hadn’t felt a gentle tug on the silk cord every now and then. Then he knew that the compassionate Ariadne was still holding the other end, that she was worried about him, hoping for him, and sending him as much sympathy as if she were right by his side. Oh, I assure you, there was a great deal of human compassion traveling along that thin silk thread. Yet, he kept following the terrifying roar of the Minotaur, which grew louder and louder until it was so deafening that Theseus expected to encounter it with each new twist and turn of the path. Finally, in a clearing at the very center of the labyrinth, he saw the monstrous creature.
Sure enough, what an ugly monster it was! Only his horned head belonged to a bull; and yet, somehow or other, he looked like a bull all over, preposterously waddling on his hind legs; or, if you happened to view him in another way, he seemed wholly a man, and all the more monstrous for being so. And there he was, the wretched thing, with no society, no companion, no kind of a mate, living only to do mischief, and incapable of knowing what affection means. Theseus hated him, and shuddered at him, and yet could not but be sensible of some sort of pity; and all the more, the uglier and more detestable the creature was. For he kept striding to and fro, in a solitary frenzy of rage, continually emitting a hoarse roar, which was oddly mixed up with half-shaped words; and, after listening a while, Theseus understood that the Minotaur was saying to himself how miserable he was, and how hungry, and how he hated everybody, and how he longed to eat up the human race alive.
Sure enough, what an ugly monster it was! Only his horned head belonged to a bull; and yet, somehow, he looked like a bull all over, waddling ridiculously on his hind legs; or, if you saw him another way, he appeared completely human, and even more monstrous for it. There he was, the pitiful creature, with no friends, no companion, no mate, living only to cause trouble and unable to understand what affection means. Theseus hated him and shuddered at the sight, yet couldn’t help feeling a bit of pity, especially as the creature grew uglier and more detestable. He kept pacing back and forth in a solitary frenzy of rage, letting out a hoarse roar that strangely mixed with half-formed words; and after listening for a while, Theseus realized that the Minotaur was mumbling to himself about how miserable he was, how hungry he felt, how he hated everyone, and how he longed to eat the human race alive.
Ah! the bull-headed villain! And O, my good little people, you will perhaps see, one of these days, as I do now, that every human being who suffers any thing evil to get into his nature, or to remain there, is a kind of Minotaur, an enemy of his fellow-creatures, and separated from all good companionship, as this poor monster was.
Ah! the stubborn villain! And oh, my dear friends, you might see someday, just as I do now, that every person who allows anything bad to take root in their character, or lets it linger there, is like a Minotaur, an enemy to their fellow humans, and cut off from all good company, just like this poor creature was.
Was Theseus afraid? By no means, my dear auditors. What! a hero like Theseus afraid! Not had the Minotaur had twenty bull-heads instead of one. Bold as he was, however, I rather fancy that it strengthened his valiant heart, just at this crisis, to feel a tremulous twitch at the silken cord, which he was still holding in his left hand. It was as if Ariadne were giving him all her might and courage; and much as he already had, and little as she had to give, it made his own seem twice as much. And to confess the honest truth, he needed the whole; for now the Minotaur, turning suddenly about, caught sight of Theseus, and instantly lowered his horribly sharp horns, exactly as a mad bull does when he means to rush against an enemy. At the same time, he belched forth a tremendous roar, in which there was something like the words of human language, but all disjointed and shaken to pieces by passing through the gullet of a miserably enraged brute.
Was Theseus afraid? Not at all, my dear listeners. What? A hero like Theseus afraid? Even if the Minotaur had twenty bull heads instead of one, he wouldn’t be. Bold as he was, I think that feeling a slight tremble in the silken cord he still held in his left hand actually strengthened his brave heart at that moment. It was as if Ariadne were giving him all her strength and courage; and even though he had a lot and she had little, it made his own feel twice as strong. To be completely honest, he needed all of it; for just then, the Minotaur suddenly turned around, spotted Theseus, and immediately lowered his terrifyingly sharp horns, just like a crazed bull gets ready to charge at an opponent. At the same time, he let out a deafening roar that almost sounded like human words, but they were broken and distorted, as if they had been forced out of the throat of a furious beast.
Theseus could only guess what the creature intended to say, and that rather by his gestures than his words; for the Minotaur's horns were sharper than his wits, and of a great deal more service to him than his tongue. But probably this was the sense of what he uttered:
Theseus could only speculate about what the creature meant to convey, and that mostly through its gestures rather than its words; the Minotaur's horns were sharper than its intelligence and much more useful than its ability to speak. But this was likely the gist of what it expressed:
"Ah, wretch of a human being! I'll stick my horns through you, and toss you fifty feet high, and eat you up the moment you come down."
"Ah, miserable human! I'll charge at you and throw you fifty feet in the air, then devour you the minute you land."
"Come on, then, and try it!" was all that Theseus deigned to reply; for he was far too magnanimous to assault his enemy with insolent language.
"Go ahead, then, and give it a shot!" was all that Theseus bothered to say; he was much too noble to attack his opponent with disrespectful words.
Without more words on either side, there ensued the most awful fight between Theseus and the Minotaur that ever happened beneath the sun or moon. I really know not how it might have turned out, if the monster, in his first headlong rush against Theseus, had not missed him, by a hair's breadth, and broken one of his horns short off against the stone wall. On this mishap, he bellowed so intolerably that a part of the labyrinth tumbled down, and all the inhabitants of Crete mistook the noise for an uncommonly heavy thunder storm. Smarting with the pain, he galloped around the open space in so ridiculous a way that Theseus laughed at it, long afterwards, though not precisely at the moment. After this, the two antagonists stood valiantly up to one another, and fought, sword to horn, for a long while. At last, the Minotaur made a run at Theseus, grazed his left side with his horn, and flung him down; and thinking that he had stabbed him to the heart, he cut a great caper in the air, opened his bull mouth from ear to ear, and prepared to snap his head off. But Theseus by this time had leaped up, and caught the monster off his guard. Fetching a sword stroke at him with all his force, he hit him fair upon the neck, and made his bull head skip six yards from his human body, which fell down flat upon the ground.
Without saying anything more, the most epic battle broke out between Theseus and the Minotaur that anyone had ever seen. I can’t say how it might have ended if the monster hadn’t charged at Theseus and missed by a hair, smashing one of his horns against the stone wall. The creature bellowed so loudly that part of the labyrinth collapsed, leading the people of Crete to think it was a really intense thunderstorm. Wincing in pain, he ran around the open area in such a silly way that Theseus ended up laughing about it later, even though not at that moment. After that, the two opponents faced off bravely and fought, sword against horn, for quite a while. Finally, the Minotaur charged at Theseus, grazed his left side with his horn, and knocked him down. Assuming he had fatally wounded him, the Minotaur jumped in the air, opened his mouth wide to roar, and prepared to finish him off. But by then, Theseus had bounced back up and caught the monster off guard. With all his strength, he swung his sword and struck the beast right on the neck, sending its bull head flying six yards away from its body, which collapsed flat on the ground.
So now the battle was ended. Immediately the moon shone out as brightly as if all the troubles of the world, and all the wickedness and the ugliness that infest human life, were past and gone forever. And Theseus, as he leaned on his sword, taking breath, felt another twitch of the silken cord; for all through the terrible encounter, he had held it fast in his left hand. Eager to let Ariadne know of his success, he followed the guidance of the thread, and soon found himself at the entrance of the labyrinth.
So now the battle was over. Immediately, the moon shone as brightly as if all the troubles of the world, along with all the wickedness and ugliness that plague human life, were gone forever. And Theseus, leaning on his sword to catch his breath, felt another pull of the silken cord; throughout the intense fight, he had held it tightly in his left hand. Eager to let Ariadne know about his victory, he followed the thread's guidance and soon found himself at the entrance of the labyrinth.
"Thou hast slain the monster," cried Ariadne, clasping her hands.
"You’ve killed the monster," cried Ariadne, clasping her hands.
"Thanks to thee, dear Ariadne," answered Theseus, "I return victorious."
"Thank you, dear Ariadne," replied Theseus, "I come back victorious."
"Then," said Ariadne, "we must quickly summon thy friends, and get them and thyself on board the vessel before dawn. If morning finds thee here, my father will avenge the Minotaur."
"Then," said Ariadne, "we need to quickly call your friends and get them and you on the ship before dawn. If morning finds you here, my father will take revenge on the Minotaur."
To make my story short, the poor captives were awakened, and, hardly knowing whether it was not a joyful dream, were told of what Theseus had done, and that they must set sail for Athens before daybreak. Hastening down to the vessel, they all clambered on board, except Prince Theseus, who lingered behind them on the strand, holding Ariadne's hand clasped in his own.
To cut to the chase, the poor captives were awoken and, scarcely believing it wasn't a joyful dream, were told about what Theseus had done and that they needed to set sail for Athens before dawn. Rushing down to the ship, they all climbed on board, except for Prince Theseus, who stayed behind on the shore, holding Ariadne's hand in his.
"Dear maiden," said he, "thou wilt surely go with us. Thou art too gentle and sweet a child for such an iron-hearted father as King Minos. He cares no more for thee than a granite rock cares for the little flower that grows in one of its crevices. But my father, King Aegeus, and my dear mother, Aethra, and all the fathers and mothers in Athens, and all the sons and daughters too, will love and honor thee as their benefactress. Come with us, then; for King Minos will be very angry when he knows what thou hast done."
"Dear girl," he said, "you should definitely come with us. You’re too kind and sweet for someone like King Minos to treat you well. He doesn’t care about you any more than a granite rock cares for the little flower growing in a crack. But my father, King Aegeus, my dear mother, Aethra, and all the parents in Athens, as well as all the kids too, will love and honor you as their savior. So come with us; King Minos will be very upset when he finds out what you’ve done."
Now, some low-minded people, who pretend to tell the story of Theseus and Ariadne, have the face to say that this royal and honorable maiden did really flee away, under cover of the night, with the young stranger whose life she had preserved. They say, too, that Prince Theseus (who would have died sooner than wrong the meanest creature in the world) ungratefully deserted Ariadne, on a solitary island, where the vessel touched on its voyage to Athens. But, had the noble Theseus heard these falsehoods, he would have served their slanderous authors as he served the Minotaur! Here is what Ariadne answered, when the brave prince of Athens besought her to accompany him:
Now, some narrow-minded people, who claim to recount the story of Theseus and Ariadne, have the nerve to say that this noble and honorable young woman actually fled in the night with the young stranger whose life she had saved. They also claim that Prince Theseus (who would rather die than wrong the least important person in the world) heartlessly abandoned Ariadne on a lonely island where the ship docked on its way to Athens. However, if the noble Theseus had heard these lies, he would have dealt with their slanderous authors just as he dealt with the Minotaur! Here’s what Ariadne said when the brave prince of Athens asked her to come with him:
"No, Theseus," the maiden said, pressing his hand, and then drawing back a step or two, "I cannot go with you. My father is old, and has nobody but myself to love him. Hard as you think his heart is, it would break to lose me. At first, King Minos will be angry; but he will soon forgive his only child; and, by and by, he will rejoice, I know, that no more youths and maidens must come from Athens to be devoured by the Minotaur. I have saved you, Theseus, as much for my father's sake as for your own. Farewell! Heaven bless you!"
"No, Theseus," the young woman said, holding his hand and then stepping back a bit, "I can’t go with you. My father is old and has no one but me to care for him. As tough as you think he is, losing me would break his heart. At first, King Minos will be angry, but he’ll soon forgive his only child; and eventually, he will be glad that no more young people from Athens will have to be sacrificed to the Minotaur. I’ve saved you, Theseus, for my father’s sake as much as for your own. Goodbye! May heaven bless you!"
All this was so true, and so maiden-like, and was spoken with so sweet a dignity, that Theseus would have blushed to urge her any longer. Nothing remained for him, therefore, but to bid Ariadne an affectionate farewell, and to go on board the vessel, and set sail.
All of this was absolutely true and so innocent, and it was said with such graceful dignity that Theseus would have felt embarrassed to press her further. So, he had no choice but to say a warm goodbye to Ariadne, board the ship, and set sail.
In a few moments the white foam was boiling up before their prow, as Prince Theseus and his companions sailed out of the harbor, with a whistling breeze behind them. Talus, the brazen giant, on his never-ceasing sentinel's march, happened to be approaching that part of the coast; and they saw him, by the glimmering of the moonbeams on his polished surface, while he was yet a great way off. As the figure moved like clockwork, however, and could neither hasten his enormous strides nor retard them, he arrived at the port when they were just beyond the reach of his club. Nevertheless, straddling from headland to headland, as his custom was, Talus attempted to strike a blow at the vessel, and, overreaching himself, tumbled at full length into the sea, which splashed high over his gigantic shape, as when an iceberg turns a somerset. There he lies yet; and whoever desires to enrich himself by means of brass had better go thither with a diving bell, and fish up Talus.
In a few moments, the white foam was churning up before their bow as Prince Theseus and his friends sailed out of the harbor, with a whistling breeze at their backs. Talus, the bronze giant, on his endless watch, happened to be nearing that part of the coast, and they spotted him, shining in the moonlight on his polished surface, even from a distance. Since the figure moved mechanically and couldn't speed up or slow down his massive strides, he reached the port just as they were out of reach of his club. Still, straddling from headland to headland as was his habit, Talus tried to strike the ship but overextended himself and fell completely into the sea, splashing high over his giant form, like an iceberg flipping over. There he lies still; and anyone looking to profit from brass should probably head there with a diving bell to fish Talus up.
On the homeward voyage, the fourteen youths and damsels were in excellent spirits, as you will easily suppose. They spent most of their time in dancing, unless when the sidelong breeze made the deck slope too much. In due season, they came within sight of the coast of Attica, which was their native country. But here, I am grieved to tell you, happened a sad misfortune.
On the way home, the fourteen young men and women were in great spirits, as you might guess. They spent most of their time dancing, unless the sideways breeze made the deck tilt too much. Eventually, they caught sight of the coast of Attica, their home country. But sadly, I must tell you, a misfortune occurred.
You will remember (what Theseus unfortunately forgot) that his father, King Aegeus, had enjoined it upon him to hoist sunshiny sails, instead of black ones, in case he should overcome the Minotaur, and return victorious. In the joy of their success, however, and amidst the sports, dancing, and other merriment, with which these young folks wore away the time, they never once thought whether their sails were black, white, or rainbow colored, and, indeed, left it entirely to the mariners whether they had any sails at all. Thus the vessel returned, like a raven, with the same sable wings that had wafted her away. But poor King Aegeus, day after day, infirm as he was, had clambered to the summit of a cliff that overhung the sea, and there sat watching for Prince Theseus, homeward bound; and no sooner did he behold the fatal blackness of the sails, than he concluded that his dear son, whom he loved so much, and felt so proud of, had been eaten by the Minotaur. He could not bear the thought of living any longer; so, first flinging his crown and sceptre into the sea (useless baubles that they were to him now), King Aegeus merely stooped forward, and fell headlong over the cliff, and was drowned, poor soul, in the waves that foamed at its base!
You’ll remember (what Theseus unfortunately forgot) that his father, King Aegeus, had told him to raise sunny sails instead of black ones if he managed to defeat the Minotaur and come back victorious. However, in their excitement and amidst the fun, dancing, and other celebrations, the young people completely forgot to check if their sails were black, white, or rainbow-colored, and they left it up to the sailors whether they even had any sails at all. So, the ship returned, like a raven, with the same black sails that had taken it away. But poor King Aegeus, though frail, climbed up to the top of a cliff overlooking the sea every day, waiting for Prince Theseus to come home. As soon as he saw the dreaded black sails, he believed that his beloved son, whom he cherished and felt so proud of, had been killed by the Minotaur. He couldn't bear to live any longer; so, after tossing his crown and scepter into the sea (useless trinkets to him now), King Aegeus simply leaned forward and fell headfirst over the cliff, drowning in the waves that crashed below!
This was melancholy news for Prince Theseus, who, when he stepped ashore, found himself king of all the country, whether he would or no; and such a turn of fortune was enough to make any young man feel very much out of spirits. However, he sent for his dear mother to Athens, and, by taking her advice in matters of state, became a very excellent monarch, and was greatly beloved by his people.
This was sad news for Prince Theseus, who, when he arrived on land, discovered he was now the king of the entire country, whether he wanted to be or not; such a twist of fate would make any young man feel really low. Nevertheless, he called for his beloved mother to come to Athens, and by following her advice on state matters, he became an outstanding king and was greatly loved by his people.
THE PYGMIES.
A great while ago, when the world was full of wonders, there lived an earth-born Giant, named Antaeus, and a million or more of curious little earth-born people, who were called Pygmies. This Giant and these Pygmies being children of the same mother (that is to say, our good old Grandmother Earth), were all brethren, and dwelt together in a very friendly and affectionate manner, far, far off, in the middle of hot Africa. The Pygmies were so small, and there were so many sandy deserts and such high mountains between them and the rest of mankind, that nobody could get a peep at them oftener than once in a hundred years. As for the Giant, being of a very lofty stature, it was easy enough to see him, but safest to keep out of his sight.
A long time ago, when the world was filled with wonders, there lived a giant named Antaeus and a million or more curious little people known as Pygmies. This giant and these Pygmies, being children of the same mother (our good old Grandmother Earth), were all siblings and lived together in a very friendly and loving way, far, far away in the heart of hot Africa. The Pygmies were so small, and there were so many sandy deserts and tall mountains between them and the rest of humanity, that no one could catch a glimpse of them more than once every hundred years. As for the giant, being so tall, he was easy to see, but it was best to stay out of his sight.
Among the Pygmies, I suppose, if one of them grew to the height of six or eight inches, he was reckoned a prodigiously tall man. It must have been very pretty to behold their little cities, with streets two or three feet wide, paved with the smallest pebbles, and bordered by habitations about as big as a squirrel's cage. The king's palace attained to the stupendous magnitude of Periwinkle's baby house, and stood in the center of a spacious square, which could hardly have been covered by our hearth-rug. Their principal temple, or cathedral, was as lofty as yonder bureau, and was looked upon as a wonderfully sublime and magnificent edifice. All these structures were built neither of stone nor wood. They were neatly plastered together by the Pygmy workmen, pretty much like birds' nests, out of straw, feathers, egg shells, and other small bits of stuff, with stiff clay instead of mortar; and when the hot sun had dried them, they were just as snug and comfortable as a Pygmy could desire.
Among the Pygmies, I guess, if one of them grew to be six or eight inches tall, he would be considered a remarkably tall man. It must have been quite lovely to see their small cities, with streets just two or three feet wide, paved with tiny pebbles and lined with homes about the size of a squirrel's cage. The king's palace reached the impressive size of a child’s dollhouse and stood in the center of a spacious square that couldn’t have been larger than our living room rug. Their main temple, or cathedral, was as tall as that dresser over there and was regarded as a wonderfully grand and magnificent building. All these structures were made neither of stone nor wood. They were carefully plastered together by the Pygmy builders, more or less like birds’ nests, using straw, feathers, eggshells, and other small materials, with stiff clay instead of mortar; and when the hot sun dried them, they were just as cozy and comfortable as a Pygmy could wish for.
The country round about was conveniently laid out in fields, the largest of which was nearly of the same extent as one of Sweet Fern's flower beds. Here the Pygmies used to plant wheat and other kinds of grain, which, when it grew up and ripened, overshadowed these tiny people as the pines, and the oaks, and the walnut and chestnut trees overshadow you and me, when we walk in our own tracts of woodland. At harvest time, they were forced to go with their little axes and cut down the grain, exactly as a woodcutter makes a clearing in the forest; and when a stalk of wheat, with its overburdened top, chanced to come crashing down upon an unfortunate Pygmy, it was apt to be a very sad affair. If it did not smash him all to pieces, at least, I am sure, it must have made the poor little fellow's head ache. And O, my stars! if the fathers and mothers were so small, what must the children and babies have been? A whole family of them might have been put to bed in a shoe, or have crept into an old glove, and played at hide-and-seek in its thumb and fingers. You might have hidden a year-old baby under a thimble.
The surrounding countryside was neatly arranged in fields, the largest of which was almost as big as one of Sweet Fern's flower beds. The Pygmies would plant wheat and other grains here, which, when they grew tall and ripened, overshadowed these tiny people just like the pines, oaks, and walnut and chestnut trees overshadow us when we walk in our own patches of woodland. During harvest time, they had to go out with their little axes to cut down the grain, similar to how a woodcutter clears a section of the forest; and if a stalk of wheat, heavy with its grains, happened to fall on an unfortunate Pygmy, it could be quite tragic. If it didn’t crush him completely, it surely must have given the poor little guy a headache. And oh my goodness! If the dads and moms were that small, just imagine how tiny the kids and babies must have been! A whole family of them could have easily fit in a shoe, or crept into an old glove and played hide-and-seek in its thumb and fingers. You could have hidden a one-year-old baby under a thimble.
Now these funny Pygmies, as I told you before, had a Giant for their neighbor and brother, who was bigger, if possible, than they were little. He was so very tall that he carried a pine tree, which was eight feet through the butt, for a walking stick. It took a far-sighted Pygmy, I can assure you, to discern his summit without the help of a telescope; and sometimes, in misty weather, they could not see his upper half, but only his long legs, which seemed to be striding about by themselves. But at noonday in a clear atmosphere, when the sun shone brightly over him, the Giant Antaeus presented a very grand spectacle. There he used to stand, a perfect mountain of a man, with his great countenance smiling down upon his little brothers, and his one vast eye (which was as big as a cart wheel, and placed right in the center of his forehead) giving a friendly wink to the whole nation at once.
Now, these quirky Pygmies, as I mentioned before, had a Giant for a neighbor and brother, who was even bigger than they were tiny. He was so tall that he used a pine tree, which was eight feet wide at the base, as a walking stick. It took a really perceptive Pygmy, believe me, to see his top without a telescope; and sometimes, on foggy days, they could only see his long legs moving around on their own. But at noon, on a clear day when the sun was shining brightly on him, the Giant Antaeus was a truly impressive sight. There he stood, a mountain of a man, with his huge face smiling down at his little brothers, and his one enormous eye (which was as big as a cart wheel and right in the center of his forehead) giving a friendly wink to the entire nation all at once.
The Pygmies loved to talk with Antaeus; and fifty times a day, one or another of them would turn up his head, and shout through the hollow of his fists, "Halloo, brother Antaeus! How are you, my good fellow?" And when the small distant squeak of their voices reached his ear, the Giant would make answer, "Pretty well, brother Pygmy, I thank you," in a thunderous roar that would have shaken down the walls of their strongest temple, only that it came from so far aloft.
The Pygmies loved chatting with Antaeus; and fifty times a day, one of them would lift his head and shout into the hollow of his hands, "Hey, brother Antaeus! How's it going, my good man?" When the small, distant sound of their voices reached his ears, the Giant would respond, "I'm doing well, brother Pygmy, thanks," in a booming voice that could have brought down the walls of their strongest temple, if it weren't coming from so high up.
It was a happy circumstance that Antaeus was the Pygmy people's friend; for there was more strength in his little finger than in ten million of such bodies as this. If he had been as ill-natured to them as he was to everybody else, he might have beaten down their biggest city at one kick, and hardly have known that he did it. With the tornado of his breath, he could have stripped the roofs from a hundred dwellings and sent thousands of the inhabitants whirling through the air. He might have set his immense foot upon a multitude; and when he took it up again, there would have been a pitiful sight, to be sure. But, being the son of Mother Earth, as they likewise were, the Giant gave them his brotherly kindness, and loved them with as big a love as it was possible to feel for creatures so very small. And, on their parts, the Pygmies loved Antaeus with as much affection as their tiny hearts could hold. He was always ready to do them any good offices that lay in his power; as for example, when they wanted a breeze to turn their windmills, the Giant would set all the sails a-going with the mere natural respiration of his lungs. When the sun was too hot, he often sat himself down, and let his shadow fall over the kingdom, from one frontier to the other; and as for matters in general, he was wise enough to let them alone, and leave the Pygmies to manage their own affairs—which, after all, is about the best thing that great people can do for little ones.
It was a fortunate thing that Antaeus was friends with the Pygmy people, because he was stronger than ten million of them combined. If he had been as cruel to them as he was to everyone else, he could have easily crushed their largest city with a single kick, and barely noticed. With a single breath, he could have ripped the roofs off a hundred houses and sent thousands of people flying through the air. He could have stepped on a crowd, and when he lifted his foot, it would have been a sad sight for sure. But since he was the son of Mother Earth, just like they were, the Giant treated them with brotherly kindness and loved them as much as possible for such tiny creatures. In return, the Pygmies loved Antaeus with all the affection their little hearts could muster. He was always willing to help them out; for example, when they needed a breeze to turn their windmills, the Giant would create wind just by breathing. When the sun was too hot, he would sit down and cast a shadow over the kingdom from one end to the other. Overall, he was wise enough to stay out of their business and let the Pygmies handle their own affairs—which is probably the best thing that big people can do for small ones.
In short, as I said before, Antaeus loved the Pygmies, and the Pygmies loved Antaeus. The Giant's life being as long as his body was large, while the lifetime of a Pygmy was but a span, this friendly intercourse had been going on for innumerable generations and ages. It was written about in the Pygmy histories, and talked about in their ancient traditions. The most venerable and white-bearded Pygmy had never heard of a time, even in his greatest of grandfathers' days, when the Giant was not their enormous friend. Once, to be sure (as was recorded on an obelisk, three feet high, erected on the place of the catastrophe), Antaeus sat down upon about five thousand Pygmies, who were assembled at a military review. But this was one of those unlucky accidents for which nobody is to blame; so that the small folks never took it to heart, and only requested the Giant to be careful forever afterwards to examine the acre of ground where he intended to squat himself.
In short, as I mentioned before, Antaeus loved the Pygmies, and the Pygmies loved Antaeus. The Giant's life was as long as his body was big, while a Pygmy's lifespan was just a short time, so this friendly interaction had been happening for countless generations. It was written about in Pygmy histories and discussed in their ancient traditions. The oldest Pygmy, with his white beard, had never heard of a time, even in his ancestors' days, when the Giant wasn't their massive friend. Once, it was noted on a three-foot tall obelisk placed at the site of the incident, Antaeus accidentally sat down on about five thousand Pygmies who were gathered for a military review. But this was just one of those unfortunate accidents where no one was at fault, so the small folk never held it against him and simply asked the Giant to make sure to check the ground before he sat down again in the future.
It is a very pleasant picture to imagine Antaeus standing among the Pygmies, like the spire of the tallest cathedral that ever was built, while they ran about like pismires at his feet; and to think that, in spite of their difference in size, there were affection and sympathy between them and him! Indeed, it has always seemed to me that the Giant needed the little people more than the Pygmies needed the Giant. For, unless they had been his neighbors and well wishers, and, as we may say, his playfellows, Antaeus would not have had a single friend in the world. No other being like himself had ever been created. No creature of his own size had ever talked with him, in thunder-like accents, face to face. When he stood with his head among the clouds, he was quite alone, and had been so for hundreds of years, and would be so forever. Even if he had met another Giant, Antaeus would have fancied the world not big enough for two such vast personages, and, instead of being friends with him, would have fought him till one of the two was killed. But with the Pygmies he was the most sportive and humorous, and merry-hearted, and sweet-tempered old Giant that ever washed his face in a wet cloud.
It’s a really nice image to picture Antaeus standing among the Pygmies, like the tallest cathedral spire ever built, while they scurried around his feet like ants. It's heartwarming to think that, despite their size difference, there was affection and understanding between them and him! Honestly, I’ve always believed that the Giant needed the little people more than the Pygmies needed him. Without them as his neighbors and friends, as we might say, Antaeus wouldn’t have had a single companion in the world. No other being like him had ever been created. No creature his size had ever spoken to him face-to-face in booming voices. When he stood with his head in the clouds, he was completely alone, and had been for hundreds of years, and would remain so forever. Even if he had met another Giant, Antaeus would probably think the world wasn’t big enough for two such enormous figures, and instead of becoming friends, they would have fought until one of them was defeated. But with the Pygmies, he was the most playful, funny, cheerful, and good-natured old Giant who ever washed his face in a wet cloud.
His little friends, like all other small people, had a great opinion of their own importance, and used to assume quite a patronizing air towards the Giant.
His little friends, like all other kids, thought very highly of themselves and acted all condescending towards the Giant.
"Poor creature!" they said one to another. "He has a very dull time of it, all by himself; and we ought not to grudge wasting a little of our precious time to amuse him. He is not half so bright as we are, to be sure; and, for that reason, he needs us to look after his comfort and happiness. Let us be kind to the old fellow. Why, if Mother Earth had not been very kind to ourselves, we might all have been Giants too."
"Poor thing!" they said to each other. "He really has a boring time on his own; we shouldn't mind spending a bit of our valuable time to keep him entertained. He isn't nearly as smart as we are, that's for sure, and because of that, he needs us to make sure he's comfortable and happy. Let's be nice to the old guy. If Mother Earth hadn't been so good to us, we could have all ended up being Giants too."
On all their holidays, the Pygmies had excellent sport with Antaeus. He often stretched himself out at full length on the ground, where he looked like the long ridge of a hill; and it was a good hour's walk, no doubt, for a short-legged Pygmy to journey from head to foot of the Giant. He would lay down his great hand flat on the grass, and challenge the tallest of them to clamber upon it, and straddle from finger to finger. So fearless were they, that they made nothing of creeping in among the folds of his garments. When his head lay sidewise on the earth, they would march boldly up, and peep into the great cavern of his mouth, and take it all as a joke (as indeed it was meant) when Antaeus gave a sudden snap of his jaws, as if he were going to swallow fifty of them at once. You would have laughed to see the children dodging in and out among his hair, or swinging from his beard. It is impossible to tell half of the funny tricks that they played with their huge comrade; but I do not know that anything was more curious than when a party of boys were seen running races on his forehead, to try which of them could get first round the circle of his one great eye. It was another favorite feat with them to march along the bridge of his nose, and jump down upon his upper lip.
During all their holidays, the Pygmies had a blast with Antaeus. He would often lie stretched out flat on the ground, looking like a long hill, and it was definitely a good hour's walk for the short-legged Pygmies to travel from his head to his feet. He would lay his massive hand flat on the grass and challenge the tallest of them to climb onto it and straddle from finger to finger. They were so fearless that they had no trouble sneaking into the folds of his clothes. When his head was sideways on the ground, they would confidently stroll up, peek into the giant cavity of his mouth, and treat it all as a joke (as it was meant to be) when Antaeus suddenly snapped his jaws as if he were about to swallow fifty of them at once. You would have laughed to see the kids dodging in and out of his hair or swinging from his beard. It's impossible to describe half of the funny things they did with their giant friend, but one of the most curious moments was when a group of boys was seen racing on his forehead, trying to see who could go around his giant eye first. Another favorite stunt was to walk along the bridge of his nose and jump down onto his upper lip.
If the truth must be told, they were sometimes as troublesome to the Giant as a swarm of ants or mosquitoes, especially as they had a fondness for mischief, and liked to prick his skin with their little swords and lances, to see how thick and tough it was. But Antaeus took it all kindly enough; although, once in a while, when he happened to be sleepy, he would grumble out a peevish word or two, like the muttering of a tempest, and ask them to have done with their nonsense. A great deal oftener, however, he watched their merriment and gambols until his huge, heavy, clumsy wits were completely stirred up by them; and then would he roar out such a tremendous volume of immeasurable laughter, that the whole nation of Pygmies had to put their hands to their ears, else it would certainly have deafened them.
If we’re being honest, they were sometimes just as annoying to the Giant as a swarm of ants or mosquitoes, especially since they loved to cause trouble and enjoyed poking his skin with their little swords and lances to see how thick and tough it was. But Antaeus usually took it in stride; although, occasionally, when he was feeling sleepy, he’d mutter a grumpy word or two, like the grumbling of a storm, and ask them to stop their nonsense. More often, though, he would watch their fun and games until he was completely amused by them; then he would let out such a massive roar of laughter that the entire nation of Pygmies had to cover their ears, or it definitely would have deafened them.
"Ho! ho! ho!" quoth the Giant, shaking his mountainous sides. "What a funny thing it is to be little! If I were not Antaeus, I should like to be a Pygmy, just for the joke's sake."
"Ha! ha! ha!" said the Giant, shaking his massive body. "It's such a funny thing to be small! If I weren't Antaeus, I'd want to be a Pygmy, just for the fun of it."
The Pygmies had but one thing to trouble them in the world. They were constantly at war with the cranes, and had always been so, ever since the long-lived Giant could remember. From time to time, very terrible battles had been fought in which sometimes the little men won the victory, and sometimes the cranes. According to some historians, the Pygmies used to go to the battle, mounted on the backs of goats and rams; but such animals as these must have been far too big for Pygmies to ride upon; so that, I rather suppose, they rode on squirrel-back, or rabbit-back, or rat-back, or perhaps got upon hedgehogs, whose prickly quills would be very terrible to the enemy. However this might be, and whatever creatures the Pygmies rode upon, I do not doubt that they made a formidable appearance, armed with sword and spear, and bow and arrow, blowing their tiny trumpet, and shouting their little war cry. They never failed to exhort one another to fight bravely, and recollect that the world had its eyes upon them; although, in simple truth, the only spectator was the Giant Antaeus, with his one, great, stupid eye in the middle of his forehead.
The Pygmies had only one thing to worry about in the world. They were constantly at war with the cranes, and had been ever since the long-lived Giant could remember. Occasionally, really intense battles were fought where sometimes the little men would win, and sometimes the cranes. According to some historians, the Pygmies would charge into battle, riding on the backs of goats and rams; but those animals must have been way too big for Pygmies to ride on, so I suspect they rode on squirrels, rabbits, or rats, or maybe even climbed onto hedgehogs, whose prickly quills would be pretty intimidating to the enemy. However it was, and whatever creatures the Pygmies rode, there's no doubt they looked formidable, armed with swords, spears, and bows and arrows, blowing their tiny trumpets and shouting their little war cries. They always encouraged each other to fight bravely and remember that the world was watching them; although, to be honest, the only observer was the Giant Antaeus, with his one big, dumb eye in the center of his forehead.
When the two armies joined battle, the cranes would rush forward, flapping their wings and stretching out their necks, and would perhaps snatch up some of the Pygmies crosswise in their beaks. Whenever this happened, it was truly an awful spectacle to see those little men of might kicking and sprawling in the air, and at last disappearing down the crane's long, crooked throat, swallowed up alive. A hero, you know, must hold himself in readiness for any kind of fate; and doubtless the glory of the thing was a consolation to him, even in the crane's gizzard. If Antaeus observed that the battle was going hard against his little allies, he generally stopped laughing, and ran with mile-long strides to their assistance, flourishing his club aloft and shouting at the cranes, who quacked and croaked, and retreated as fast as they could. Then the Pygmy army would march homeward in triumph, attributing the victory entirely to their own valor, and to the warlike skill and strategy of whomsoever happened to be captain general; and for a tedious while afterwards, nothing would be heard of but grand processions, and public banquets, and brilliant illuminations, and shows of wax-work, with likenesses of the distinguished officers, as small as life.
When the two armies clashed, the cranes would charge in, flapping their wings and stretching their necks, sometimes snatching up Pygmies in their beaks. Whenever this happened, it was a truly horrifying sight to watch those tiny warriors kicking and flailing in the air, only to disappear down the crane's long, twisted throat, swallowed alive. A hero, after all, must be prepared for any kind of outcome; and no doubt the glory of the situation was a comfort to him, even in the crane's belly. If Antaeus noticed that the battle was going poorly for his little allies, he usually stopped laughing and sprinted with his long strides to help them, brandishing his club and shouting at the cranes, who quacked and croaked, retreating as quickly as they could. Then the Pygmy army would march home triumphantly, believing they had won entirely due to their own bravery, and the military skill of whoever was in charge; and for a long time afterward, all anyone heard about were grand parades, public feasts, dazzling lights, and displays of wax figures resembling the notable leaders, life-sized.
In the above-described warfare, if a Pygmy chanced to pluck out a crane's tail feather, it proved a very great feather in his cap. Once or twice, if you will believe me, a little man was made chief ruler of the nation for no other merit in the world than bringing home such a feather.
In the warfare described above, if a Pygmy happened to pull out a crane's tail feather, it was considered a huge accomplishment for him. Believe it or not, there were times when a little guy became the leader of the nation for no reason other than bringing back such a feather.
But I have now said enough to let you see what a gallant little people these were, and how happily they and their forefathers, for nobody knows how many generations, had lived with the immeasurable Giant Antaeus. In the remaining part of the story, I shall tell you of a far more astonishing battle than any that was fought between the Pygmies and the cranes.
But I’ve said enough to show you what a brave little group these people were, and how happily they and their ancestors—no one knows for how many generations—lived alongside the enormous Giant Antaeus. In the rest of the story, I'll tell you about a much more incredible battle than any fought between the Pygmies and the cranes.
One day the mighty Antaeus was lolling at full length among his little friends. His pine-tree walking stick lay on the ground, close by his side. His head was in one part of the kingdom, and his feet extended across the boundaries of another part; and he was taking whatever comfort he could get, while the Pygmies scrambled over him, and peeped into his cavernous mouth, and played among his hair. Sometimes, for a minute or two, the Giant dropped asleep, and snored like the rush of a whirlwind. During one of these little bits of slumber, a Pygmy chanced to climb upon his shoulder, and took a view around the horizon, as from the summit of a hill; and he beheld something, a long way off, which made him rub the bright specks of his eyes, and look sharper than before. At first he mistook it for a mountain, and wondered how it had grown up so suddenly out of the earth. But soon he saw the mountain move. As it came nearer and nearer, what should it turn out to be but a human shape, not so big as Antaeus, it is true, although a very enormous figure, in comparison with Pygmies, and a vast deal bigger than the men we see nowadays.
One day, the mighty Antaeus was lounging comfortably among his little friends. His pine walking stick lay on the ground, right next to him. His head was in one part of the kingdom, and his feet stretched into another; he was making the most of the situation while the Pygmies climbed over him, peeked into his huge mouth, and played in his hair. Sometimes, for a minute or two, the Giant dozed off and snored like a gusty windstorm. During one of these short naps, a Pygmy happened to climb onto his shoulder and looked around the horizon, as if from the top of a hill; he saw something far away that made him rub his bright eyes and focus more. At first, he mistook it for a mountain and wondered how it had suddenly appeared from the ground. But soon he realized the mountain was moving. As it got closer and closer, it turned out to be a human figure, not as big as Antaeus, but definitely huge compared to the Pygmies, and much larger than the men we see today.
When the Pygmy was quite satisfied that his eyes had not deceived him, he scampered, as fast as his legs would carry him, to the Giant's ear, and stooping over its cavity, shouted lustily into it:
When the Pygmy was sure that his eyes hadn’t fooled him, he ran as fast as he could to the Giant's ear and, leaning over its opening, shouted loudly into it:
"Halloo, brother Antaeus! Get up this minute, and take your pine-tree walking stick in your hand. Here comes another Giant to have a tussle with you."
"Hey, brother Antaeus! Get up right now and grab your pine walking stick. Another Giant is coming to challenge you."
"Poh, poh!" grumbled Antaeus, only half awake. "None of your nonsense, my little fellow! Don't you see I'm sleepy? There is not a Giant on earth for whom I would take the trouble to get up."
"Poh, poh!" grumbled Antaeus, only half awake. "Cut out the nonsense, kid! Can’t you see I’m tired? There's not a Giant on earth worth me getting up for."
But the Pygmy looked again, and now perceived that the stranger was coming directly towards the prostrate form of Antaeus. With every step, he looked less like a blue mountain, and more like an immensely large man. He was soon so nigh, that there could be no possible mistake about the matter. There he was, with the sun flaming on his golden helmet, and flashing from his polished breastplate; he had a sword by his side, and a lion's skin over his back, and on his right shoulder he carried a club, which looked bulkier and heavier than the pine-tree walking stick of Antaeus.
But the Pygmy looked again and now saw that the stranger was walking directly towards the collapsed form of Antaeus. With each step, he seemed less like a blue mountain and more like an incredibly large man. He soon got so close that there could be no doubt about it. There he was, with the sun shining on his golden helmet and reflecting off his polished breastplate; he had a sword at his side, a lion's skin draped over his back, and on his right shoulder, he carried a club that looked bigger and heavier than Antaeus's pine-tree walking stick.
By this time, the whole nation of the Pygmies had seen the new wonder, and a million of them set up a shout all together; so that it really made quite an audible squeak.
By this point, the entire Pygmy nation had witnessed the new wonder, and a million of them shouted in unison, creating quite a noticeable sound.
"Get up, Antaeus! Bestir yourself, you lazy old Giant! Here comes another Giant, as strong as you are, to fight with you."
"Get up, Antaeus! Wake up, you lazy old Giant! Here comes another Giant, just as strong as you, ready to fight you."
"Nonsense, nonsense!" growled the sleepy Giant. "I'll have my nap out, come who may."
"Nonsense, nonsense!" grumbled the sleepy Giant. "I'll finish my nap, no matter what."
Still the stranger drew nearer; and now the Pygmies could plainly discern that, if his stature were less lofty than the Giant's, yet his shoulders were even broader. And, in truth, what a pair of shoulders they must have been! As I told you, a long while ago, they once upheld the sky. The Pygmies, being ten times as vivacious as their great numskull of a brother, could not abide the Giant's slow movements, and were determined to have him on his feet. So they kept shouting to him, and even went so far as to prick him with their swords.
Still, the stranger got closer; and now the Pygmies could clearly see that, although he was shorter than the Giant, his shoulders were even broader. And really, what a pair of shoulders they must have been! As I mentioned a long time ago, they once held up the sky. The Pygmies, being ten times more energetic than their big, foolish brother, couldn't stand the Giant's slow movements and were determined to get him on his feet. So they kept yelling at him and even went so far as to poke him with their swords.
"Get up, get up, get up," they cried. "Up with you, lazy bones! The strange Giant's club is bigger than your own, his shoulders are the broadest, and we think him the stronger of the two."
"Get up, get up, get up," they shouted. "Come on, you lazy bones! The strange Giant's club is bigger than yours, his shoulders are the broadest, and we think he's the stronger one."
Antaeus could not endure to have it said that any mortal was half so mighty as himself. This latter remark of the Pygmies pricked him deeper than their swords; and, sitting up, in rather a sulky humor, he gave a gape of several yards wide, rubbed his eyes, and finally turned his stupid head in the direction whither his little friends were eagerly pointing.
Antaeus couldn't stand it when anyone said that another mortal was as strong as he was. The Pygmies’ comment hurt him more than their swords; so, sitting up in a bit of a sulk, he stretched his mouth wide, rubbed his eyes, and eventually turned his dull head toward where his little friends were excitedly pointing.
No sooner did he set eyes on the stranger, than, leaping on his feet, and seizing his walking stick, he strode a mile or two to meet him; all the while brandishing the sturdy pine tree, so that it whistled through the air.
No sooner did he see the stranger than he jumped to his feet, grabbed his walking stick, and marched a mile or two to meet him, all the while swinging the sturdy pine stick around so it whistled through the air.
"Who are you?" thundered the Giant. "And what do you want in my dominions?"
"Who are you?" bellowed the Giant. "And what do you want in my territory?"
There was one strange thing about Antaeus, of which I have not yet told you, lest, hearing of so many wonders all in a lump, you might not believe much more than half of them. You are to know, then, that whenever this redoubtable Giant touched the ground, either with his hand, his foot, or any other part of his body, he grew stronger than ever he had been before. The Earth, you remember, was his mother, and was very fond of him, as being almost the biggest of her children; and so she took this method of keeping him always in full vigor. Some persons affirm that he grew ten times stronger at every touch; others say that it was only twice as strong. But only think of it! Whenever Antaeus took a walk, supposing it were but ten miles, and that he stepped a hundred yards at a stride, you may try to cipher out how much mightier he was, on sitting down again, than when he first started. And whenever he flung himself on the earth to take a little repose, even if he got up the very next instant, he would be as strong as exactly ten just such giants as his former self. It was well for the world that Antaeus happened to be of a sluggish disposition and liked ease better than exercise; for, if he had frisked about like the Pygmies, and touched the earth as often as they did, he would long ago have been strong enough to pull down the sky about people's ears. But these great lubberly fellows resemble mountains, not only in bulk, but in their disinclination to move.
There was one odd thing about Antaeus that I haven't mentioned yet, because I thought that if I told you so many wonders at once, you might not believe more than half of them. You should know that every time this formidable Giant made contact with the ground—whether with his hand, foot, or any other part of his body—he became stronger than he had ever been before. The Earth, as you remember, was his mother, and she loved him, being almost the biggest of her children; so she found a way to keep him always in top shape. Some people say he became ten times stronger with each touch; others claim it was only twice as strong. Just think about it! Whenever Antaeus took a walk, say for ten miles, and if he took strides of a hundred yards, you can imagine how much stronger he was when he sat down again compared to when he started. Anytime he threw himself onto the ground to rest, even if he got up the very next moment, he would be as strong as exactly ten versions of his former self. It was lucky for the world that Antaeus was rather lazy and preferred relaxation to working out; because if he had bounced around like the Pygmies and touched the earth as often as they did, he would have been strong enough long ago to bring the sky crashing down on people. But these great, clumsy guys are like mountains, not just in size, but in their unwillingness to move.
Any other mortal man, except the very one whom Antaeus had now encountered, would have been half frightened to death by the Giant's ferocious aspect and terrible voice. But the stranger did not seem at all disturbed. He carelessly lifted his club, and balanced it in his hand, measuring Antaeus with his eye, from head to foot, not as if wonder-smitten at his stature, but as if he had seen a great many Giants before, and this was by no means the biggest of them. In fact, if the Giant had been no bigger than the Pygmies (who stood pricking up their ears, and looking and listening to what was going forward), the stranger could not have been less afraid of him.
Any other person, except for the one Antaeus was now facing, would have been scared to death by the Giant's fierce appearance and terrifying voice. But the stranger didn’t seem bothered at all. He casually lifted his club and balanced it in his hand, sizing up Antaeus from head to toe, not as if he were amazed by his height, but as if he had encountered many Giants before, and this one was far from the biggest. In fact, if the Giant had been as small as the Pygmies (who were standing around, listening and watching), the stranger couldn’t have been any less afraid of him.
"Who are you, I say?" roared Antaeus again. "What's your name? Why do you come hither? Speak, you vagabond, or I'll try the thickness of your skull with my walking-stick!"
"Who are you, I ask?" shouted Antaeus again. "What's your name? What are you doing here? Speak, you wanderer, or I'll test the hardness of your head with my walking stick!"
"You are a very discourteous Giant," answered the stranger quietly, "and I shall probably have to teach you a little civility, before we part. As for my name, it is Hercules. I have come hither because this is my most convenient road to the garden of the Hesperides, whither I am going to get three of the golden apples for King Eurystheus."
"You are a very rude Giant," the stranger replied calmly, "and I may need to teach you some manners before we go our separate ways. As for my name, it’s Hercules. I’ve come here because this is the easiest route to the garden of the Hesperides, where I’m headed to get three of the golden apples for King Eurystheus."
"Caitiff, you shall go no farther!" bellowed Antaeus, putting on a grimmer look than before; for he had heard of the mighty Hercules, and hated him because he was said to be so strong. "Neither shall you go back whence you came!"
"Coward, you won't go any further!" shouted Antaeus, adopting a more serious expression than before; for he had heard of the powerful Hercules and loathed him because he was said to be so strong. "You won't be going back the way you came!"
"How will you prevent me," asked Hercules, "from going whither I please?"
"How will you stop me," asked Hercules, "from going wherever I want?"
"By hitting you a rap with this pine tree here," shouted Antaeus, scowling so that he made himself the ugliest monster in Africa. "I am fifty times stronger than you; and now that I stamp my foot upon the ground, I am five hundred times stronger! I am ashamed to kill such a puny little dwarf as you seem to be. I will make a slave of you, and you shall likewise be the slave of my brethren here, the Pygmies. So throw down your club and your other weapons; and as for that lion's skin, I intend to have a pair of gloves made of it."
"By hitting you with this tree here," shouted Antaeus, scowling so much that he became the ugliest monster in Africa. "I’m fifty times stronger than you, and now that I stomp my foot on the ground, I’m five hundred times stronger! I’m embarrassed to kill someone as small and weak as you seem to be. I’m going to make you my slave, and you’ll also be a slave to my fellow Pygmies here. So drop your club and your other weapons; and that lion's skin? I plan to have a pair of gloves made from it."
"Come and take it off my shoulders, then," answered Hercules, lifting his club.
"Then come and take it off my shoulders," Hercules replied, raising his club.
Then the Giant, grinning with rage, strode tower-like towards the stranger (ten times strengthened at every step), and fetched a monstrous blow at him with his pine tree, which Hercules caught upon his club; and being more skilful than Antaeus, he paid him back such a rap upon the sconce, that down tumbled the great lumbering man-mountain, flat upon the ground. The poor little Pygmies (who really never dreamed that anybody in the world was half so strong as their brother Antaeus) were a good deal dismayed at this. But no sooner was the Giant down, than up he bounced again, with tenfold might, and such a furious visage as was horrible to behold. He aimed another blow at Hercules, but struck awry, being blinded with wrath, and only hit his poor innocent Mother Earth, who groaned and trembled at the stroke. His pine tree went so deep into the ground, and stuck there so fast, that, before Antaeus could get it out, Hercules brought down his club across his shoulders with a mighty thwack, which made the Giant roar as if all sorts of intolerable noises had come screeching and rumbling out of his immeasurable lungs in that one cry. Away it went, over mountains and valleys, and, for aught I know, was heard on the other side of the African deserts.
Then the Giant, grinning with anger, strode toward the stranger like a tower (growing stronger with every step) and swung a massive blow with his pine tree, which Hercules deflected with his club. Being more skilled than Antaeus, Hercules returned the favor with a powerful strike to the head that sent the enormous man crashing to the ground. The poor little Pygmies, who never imagined someone could be as strong as their brother Antaeus, were quite shocked by this. But as soon as the Giant was down, he sprang back up, even stronger, with a furious expression that was terrifying to see. He aimed another blow at Hercules, but in his rage he missed and struck his innocent Mother Earth instead, causing her to groan and shudder at the impact. His pine tree went so deep into the ground and got stuck so fast that before Antaeus could pull it out, Hercules swung his club across the Giant's shoulders with a huge thwack, making him roar as if all kinds of unbearable sounds had erupted from his enormous lungs in one cry. It echoed over mountains and valleys, and for all I know, it was heard on the other side of the African deserts.
As for the Pygmies, their capital city was laid in ruins by the concussion and vibration of the air; and, though there was uproar enough without their help, they all set up a shriek out of three millions of little throats, fancying, no doubt, that they swelled the Giant's bellow by at least ten times as much. Meanwhile, Antaeus had scrambled upon his feet again, and pulled his pine tree out of the earth; and, all aflame with fury, and more outrageously strong than ever, he ran at Hercules, and brought down another blow.
As for the Pygmies, their capital city was left in ruins by the shock and vibrations in the air; and, even though there was already plenty of noise without their input, they all let out a shout from three million tiny voices, thinking, no doubt, that they were amplifying the Giant's roar by at least ten times. Meanwhile, Antaeus had gotten back on his feet, pulled his pine tree out of the ground, and, filled with rage and stronger than ever, charged at Hercules and struck him again.
"This time, rascal," shouted he, "you shall not escape me."
"This time, you troublemaker," he shouted, "you won't get away from me."
But once more Hercules warded off the stroke with his club, and the Giant's pine tree was shattered into a thousand splinters, most of which flew among the Pygmies, and did them more mischief than I like to think about. Before Antaeus could get out of the way, Hercules let drive again, and gave him another knock-down blow, which sent him heels over head, but served only to increase his already enormous and insufferable strength. As for his rage, there is no telling what a fiery furnace it had now got to be. His one eye was nothing but a circle of red flame. Having now no weapons but his fists, he doubled them up (each bigger than a hogshead), smote one against the other, and danced up and down with absolute frenzy, flourishing his immense arms about, as if he meant not merely to kill Hercules, but to smash the whole world to pieces.
But once again, Hercules blocked the blow with his club, and the Giant's pine tree shattered into a thousand splinters, most of which flew into the Pygmies and caused them more harm than I'd like to think about. Before Antaeus could move, Hercules struck again, delivering another blow that sent him flipping over, but only made his already immense and unbearable strength grow. As for his rage, it had turned into a fiery furnace. His one eye was just a circle of red flame. Now with no weapons but his fists, he balled them up (each one bigger than a barrel), slammed one against the other, and danced wildly with absolute fury, swinging his massive arms around as if he intended not just to kill Hercules, but to crush the entire world into pieces.
"Come on!" roared this thundering Giant. "Let me hit you but one box on the ear, and you'll never have the headache again."
"Come on!" roared the giant. "Let me give you one good smack on the ear, and you'll never have a headache again."
Now Hercules (though strong enough, as you already know, to hold the sky up) began to be sensible that he should never win the victory, if he kept on knocking Antaeus down; for, by and by, if he hit him such hard blows, the Giant would inevitably, by the help of his Mother Earth, become stronger than the mighty Hercules himself. So, throwing down his club, with which he had fought so many dreadful battles, the hero stood ready to receive his antagonist with naked arms.
Now Hercules, as you already know, was strong enough to hold up the sky. However, he started to realize that he would never win the fight if he kept knocking Antaeus down. Eventually, every time he hit him with hard blows, the Giant would, with the help of his Mother Earth, become even stronger than the mighty Hercules himself. So, he threw down his club, with which he had fought so many fierce battles, and stood ready to face his opponent with bare arms.
"Step forward," cried he. "Since I've broken your pine tree, we'll try which is the better man at a wrestling match."
"Step up," he shouted. "Now that I’ve broken your pine tree, let’s see who the better man is in a wrestling match."
"Aha! then I'll soon satisfy you," shouted the Giant; for, if there was one thing on which he prided himself more than another, it was his skill in wrestling. "Villain, I'll fling you where you can never pick yourself up again."
"Aha! Then I’ll take care of you quickly," shouted the Giant; because if there was one thing he was more proud of than anything else, it was his wrestling skills. "You scoundrel, I’ll toss you so far you won’t be able to get back up again."
On came Antaeus, hopping and capering with the scorching heat of his rage, and getting new vigor wherewith to wreak his passion, every time he hopped.
In came Antaeus, jumping and dancing in the blistering heat of his anger, gaining new strength to unleash his fury with every hop.
But Hercules, you must understand, was wiser than this numskull of a Giant, and had thought of a way to fight him—huge, earth-born monster that he was—and to conquer him too, in spite of all that his Mother Earth could do for him. Watching his opportunity, as the mad Giant made a rush at him, Hercules caught him round the middle with both hands, lifted him high into the air, and held him aloft overhead.
But Hercules, you need to know, was smarter than this foolish Giant and had come up with a way to fight him—massive, earth-born monster that he was—and to defeat him too, no matter what his Mother Earth could do for him. Seizing his chance as the crazed Giant charged at him, Hercules grabbed him around the middle with both hands, lifted him high into the air, and held him up over his head.
Just imagine it, my dear little friends. What a spectacle it must have been, to see this monstrous fellow sprawling in the air, face downwards, kicking out his long legs and wriggling his whole vast body, like a baby when its father holds it at arm's length towards the ceiling.
Just picture it, my dear little friends. What a sight it must have been to see this giant creature sprawled out in the air, face down, kicking its long legs and squirming its enormous body, like a baby when its dad holds it out at arm's length towards the ceiling.
But the most wonderful thing was, that, as soon as Antaeus was fairly off the earth, he began to lose the vigor which he had gained by touching it. Hercules very soon perceived that his troublesome enemy was growing weaker, both because he struggled and kicked with less violence, and because the thunder of his big voice subsided into a grumble. The truth was that unless the Giant touched Mother Earth as often as once in five minutes, not only his overgrown strength, but the very breath of his life, would depart from him. Hercules had guessed this secret; and it may be well for us all to remember it, in case we should ever have to fight a battle with a fellow like Antaeus. For these earth-born creatures are only difficult to conquer on their own ground, but may easily be managed if we can contrive to lift them into a loftier and purer region. So it proved with the poor Giant, whom I am really a little sorry for, notwithstanding his uncivil way of treating strangers who came to visit him.
But the most amazing thing was that as soon as Antaeus was completely off the ground, he started to lose the strength he had gained from touching it. Hercules quickly noticed that his annoying enemy was becoming weaker, both because he struggled and kicked with less force, and because the power of his loud voice faded to a low growl. The truth was that unless the Giant touched Mother Earth at least once every five minutes, not only would his excessive strength leave him, but he would also lose the very breath of life. Hercules had figured out this secret, and it’s something for all of us to keep in mind in case we ever have to fight someone like Antaeus. These earth-born beings are only hard to defeat on their own turf, but can be easily handled if we manage to lift them into a higher and purer space. This proved true for the poor Giant, whom I actually feel a bit sorry for, despite the rude way he treated strangers who came to visit him.
When his strength and breath were quite gone, Hercules gave his huge body a toss, and flung it about a mile off, where it fell heavily, and lay with no more motion than a sand hill. It was too late for the Giant's Mother Earth to help him now; and I should not wonder if his ponderous bones were lying on the same spot to this very day, and were mistaken for those of an uncommonly large elephant.
When Hercules ran out of strength and breath, he threw his massive body about a mile away, where it landed heavily and lay still, like a sand dune. It was too late for Mother Earth, the Giant's parent, to help him now; I wouldn't be surprised if his heavy bones are still lying in the same spot today, mistaken for those of an unusually large elephant.
But, alas me! What a wailing did the poor little Pygmies set up when they saw their enormous brother treated in this terrible manner! If Hercules heard their shrieks, however, he took no notice, and perhaps fancied them only the shrill, plaintive twittering of small birds that had been frightened from their nests by the uproar of the battle between himself and Antaeus. Indeed, his thoughts had been so much taken up with the Giant, that he had never once looked at the Pygmies, nor even knew that there was such a funny little nation in the world. And now, as he had traveled a good way, and was also rather weary with his exertions in the fight, he spread out his lion's skin on the ground, and, reclining himself upon it, fell fast asleep.
But, oh no! What a cries the poor little Pygmies made when they saw their huge brother being treated this way! If Hercules heard their screams, he didn’t pay attention and probably thought they were just the high-pitched, sad chirping of small birds scared from their nests by the noise of the battle between him and Antaeus. In fact, he had been so focused on the Giant that he hadn’t even noticed the Pygmies or realized there was such a quirky little community in the world. Now, having traveled quite a bit and feeling pretty tired from the fight, he spread out his lion's skin on the ground, laid down on it, and fell fast asleep.
As soon as the Pygmies saw Hercules preparing for a nap, they nodded their little heads at one another, and winked with their little eyes. And when his deep, regular breathing gave them notice that he was asleep, they assembled together in an immense crowd, spreading over a space of about twenty-seven feet square. One of their most eloquent orators (and a valiant warrior enough, besides, though hardly so good at any other weapon as he was with his tongue) climbed upon a toadstool, and, from that elevated position, addressed the multitude. His sentiments were pretty much as follows; or, at all events, something like this was probably the upshot of his speech:
As soon as the Pygmies saw Hercules getting ready for a nap, they nodded their little heads at each other and winked their tiny eyes. And when his deep, regular breathing told them he was asleep, they gathered in a huge crowd, covering an area of about twenty-seven square feet. One of their most persuasive speakers (and a brave warrior as well, although he wasn’t as skilled with any other weapon as he was with his words) climbed onto a toadstool and, from that raised spot, spoke to the crowd. His message was pretty much along these lines; or, at the very least, something like this was likely the main point of his speech:
"Tall Pygmies and mighty little men! You and all of us have seen what a public calamity has been brought to pass, and what an insult has here been offered to the majesty of our nation. Yonder lies Antaeus, our great friend and brother, slain, within our territory, by a miscreant who took him at disadvantage, and fought him (if fighting it can be called) in a way that neither man, nor Giant, nor Pygmy ever dreamed of fighting, until this hour. And, adding a grievous contumely to the wrong already done us, the miscreant has now fallen asleep as quietly as if nothing were to be dreaded from our wrath! It behooves you, fellow-countrymen, to consider in what aspect we shall stand before the world, and what will be the verdict of impartial history, should we suffer these accumulated outrages to go unavenged.
"Tall Pygmies and strong little men! You and all of us have witnessed the public disaster that has occurred, and the insult that has been directed at the dignity of our nation. Over there lies Antaeus, our dear friend and ally, killed within our borders by a scoundrel who ambushed him and fought him (if we can even call it a fight) in a way that neither man, nor giant, nor pygmy ever considered until now. And, to make matters worse, the scoundrel has now fallen asleep as if there’s nothing to fear from our anger! It’s time for you, fellow citizens, to think about how we will be seen in the world and what impartial history will say if we allow these continuous wrongs to go unpunished."
"Antaeus was our brother, born of that same beloved parent to whom we owe the thews and sinews, as well as the courageous hearts, which made him proud of our relationship. He was our faithful ally, and fell fighting as much for our national rights and immunities as for his own personal ones. We and our forefathers have dwelt in friendship with him, and held affectionate intercourse as man to man, through immemorial generations. You remember how often our entire people have reposed in his great shadow, and how our little ones have played at hide-and-seek in the tangles of his hair, and how his mighty footsteps have familiarly gone to and fro among us, and never trodden upon any of our toes. And there lies this dear brother—this sweet and amiable friend—this brave and faithful ally—-this virtuous Giant—this blameless and excellent Antaeus—dead! Dead! Silent! Powerless! A mere mountain of clay! Forgive my tears! Nay, I behold your own. Were we to drown the world with them, could the world blame us?
"Antaeus was our brother, born of that same beloved parent to whom we owe the strength and determination, as well as the brave hearts, which made him proud of our bond. He was our loyal ally and fought as much for our national rights and freedoms as he did for his own personal ones. We and our ancestors have lived in friendship with him, sharing a close relationship as equals for countless generations. You remember how often our whole community has rested in his enormous shadow, and how our children have played hide-and-seek in the tangles of his hair, and how his giant footsteps have casually walked among us, never stepping on our toes. And there lies this dear brother—this sweet and kind friend—this brave and loyal ally—this noble Giant—this faultless and exceptional Antaeus—dead! Dead! Silent! Powerless! A mere mountain of clay! Forgive my tears! I see your own as well. If we were to flood the world with them, could the world blame us?
"But to resume: Shall we, my countrymen, suffer this wicked stranger to depart unharmed, and triumph in his treacherous victory, among distant communities of the earth? Shall we not rather compel him to leave his bones here on our soil, by the side of our slain brother's bones? So that, while one skeleton shall remain as the everlasting monument of our sorrow, the other shall endure as long, exhibiting to the whole human race a terrible example of Pygmy vengeance! Such is the question. I put it to you in full confidence of a response that shall be worthy of our national character, and calculated to increase, rather than diminish, the glory which our ancestors have transmitted to us, and which we ourselves have proudly vindicated in our warfare with the cranes."
"But to get back to the point: Should we, my fellow countrymen, let this wicked stranger leave without facing consequences, celebrating his deceitful victory among far-off communities? Shouldn't we instead force him to leave his remains on our soil, alongside our fallen brother's? That way, one skeleton would stand as a lasting symbol of our grief, while the other would remain as a stark reminder of our fierce revenge for all of humanity to see! That is the question. I ask you this with complete faith that your response will reflect our national character and add to the glory that our ancestors passed down to us, and that we have proudly upheld in our battles."
The orator was here interrupted by a burst of irrepressible enthusiasm; every individual Pygmy crying out that the national honor must be preserved at all hazards. He bowed, and, making a gesture for silence, wound up his harangue in the following admirable manner:
The speaker was interrupted by an outburst of uncontrollable excitement; every single Pygmy shouting that the national pride must be defended at all costs. He bowed, and, raising his hand for quiet, concluded his speech in the following outstanding way:
"It only remains for us, then, to decide whether we shall carry on the war in our national capacity—one united people against a common enemy—or whether some champion, famous in former fights, shall be selected to defy the slayer of our brother Antaeus to single combat. In the latter case, though not unconscious that there may be taller men among you, I hereby offer myself for that enviable duty. And believe me, dear countrymen, whether I live or die, the honor of this great country, and the fame bequeathed us by our heroic progenitors, shall suffer no diminution in my hands. Never, while I can wield this sword, of which I now fling away the scabbard—never, never, never, even if the crimson hand that slew the great Antaeus shall lay me prostrate, like him, on the soil which I give my life to defend."
"It’s now up to us to decide whether we’ll continue the fight as one nation—united against a common enemy—or if we’ll choose a champion, someone renowned from past battles, to challenge the killer of our brother Antaeus to a duel. If we go with the second option, even though I know there are taller people among you, I’m volunteering for that honorable task. And trust me, my fellow countrymen, whether I live or die, the honor of this great nation and the legacy left to us by our heroic ancestors will not diminish in my hands. As long as I can wield this sword, which I now unsheathe—never, never, never, even if the bloody hand that defeated the great Antaeus brings me down like him on the ground I’m fighting to protect."
So saying, this valiant Pygmy drew out his weapon (which was terrible to behold, being as long as the blade of a penknife), and sent the scabbard whirling over the heads of the multitude. His speech was followed by an uproar of applause, as its patriotism and self-devotion unquestionably deserved; and the shouts and clapping of hands would have been greatly prolonged, had they not been rendered quite inaudible by a deep respiration, vulgarly called a snore, from the sleeping Hercules.
As he said this, the brave Pygmy pulled out his weapon (which was quite a sight, being about the length of a penknife blade) and sent the scabbard flying over the heads of the crowd. His speech was met with loud applause, which his patriotism and dedication clearly deserved; the cheers and clapping would have gone on for much longer if they hadn't been drowned out by a loud breath, commonly known as a snore, from the sleeping Hercules.
It was finally decided that the whole nation of Pygmies should set to work to destroy Hercules; not, be it understood, from any doubt that a single champion would be capable of putting him to the sword, but because he was a public enemy, and all were desirous of sharing in the glory of his defeat. There was a debate whether the national honor did not demand that a herald should be sent with a trumpet, to stand over the ear of Hercules, and after blowing a blast right into it, to defy him to the combat by formal proclamation. But two or three venerable and sagacious Pygmies, well versed in state affairs, gave it as their opinion that war already existed, and that it was their rightful privilege to take the enemy by surprise. Moreover, if awakened, and allowed to get upon his feet, Hercules might happen to do them a mischief before he could be beaten down again. For, as these sage counselors remarked, the stranger's club was really very big, and had rattled like a thunderbolt against the skull of Antaeus. So the Pygmies resolved to set aside all foolish punctilios, and assail their antagonist at once.
It was finally decided that the entire nation of Pygmies should band together to take down Hercules; not because anyone doubted that a single champion could defeat him, but because he was a common enemy, and everyone wanted to share in the glory of his defeat. There was some discussion about whether national honor required sending a herald with a trumpet to stand right by Hercules and, after blowing a loud blast, challenge him formally to battle. However, a couple of wise and experienced Pygmies, who were knowledgeable about state matters, believed that war was already underway and that they had the right to surprise the enemy. Additionally, they warned that if Hercules were awakened and got back on his feet, he could end up causing them harm before they could take him down again. As these wise counselors pointed out, the stranger’s club was really huge and had struck like a thunderbolt against Antaeus’s skull. So, the Pygmies decided to put aside all pointless formalities and attack their opponent immediately.
Accordingly, all the fighting men of the nation took their weapons, and went boldly up to Hercules, who still lay fast asleep, little dreaming of the harm which the Pygmies meant to do him. A body of twenty thousand archers marched in front, with their little bows all ready, and the arrows on the string. The same number were ordered to clamber upon Hercules, some with spades to dig his eyes out, and others with bundles of hay, and all manner of rubbish with which they intended to plug up his mouth and nostrils, so that he might perish for lack of breath. These last, however, could by no means perform their appointed duty; inasmuch as the enemy's breath rushed out of his nose in an obstreperous hurricane and whirlwind, which blew the Pygmies away as fast as they came nigh. It was found necessary, therefore, to hit upon some other method of carrying on the war.
So, all the fighters from the nation grabbed their weapons and marched bravely up to Hercules, who was still fast asleep, completely unaware of the trouble the Pygmies intended to bring him. A group of twenty thousand archers led the way, their small bows ready and arrows strung. Another twenty thousand were told to climb onto Hercules, some armed with shovels to dig out his eyes, and others with bundles of hay and all sorts of junk to block his mouth and nostrils, trying to suffocate him. However, these last attempts were futile because the force of Hercules's breath burst out of his nose like a loud hurricane, blowing the Pygmies away before they could get close. So, it became clear that they needed to find a different way to continue the battle.
After holding a council, the captains ordered their troops to collect sticks, straws, dry weeds, and whatever combustible stuff they could find, and make a pile of it, heaping it high around the head of Hercules. As a great many thousand Pygmies were employed in this task, they soon brought together several bushels of inflammatory matter, and raised so tall a heap, that, mounting on its summit, they were quite upon a level with the sleeper's face. The archers, meanwhile, were stationed within bow shot, with orders to let fly at Hercules the instant that he stirred. Everything being in readiness, a torch was applied to the pile, which immediately burst into flames, and soon waxed hot enough to roast the enemy, had he but chosen to lie still. A Pygmy, you know, though so very small, might set the world on fire, just as easily as a Giant could; so that this was certainly the very best way of dealing with their foe, provided they could have kept him quiet while the conflagration was going forward.
After holding a meeting, the captains instructed their troops to gather sticks, straws, dry weeds, and any flammable materials they could find, creating a large pile around Hercules' head. Since a lot of Pygmies were working on this, they quickly collected several bushels of combustible stuff, stacking it so high that by standing on top, they were level with the sleeping Hercules' face. Meanwhile, the archers were positioned within bow range, ready to shoot at Hercules the moment he moved. With everything set, they set the pile on fire, which flared up immediately and got so hot that it could have roasted the enemy if he had stayed still. A Pygmy, despite being so small, could easily set the world on fire just like a Giant could; so this was definitely the best strategy for dealing with their enemy, as long as they could keep him quiet while the fire raged on.
But no sooner did Hercules begin to be scorched, than up he started, with his hair in a red blaze.
But as soon as Hercules started to feel the heat, he jumped up with his hair on fire.
"What's all this?" he cried, bewildered with sleep, and staring about him as if he expected to see another Giant.
"What's going on?" he shouted, confused and groggy, looking around as if he expected to see another Giant.
At that moment the twenty thousand archers twanged their bowstrings, and the arrows came whizzing, like so many winged mosquitoes, right into the face of Hercules. But I doubt whether more than half a dozen of them punctured the skin, which was remarkably tough, as you know the skin of a hero has good need to be.
At that moment, the twenty thousand archers pulled back their bowstrings, and the arrows zoomed through the air, like a swarm of flying mosquitoes, straight at Hercules. But I’m not sure if more than a handful actually broke the skin, which was incredibly tough, as you know a hero's skin needs to be.
"Villain!" shouted all the Pygmies at once. "You have killed the Giant Antaeus, our great brother, and the ally of our nation. We declare bloody war against you, and will slay you on the spot."
"Villain!" shouted all the Pygmies at once. "You have killed the Giant Antaeus, our great brother and the ally of our nation. We declare bloody war against you and will kill you right here."
Surprised at the shrill piping of so many little voices, Hercules, after putting out the conflagration of his hair, gazed all round about, but could see nothing. At last, however, looking narrowly on the ground, he espied the innumerable assemblage of Pygmies at his feet. He stooped down, and taking up the nearest one between his thumb and finger, set him on the palm of his left hand, and held him at a proper distance for examination. It chanced to be the very identical Pygmy who had spoken from the top of the toadstool, and had offered himself as a champion to meet Hercules in single combat.
Surprised by the loud chatter of so many tiny voices, Hercules, after extinguishing the flames in his hair, looked around but didn't see anything. Finally, however, noticing closely on the ground, he spotted the countless group of Pygmies at his feet. He bent down, picked up the closest one between his thumb and finger, placed him on the palm of his left hand, and held him at the right distance for a closer look. It turned out to be the very same Pygmy who had spoken from the top of the toadstool and had offered himself as a challenger to fight Hercules in single combat.
"What in the world, my little fellow," ejaculated Hercules, "may you be?"
"What in the world, my little buddy," exclaimed Hercules, "could you be?"
"I am your enemy," answered the valiant Pygmy, in his mightiest squeak. "You have slain the enormous Antaeus, our brother by the mother's side, and for ages the faithful ally of our illustrious nation. We are determined to put you to death; and for my own part, I challenge you to instant battle, on equal ground."
"I am your enemy," replied the brave Pygmy in his loudest squeak. "You have killed the huge Antaeus, our brother from the same mother, and for ages the loyal ally of our great nation. We are resolved to put you to death; and for my part, I challenge you to an immediate fight, on equal ground."
Hercules was so tickled with the Pygmy's big words and warlike gestures, that he burst into a great explosion of laughter, and almost dropped the poor little mite of a creature off the palm of his hand, through the ecstasy and convulsion of his merriment.
Hercules was so amused by the Pygmy's grand words and fighter-like gestures that he erupted into a huge laugh and nearly dropped the tiny little creature from the palm of his hand because he was so caught up in the joy and shaking of his laughter.
"Upon my word," cried he, "I thought I had seen wonders before to-day—hydras with nine heads, stags with golden horns, six-legged men, three-headed dogs, giants with furnaces in their stomachs, and nobody knows what besides. But here, on the palm of my hand, stands a wonder that outdoes them all! Your body, my little friend, is about the size of an ordinary man's finger. Pray, how big may your soul be?"
"Honestly," he exclaimed, "I thought I had seen amazing things before today—monsters with nine heads, stags with golden antlers, men with six legs, dogs with three heads, giants with furnaces in their stomachs, and who knows what else. But right here, on the palm of my hand, is a wonder that surpasses them all! Your body, my little friend, is about the size of a regular man's finger. So, how big do you think your soul is?"
"As big as your own!" said the Pygmy.
"As big as your own!" said the Pygmy.
Hercules was touched with the little man's dauntless courage, and could not help acknowledging such a brotherhood with him as one hero feels for another.
Hercules was impressed by the little man's fearless bravery and couldn't help but recognize the bond of brotherhood that one hero feels for another.
"My good little people," said he, making a low obeisance to the grand nation, "not for all the world would I do an intentional injury to such brave fellows as you! Your hearts seem to me so exceedingly great, that, upon my honor, I marvel how your small bodies can contain them. I sue for peace, and, as a condition of it, will take five strides, and be out of your kingdom at the sixth. Good-bye. I shall pick my steps carefully, for fear of treading upon some fifty of you, without knowing it. Ha, ha, ha! Ho, ho, ho! For once, Hercules acknowledges himself vanquished."
"My good people," he said, bowing to the great nation, "I wouldn’t hurt such brave individuals like you for anything in the world! Your hearts seem so incredibly big that, honestly, I’m amazed your small bodies can hold them. I'm asking for peace, and as part of that, I’ll take five steps and be out of your kingdom on the sixth. Goodbye. I'll watch my step carefully, afraid of accidentally stepping on fifty of you without realizing it. Ha, ha, ha! Ho, ho, ho! For once, Hercules admits he’s been defeated."
Some writers say, that Hercules gathered up the whole race of Pygmies in his lion's skin, and carried them home to Greece, for the children of King Eurystheus to play with. But this is a mistake. He left them, one and all, within their own territory, where, for aught I can tell, their descendants are alive to the present day, building their little houses, cultivating their little fields, spanking their little children, waging their little warfare with the cranes, doing their little business, whatever it may be, and reading their little histories of ancient times. In those histories, perhaps, it stands recorded, that, a great many centuries ago, the valiant Pygmies avenged the death of the Giant Antaeus by scaring away the mighty Hercules.
Some writers say that Hercules picked up the entire Pygmy race in his lion's skin and took them back to Greece for the children of King Eurystheus to play with. But that's not true. He left them all in their own land, where, for all I know, their descendants are still alive today, building their little houses, farming their little fields, disciplining their little children, fighting their little battles with the cranes, handling their little business, whatever that may be, and reading their little histories of ancient times. In those histories, it might be recorded that many centuries ago, the brave Pygmies avenged the death of the giant Antaeus by scaring away the mighty Hercules.
THE DRAGON'S TEETH.
Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, the three sons of King Agenor, and their little sister Europa (who was a very beautiful child), were at play together near the seashore in their father's kingdom of Phoenicia. They had rambled to some distance from the palace where their parents dwelt, and were now in a verdant meadow, on one side of which lay the sea, all sparkling and dimpling in the sunshine, and murmuring gently against the beach. The three boys were very happy, gathering flowers, and twining them into garlands, with which they adorned the little Europa. Seated on the grass, the child was almost hidden under an abundance of buds and blossoms, whence her rosy face peeped merrily out, and, as Cadmus said, was the prettiest of all the flowers.
Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, the three sons of King Agenor, along with their little sister Europa (who was a very beautiful child), were playing together near the seashore in their father’s kingdom of Phoenicia. They had wandered away from the palace where their parents lived and were now in a lush meadow, with the sea on one side sparkling and shimmering in the sunlight, gently lapping against the beach. The three boys were very happy, picking flowers and weaving them into garlands to decorate little Europa. Sitting on the grass, the child was almost buried under a pile of buds and blossoms, with her rosy face peeking out merrily, and, as Cadmus said, she was the prettiest of all the flowers.
Just then, there came a splendid butterfly, fluttering along the meadow; and Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix set off in pursuit of it, crying out that it was a flower with wings. Europa, who was a little wearied with playing all day long, did not chase the butterfly with her brothers, but sat still where they had left her, and closed her eyes. For a while, she listened to the pleasant murmur of the sea, which was like a voice saying "Hush!" and bidding her go to sleep. But the pretty child, if she slept at all, could not have slept more than a moment, when she heard something trample on the grass, not far from her, and, peeping out from the heap of flowers, beheld a snow-white bull.
Just then, a beautiful butterfly appeared, fluttering through the meadow; and Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix ran after it, shouting that it was a flower with wings. Europa, who was a bit tired from playing all day, didn't chase the butterfly with her brothers but sat still where they had left her and closed her eyes. For a while, she listened to the soothing sound of the sea, which felt like a voice saying "Hush!" and urging her to sleep. But the lovely child, if she did sleep at all, couldn't have slept for more than a moment when she heard something trampling on the grass nearby, and, peeking out from the pile of flowers, saw a snow-white bull.
And whence could this bull have come? Europa and her brothers had been a long time playing in the meadow, and had seen no cattle, nor other living thing, either there or on the neighboring hills.
And where could this bull have come from? Europa and her brothers had been playing in the meadow for a long time and hadn’t seen any cattle or other living things, either there or on the nearby hills.
"Brother Cadmus!" cried Europa, starting up out of the midst of the roses and lilies. "Phoenix! Cilix! Where are you all? Help! Help! Come and drive away this bull!"
"Brother Cadmus!" yelled Europa, jumping up from among the roses and lilies. "Phoenix! Cilix! Where are you all? Help! Help! Come and chase away this bull!"
But her brothers were too far off to hear; especially as the fright took away Europa's voice, and hindered her from calling very loudly. So there she stood, with her pretty mouth wide open, as pale as the white lilies that were twisted among the other flowers in her garlands.
But her brothers were too far away to hear, especially since the fright had taken away Europa's voice, preventing her from calling out very loudly. So there she stood, with her pretty mouth wide open, as pale as the white lilies woven among the other flowers in her garlands.
Nevertheless, it was the suddenness with which she had perceived the bull, rather than anything frightful in his appearance, that caused Europa so much alarm. On looking at him more attentively, she began to see that he was a beautiful animal, and even fancied a particularly amiable expression in his face. As for his breath—the breath of cattle, you know, is always sweet—it was as fragrant as if he had been grazing on no other food than rosebuds, or at least, the most delicate of clover blossoms. Never before did a bull have such bright and tender eyes, and such smooth horns of ivory, as this one. And the bull ran little races, and capered sportively around the child; so that she quite forgot how big and strong he was, and, from the gentleness and playfulness of his actions, soon came to consider him as innocent a creature as a pet lamb.
Nevertheless, it was the suddenness with which she noticed the bull, rather than anything scary about his appearance, that made Europa so anxious. When she looked at him more closely, she began to see that he was a beautiful animal and even imagined a particularly friendly expression on his face. As for his breath—the breath of cattle is always sweet—it was as fragrant as if he had been munching on nothing but rosebuds, or at least the most delicate clover blossoms. Never before had a bull had such bright and gentle eyes, and such smooth ivory horns, as this one. The bull ran little races and playfully frolicked around the child, so much so that she completely forgot how big and strong he was, and, from his gentle and playful behavior, soon came to see him as innocent as a pet lamb.
Thus, frightened as she at first was, you might by and by have seen Europa stroking the bull's forehead with her small white hand, and taking the garlands off her own head to hang them on his neck and ivory horns. Then she pulled up some blades of grass, and he ate them out of her hand, not as if he were hungry, but because he wanted to be friends with the child, and took pleasure in eating what she had touched. Well, my stars! was there ever such a gentle, sweet, pretty, and amiable creature as this bull, and ever such a nice playmate for a little girl?
So, even though she was scared at first, you might have eventually seen Europa gently stroking the bull's forehead with her small white hand, and taking the garlands off her own head to hang them around his neck and on his ivory horns. Then she picked some blades of grass, and he ate them from her hand, not because he was hungry, but because he wanted to be friends with the little girl and enjoyed eating what she had touched. Wow! Was there ever such a gentle, sweet, pretty, and friendly creature as this bull, or a better playmate for a little girl?
When the animal saw (for the bull had so much intelligence that it is really wonderful to think of), when he saw that Europa was no longer afraid of him, he grew overjoyed, and could hardly contain himself for delight. He frisked about the meadow, now here, now there, making sprightly leaps, with as little effort as a bird expends in hopping from twig to twig. Indeed, his motion was as light as if he were flying through the air, and his hoofs seemed hardly to leave their print in the grassy soil over which he trod. With his spotless hue, he resembled a snow drift, wafted along by the wind. Once he galloped so far away that Europa feared lest she might never see him again; so, setting up her childish voice, called him back.
When the animal saw that Europa was no longer afraid of him, he became incredibly happy and could hardly contain his delight. He frolicked around the meadow, jumping playfully from one spot to another, moving with the same ease a bird shows when hopping from twig to twig. His movements were so light it was as if he were flying through the air, and his hooves barely left a mark on the grassy ground beneath him. With his pure white color, he looked like a drift of snow blown along by the wind. At one point, he galloped so far away that Europa worried she might never see him again, so she called out to him in her childish voice to come back.
"Come back, pretty creature!" she cried. "Here is a nice clover blossom."
"Come back, beautiful creature!" she yelled. "I have a nice clover flower here."
And then it was delightful to witness the gratitude of this amiable bull, and how he was so full of joy and thankfulness that he capered higher than ever. He came running, and bowed his head before Europa, as if he knew her to be a king's daughter, or else recognized the important truth that a little girl is everybody's queen. And not only did the bull bend his neck, he absolutely knelt down at her feet, and made such intelligent nods, and other inviting gestures, that Europa understood what he meant just as well as if he had put it in so many words.
And then it was a joy to see the gratitude of this friendly bull, and how he was so full of happiness and thankfulness that he jumped higher than ever. He came running and bowed his head before Europa, as if he recognized her as a king's daughter, or understood the important truth that a little girl is everyone's queen. And not only did the bull lower his neck, he actually knelt down at her feet and made such smart nods and other inviting gestures that Europa understood what he meant just as clearly as if he had said it in words.
"Come, dear child," was what he wanted to say, "let me give you a ride on my back."
"Come here, sweet child," was what he wanted to say, "let me give you a piggyback ride."
At the first thought of such a thing, Europa drew back. But then she considered in her wise little head that there could be no possible harm in taking just one gallop on the back of this docile and friendly animal, who would certainly set her down the very instant she desired it. And how it would surprise her brothers to see her riding across the green meadow! And what merry times they might have, either taking turns for a gallop, or clambering on the gentle creature, all four children together, and careering round the field with shouts of laughter that would be heard as far off as King Agenor's palace!
At the first thought of such a thing, Europa pulled back. But then she realized in her clever little mind that there could be no harm in taking just one ride on the back of this gentle and friendly animal, who would definitely let her down the moment she wanted. And how surprised her brothers would be to see her riding across the green meadow! They could have so much fun, either taking turns for a ride, or climbing onto the kind creature together, all four of them racing around the field with laughter that would reach as far as King Agenor's palace!
"I think I will do it," said the child to herself.
"I think I'll do it," the child said to herself.
And, indeed, why not? She cast a glance around, and caught a glimpse of Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, who were still in pursuit of the butterfly, almost at the other end of the meadow. It would be the quickest way of rejoining them, to get upon the white bull's back. She came a step nearer to him therefore; and—sociable creature that he was—he showed so much joy at this mark of her confidence, that the child could not find in her heart to hesitate any longer. Making one bound (for this little princess was as active as a squirrel), there sat Europa on the beautiful bull, holding an ivory horn in each hand, lest she should fall off.
And, really, why not? She looked around and spotted Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, who were still chasing the butterfly, almost on the other side of the meadow. The fastest way to catch up with them would be to get on the white bull’s back. So, she took a step closer to him, and—being the friendly creature he was—he showed such happiness at her trust that the girl couldn’t bring herself to hesitate any longer. With one leap (because this little princess was as nimble as a squirrel), Europa perched on the beautiful bull, holding an ivory horn in each hand to keep from falling off.
"Softly, pretty bull, softly!" she said, rather frightened at what she had done. "Do not gallop too fast."
"Easy there, pretty bull, easy!" she said, a bit scared of what she had done. "Don't run too fast."
Having got the child on his back, the animal gave a leap into the air, and came down so like a feather that Europa did not know when his hoofs touched the ground. He then began a race to that part of the flowery plain where her three brothers were, and where they had just caught their splendid butterfly. Europa screamed with delight; and Phoenix, Cilix, and Cadmus stood gaping at the spectacle of their sister mounted on a white bull, not knowing whether to be frightened or to wish the same good luck for themselves. The gentle and innocent creature (for who could possibly doubt that he was so?) pranced round among the children as sportively as a kitten. Europa all the while looked down upon her brothers, nodding and laughing, but yet with a sort of stateliness in her rosy little face. As the bull wheeled about to take another gallop across the meadow, the child waved her hand, and said, "Good-bye," playfully pretending that she was now bound on a distant journey, and might not see her brothers again for nobody could tell how long.
After getting the child on his back, the animal jumped into the air and landed so lightly that Europa didn't even notice when his hooves touched the ground. He then started racing to the part of the flowery plain where her three brothers were, and where they had just caught a beautiful butterfly. Europa screamed with delight; and Phoenix, Cilix, and Cadmus stood there in awe, watching the sight of their sister riding a white bull, unsure whether to be scared or to wish for the same luck. The gentle and innocent creature (who could possibly doubt that he was?) pranced around the kids playfully, like a kitten. Meanwhile, Europa looked down at her brothers, nodding and laughing, but still maintaining a kind of dignity in her rosy little face. As the bull turned to take another gallop across the meadow, the child waved her hand and said, "Good-bye," playfully pretending that she was setting off on a faraway journey, and might not see her brothers again for who knows how long.
"Good-bye," shouted Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, all in one breath.
"Goodbye," shouted Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, all at once.
But, together with her enjoyment of the sport, there was still a little remnant of fear in the child's heart; so that her last look at the three boys was a troubled one, and made them feel as if their dear sister were really leaving them forever. And what do you think the snowy bull did next? Why, he set off, as swift as the wind, straight down to the seashore, scampered across the sand, took an airy leap, and plunged right in among the foaming billows. The white spray rose in a shower over him and little Europa, and fell spattering down upon the water.
But along with her enjoyment of the sport, there was still a touch of fear in the child's heart; so her final glance at the three boys was a worried one, making them feel as if their beloved sister was truly leaving them forever. And guess what the snowy bull did next? He took off, as fast as the wind, straight down to the seashore, raced across the sand, leaped gracefully, and plunged right into the foaming waves. The white spray shot up around him and little Europa, showering down onto the water.
Then what a scream of terror did the poor child send forth! The three brothers screamed manfully, likewise, and ran to the shore as fast as their legs would carry them, with Cadmus at their head. But it was too late. When they reached the margin of the sand, the treacherous animal was already far away in the wide blue sea, with only his snowy head and tail emerging, and poor little Europa between them, stretching out one hand towards her dear brothers, while she grasped the bull's ivory horn with the other. And there stood Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, gazing at this sad spectacle, through their tears, until they could no longer distinguish the bull's snowy head from the white-capped billows that seemed to boil up out of the sea's depths around him. Nothing more was ever seen of the white bull—nothing more of the beautiful child.
Then what a terrified scream the poor child let out! The three brothers yelled bravely too and sprinted to the shore as fast as they could, with Cadmus leading the way. But it was too late. By the time they reached the sand, the treacherous creature was already far away in the vast blue sea, with only its white head and tail visible, and poor little Europa between them, stretching out one hand towards her dear brothers while holding onto the bull's ivory horn with the other. And there stood Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, watching this heartbreaking scene through their tears, until they could no longer tell the bull's white head from the frothy waves that seemed to surge up around him. Nothing more was ever seen of the white bull—nothing more of the beautiful child.
This was a mournful story, as you may well think, for the three boys to carry home to their parents. King Agenor, their father, was the ruler of the whole country; but he loved his little daughter Europa better than his kingdom, or than all his other children, or than anything else in the world. Therefore, when Cadmus and his two brothers came crying home, and told him how that a white bull had carried off their sister, and swam with her over the sea, the king was quite beside himself with grief and rage. Although it was now twilight, and fast growing dark, he bade them set out instantly in search of her.
This was a sad story, as you can imagine, for the three boys to take home to their parents. King Agenor, their father, ruled the entire country, but he loved his little daughter Europa more than his kingdom, all his other children, or anything else in the world. So, when Cadmus and his two brothers came home crying and told him that a white bull had taken their sister and swam across the sea with her, the king was overwhelmed with grief and anger. Even though it was twilight and getting dark, he ordered them to set out immediately to look for her.
"Never shall you see my face again," he cried, "unless you bring me back my little Europa, to gladden me with her smiles and her pretty ways. Begone, and enter my presence no more, till you come leading her by the hand."
"You're never going to see my face again," he shouted, "unless you bring back my little Europa to make me happy with her smiles and her charming ways. Leave now and don't come back until you bring her with you."
As King Agenor said this, his eyes flashed fire (for he was a very passionate king), and he looked so terribly angry that the poor boys did not even venture to ask for their suppers, but slunk away out of the palace, and only paused on the steps a moment to consult whither they should go first. While they were standing there, all in dismay, their mother, Queen Telephassa (who happened not to be by when they told the story to the king), came hurrying after them, and said that she too would go in quest of her daughter.
As King Agenor said this, his eyes blazed with anger (since he was a very passionate king), and he looked so furious that the poor boys didn't even dare to ask for their dinners but quietly slipped out of the palace, pausing for a moment on the steps to decide where to go first. While they were standing there, all in shock, their mother, Queen Telephassa (who happened not to be present when they told the story to the king), rushed after them and said that she would also go in search of her daughter.
"O, no, mother!" cried the boys. "The night is dark, and there is no knowing what troubles and perils we may meet with."
"Oh, no, mom!" the boys shouted. "The night is dark, and we have no idea what dangers and troubles we might encounter."
"Alas! my dear children," answered poor Queen Telephassa; weeping bitterly, "that is only another reason why I should go with you. If I should lose you, too, as well as my little Europa, what would become of me!"
"Unfortunately, my dear children," replied poor Queen Telephassa, crying hard, "that's just another reason why I should go with you. If I lost you too, along with my little Europa, what would happen to me!"
"And let me go likewise!" said their playfellow Thasus, who came running to join them.
"And let me go too!" said their friend Thasus, who came running to join them.
Thasus was the son of a seafaring person in the neighborhood; he had been brought up with the young princes, and was their intimate friend, and loved Europa very much; so they consented that he should accompany them. The whole party, therefore, set forth together. Cadmus, Phoenix, Cilix, and Thasus clustered round Queen Telephassa, grasping her skirts, and begging her to lean upon their shoulders whenever she felt weary. In this manner they went down the palace steps, and began a journey, which turned out to be a great deal longer than they dreamed of. The last that they saw of King Agenor, he came to the door, with a servant holding a torch beside him, and called after them into the gathering darkness:
Thasus was the son of a local sailor; he had grown up with the young princes, was their close friend, and deeply loved Europa. So they agreed that he could join them. The whole group set off together. Cadmus, Phoenix, Cilix, and Thasus gathered around Queen Telephassa, holding onto her skirts and asking her to lean on their shoulders whenever she felt tired. This is how they descended the palace steps and started a journey that turned out to be much longer than they expected. The last they saw of King Agenor, he came to the door with a servant holding a torch next to him and called after them into the gathering darkness:
"Remember! Never ascend these steps again without the child!"
"Remember! Don’t go up these steps again without the child!"
"Never!" sobbed Queen Telephassa; and the three brothers and Thasus answered, "Never! Never! Never! Never!"
"Never!" cried Queen Telephassa, and the three brothers and Thasus replied, "Never! Never! Never! Never!"
And they kept their word. Year after year, King Agenor sat in the solitude of his beautiful palace, listening in vain for their returning footsteps, hoping to hear the familiar voice of the queen, and the cheerful talk of his sons and their playfellow Thasus, entering the door together, and the sweet, childish accents of little Europa in the midst of them. But so long a time went by, that, at last, if they had really come, the king would not have known that this was the voice of Telephassa, and these the younger voices that used to make such joyful echoes, when the children were playing about the palace. We must now leave King Agenor to sit on his throne, and must go along with Queen Telephassa, and her four youthful companions.
And they kept their promise. Year after year, King Agenor sat alone in his beautiful palace, listening in vain for their returning footsteps, hoping to hear the familiar voice of the queen and the cheerful chatter of his sons and their friend Thasus entering together, along with the sweet, childish sounds of little Europa among them. So much time passed that, if they had really returned, the king wouldn't have recognized Telephassa's voice or the younger voices that used to create such joyful echoes when the children were playing around the palace. Now, we must leave King Agenor sitting on his throne and follow Queen Telephassa and her four young companions.
They went on and on, and traveled a long way, and passed over mountains and rivers, and sailed over seas. Here, and there, and everywhere, they made continual inquiry if any person could tell them what had become of Europa. The rustic people, of whom they asked this question, paused a little while from their labors in the field, and looked very much surprised. They thought it strange to behold a woman in the garb of a queen (for Telephassa in her haste had forgotten to take off her crown and her royal robes), roaming about the country, with four lads around her, on such an errand as this seemed to be. But nobody could give them any tidings of Europa; nobody had seen a little girl dressed like a princess, and mounted on a snow-white bull, which galloped as swiftly as the wind.
They kept going and traveled a long way, crossing mountains and rivers, and sailing over seas. Here, there, and everywhere, they asked if anyone could tell them what had happened to Europa. The local people they questioned paused from their work in the fields and looked quite surprised. They found it strange to see a woman in queen's attire (because in her hurry, Telephassa had forgotten to take off her crown and royal robes) wandering around the countryside with four young boys for such a purpose. But nobody could give them any news about Europa; no one had seen a little girl dressed like a princess riding a snow-white bull that ran as fast as the wind.
I cannot tell you how long Queen Telephassa, and Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, her three sons, and Thasus, their playfellow, went wandering along the highways and bypaths, or through the pathless wildernesses of the earth, in this manner. But certain it is, that, before they reached any place of rest, their splendid garments were quite worn out. They all looked very much travel-stained, and would have had the dust of many countries on their shoes, if the streams, through which they waded, had not washed it all away. When they had been gone a year, Telephassa threw away her crown, because it chafed her forehead.
I can’t tell you how long Queen Telephassa, along with her three sons, Cadmus, Phoenix, and Cilix, and their friend Thasus, wandered along the roads and paths, or through the wild, uncharted areas of the earth. But it’s clear that before they found any place to rest, their beautiful clothes were completely worn out. They all looked pretty battered from travel and would have had dust from many lands on their shoes if the streams they waded through hadn’t washed it all away. After a year of wandering, Telephassa tossed aside her crown because it was irritating her forehead.
"It has given me many a headache," said the poor queen, "and it cannot cure my heartache."
"It has caused me a lot of stress," said the poor queen, "and it can't heal my heartache."
As fast as their princely robes got torn and tattered, they exchanged them for such mean attire as ordinary people wore. By and by, they come to have a wild and homeless aspect; so that you would much sooner have taken them for a gypsy family than a queen and three princes, and a young nobleman, who had once a palace for a home, and a train of servants to do their bidding. The four boys grew up to be tall young men, with sunburnt faces. Each of them girded on a sword, to defend themselves against the perils of the way. When the husbandmen, at whose farmhouses they sought hospitality, needed their assistance in the harvest field, they gave it willingly; and Queen Telephassa (who had done no work in her palace, save to braid silk threads with golden ones) came behind them to bind the sheaves. If payment was offered, they shook their heads, and only asked for tidings of Europa.
As quickly as their royal clothes got ripped and worn out, they swapped them for the simple clothes that regular people wore. Before long, they looked wild and homeless, making it much easier to mistake them for a gypsy family than for a queen and three princes, plus a young nobleman, who once lived in a palace and had a whole group of servants to follow their commands. The four boys grew up to be tall young men with sunburned faces. Each of them strapped on a sword to protect themselves from the dangers on the road. Whenever the farmers, at whose homes they sought shelter, needed help in the fields during harvest, they gladly pitched in; and Queen Telephassa (who had done no work in her palace except braid silk threads with gold ones) followed behind them to tie up the sheaves. If they were offered payment, they shook their heads and only asked for news about Europa.
"There are bulls enough in my pasture," the old farmers would reply; "but I never heard of one like this you tell me of. A snow-white bull with a little princess on his back! Ho! ho! I ask your pardon, good folks; but there never such a sight seen hereabouts."
"There are plenty of bulls in my pasture," the old farmers would respond; "but I’ve never heard of one like the one you're talking about. A pure white bull with a little princess on its back! Ha! I apologize, my friends; but there’s never been such a sight around here."
At last, when his upper lip began to have the down on it, Phoenix grew weary of rambling hither and thither to no purpose. So one day, when they happened to be passing through a pleasant and solitary tract of country, he sat himself down on a heap of moss.
At last, when his upper lip started to grow some stubble, Phoenix grew tired of wandering aimlessly around. So one day, when they were passing through a nice and quiet area, he sat down on a pile of moss.
"I can go no farther," said Phoenix. "It is a mere foolish waste of life, to spend it as we do, always wandering up and down, and never coming to any home at nightfall. Our sister is lost, and never will be found. She probably perished in the sea; or, to whatever shore the white bull may have carried her, it is now so many years ago, that there would be neither love nor acquaintance between us, should we meet again. My father has forbidden us to return to his palace, so I shall build me a hut of branches, and dwell here."
"I can't go any further," said Phoenix. "It's such a foolish waste of life to keep wandering around and never have a home to return to at night. Our sister is lost and will never be found. She probably drowned in the sea, or wherever the white bull took her; it's been so many years that if we were to meet again, there would be no love or familiarity between us. My father has told us not to come back to his palace, so I’ll build myself a hut out of branches and stay here."
"Well, son Phoenix," said Telephassa, sorrowfully, "you have grown to be a man, and must do as you judge best. But, for my part, I will still go in quest of my poor child."
"Well, son Phoenix," Telephassa said sadly, "you have become a man and must do what you think is best. But as for me, I will continue searching for my poor child."
"And we three will go along with you!" cried Cadmus and Cilix, and their faithful friend Thasus.
"And the three of us will go with you!" shouted Cadmus, Cilix, and their loyal friend Thasus.
But, before setting out, they all helped Phoenix to build a habitation. When completed, it was a sweet rural bower, roofed overhead with an arch of living boughs. Inside there were two pleasant rooms, one of which had a soft heap of moss for a bed, while the other was furnished with a rustic seat or two, curiously fashioned out of the crooked roots of trees. So comfortable and home-like did it seem, that Telephassa and her three companions could not help sighing, to think that they must still roam about the world, instead of spending the remainder of their lives in some such cheerful abode as they had here built for Phoenix. But, when they bade him farewell, Phoenix shed tears, and probably regretted that he was no longer to keep them company.
But before they set off, they all helped Phoenix build a place to live. When it was done, it was a lovely little spot in the countryside, shaded by an arch of living branches. Inside, there were two cozy rooms—one had a soft bed made of moss, while the other had a few rustic seats made from the twisted roots of trees. It felt so warm and inviting that Telephassa and her three friends couldn't help but sigh, realizing they had to continue wandering instead of staying in such a cheerful home like the one they had made for Phoenix. When they said goodbye, Phoenix cried, probably wishing he wasn't going to be alone anymore.
However, he had fixed upon an admirable place to dwell in. And by and by there came other people, who chanced to have no homes; and, seeing how pleasant a spot it was, they built themselves huts in the neighborhood of Phoenix's habitation. Thus, before many years went by, a city had grown up there, in the center of which was seen a stately palace of marble, wherein dwelt Phoenix, clothed in a purple robe, and wearing a golden crown upon his head. For the inhabitants of the new city, finding that he had royal blood in his veins, had chosen him to be their king. The very first decree of state which King Phoenix issued was, that, if a maiden happened to arrive in the kingdom, mounted on a snow-white bull, and calling herself Europa, his subjects should treat her with the greatest kindness and respect, and immediately bring her to the palace. You may see, by this, that Phoenix's conscience never quite ceased to trouble him, for giving up the quest of his dear sister, and sitting himself down to be comfortable, while his mother and her companions went onward.
However, he had chosen an excellent place to live. Soon enough, other people, who didn't have homes, came along and, seeing how nice the spot was, built huts near Phoenix's place. So, within a few years, a city had formed there, with a grand marble palace in its center, where Phoenix lived, dressed in a purple robe and wearing a golden crown. The people of the new city, realizing he had royal lineage, chose him to be their king. The very first royal decree King Phoenix issued was that if a maiden arrived in the kingdom, riding a snow-white bull and calling herself Europa, his subjects should treat her with the utmost kindness and respect and immediately bring her to the palace. This shows that Phoenix's conscience never fully stopped bothering him for giving up the search for his dear sister and settling down in comfort while his mother and her companions moved on.
But often and often, at the close of a weary day's journey, did Telephassa and Cadmus, Cilix, and Thasus, remember the pleasant spot in which they had left Phoenix. It was a sorrowful prospect for these wanderers, that on the morrow they must again set forth, and that, after many nightfalls, they would perhaps be no nearer the close of their toilsome pilgrimage than now. These thoughts made them all melancholy at times, but appeared to torment Cilix more than the rest of the party. At length, one morning, when they were taking their staffs in hand to set out, he thus addressed them:
But often, at the end of a long day’s journey, Telephassa, Cadmus, Cilix, and Thasus would think about the nice place where they had left Phoenix. It was a sad thought for these travelers that the next day they had to leave again, and that after many nights, they might not be any closer to the end of their exhausting journey than they were now. These thoughts sometimes made them all feel down, but they seemed to bother Cilix more than the others. Finally, one morning, as they picked up their staffs to leave, he spoke to them:
"My dear mother, and you, good brother Cadmus, and my friend Thasus, methinks we are like people in a dream. There is no substance in the life which we are leading. It is such a dreary length of time since the white bull carried off my sister Europa, that I have quite forgotten how she looked, and the tones of her voice, and, indeed, almost doubt whether such a little girl ever lived in the world. And whether she once lived or no, I am convinced that she no longer survives, and that therefore it is the merest folly to waste our own lives and happiness in seeking her. Were we to find her, she would now be a woman grown, and would look upon us all as strangers. So, to tell you the truth, I have resolved to take up my abode here; and I entreat you, mother, brother, and friend, to follow my example."
"My dear mother, and you, dear brother Cadmus, and my friend Thasus, I feel like we’re living in a dream. Our lives have no real substance. It’s been so long since the white bull took my sister Europa that I’ve nearly forgotten her face, her voice, and honestly, I almost doubt if she was ever really here at all. Whether she lived or not, I’m sure she’s gone now, and it’s just foolish to waste our lives and happiness looking for her. If we did find her, she would be all grown up and wouldn’t recognize us. So, to be honest, I’ve decided to settle down here, and I ask you, mother, brother, and friend, to do the same."
"Not I, for one," said Telephassa; although the poor queen, firmly as she spoke, was so travel-worn that she could hardly put her foot to the ground. "Not I, for one! In the depths of my heart, little Europa is still the rosy child who ran to gather flowers so many years ago. She has not grown to womanhood, nor forgotten me. At noon, at night, journeying onward, sitting down to rest, her childish voice is always in my ears, calling, 'Mother! mother!' Stop here who may, there is no repose for me."
"Not me, for sure," said Telephassa; even though the poor queen, despite her strong words, was so exhausted from traveling that she could hardly stand. "Not me, for sure! Deep down in my heart, little Europa is still the rosy child who ran to pick flowers so many years ago. She hasn’t grown up, nor has she forgotten me. At noon, at night, while moving forward or sitting down to rest, her childhood voice is always in my ears, calling, 'Mom! Mom!' Whoever stops here may find rest, but I cannot."
"Nor for me," said Cadmus, "while my dear mother pleases to go onward."
"Not for me," said Cadmus, "as long as my dear mother wants to keep going."
And the faithful Thasus, too, was resolved to bear them company. They remained with Cilix a few days, however, and helped him to build a rustic bower, resembling the one which they had formerly built for Phoenix.
And the loyal Thasus was determined to join them as well. They stayed with Cilix for a few days, though, and helped him build a simple shelter that looked like the one they had previously made for Phoenix.
When they were bidding him farewell Cilix burst into tears, and told his mother that it seemed just as melancholy a dream to stay there, in solitude, as to go onward. If she really believed that they would ever find Europa, he was willing to continue the search with them, even now. But Telephassa bade him remain there, and be happy, if his own heart would let him. So the pilgrims took their leave of him, and departed, and were hardly out of sight before some other wandering people came along that way, and saw Cilix's habitation, and were greatly delighted with the appearance of the place. There being abundance of unoccupied ground in the neighborhood, these strangers built huts for themselves, and were soon joined by a multitude of new settlers, who quickly formed a city. In the middle of it was seen a magnificent palace of colored marble, on the balcony of which, every noontide, appeared Cilix, in a long purple robe, and with a jeweled crown upon his head; for the inhabitants, when they found out that he was a king's son, had considered him the fittest of all men to be a king himself.
As they said goodbye, Cilix started to cry and told his mother that staying there alone felt just as sad as moving on. If she truly believed they would ever find Europa, he was ready to keep searching with them, even now. But Telephassa told him to stay there and be happy if he could. So the travelers said their goodbyes and left, and they were barely out of sight when another group of wanderers came by, saw Cilix's home, and were thrilled by how it looked. With plenty of empty land around, these newcomers built huts for themselves and were soon joined by many others, quickly creating a city. In the center, a stunning palace made of colored marble stood, where Cilix appeared every noon in a long purple robe and a jeweled crown on his head; because the locals, upon discovering he was a king's son, thought he was the best choice to be a king himself.
One of the first acts of King Cilix's government was to send out an expedition, consisting of a grave ambassador, and an escort of bold and hardy young men, with orders to visit the principal kingdoms of the earth, and inquire whether a young maiden had passed through those regions, galloping swiftly on a white bull. It is, therefore, plain to my mind, that Cilix secretly blamed himself for giving up the search for Europa, as long as he was able to put one foot before the other.
One of the first actions of King Cilix's government was to send out a mission, made up of a serious ambassador and a group of brave and tough young men, with orders to visit the main kingdoms of the world and ask if a young woman had traveled through those areas, riding quickly on a white bull. It’s clear to me that Cilix secretly felt guilty for abandoning the search for Europa as long as he could still move forward.
As for Telephassa, and Cadmus, and the good Thasus, it grieves me to think of them, still keeping up that weary pilgrimage. The two young men did their best for the poor queen, helping her over the rough places, often carrying her across rivulets in their faithful arms and seeking to shelter her at nightfall, even when they themselves lay on the ground. Sad, sad it was to hear them asking of every passer-by if he had seen Europa, so long after the white bull had carried her away. But, though the gray years thrust themselves between, and made the child's figure dim in their remembrance, neither of these true-hearted three ever dreamed of giving up the search.
As for Telephassa, Cadmus, and the good Thasus, it makes me sad to think of them still enduring that exhausting journey. The two young men did everything they could for the poor queen, helping her over rough spots, often carrying her across streams in their strong arms and trying to shelter her at night, even when they themselves had to sleep on the ground. It was heartbreaking to hear them ask every passerby if they had seen Europa, so long after the white bull had taken her away. But even as the years went by and the memory of the child faded, none of these three loyal souls ever thought about giving up the search.
One morning, however, poor Thasus found that he had sprained his ankle, and could not possibly go a step farther.
One morning, though, poor Thasus realized he had twisted his ankle and couldn't possibly take another step.
"After a few days, to be sure," said he, mournfully, "I might make shift to hobble along with a stick. But that would only delay you, and perhaps hinder you from finding dear little Europa, after all your pains and trouble. Do you go forward, therefore, my beloved companions, and leave me to follow as I may."
"After a few days, I might be able to get by with a stick," he said sadly. "But that would only slow you down and might keep you from finding dear little Europa, considering all your efforts and struggles. So go ahead, my beloved friends, and leave me to catch up as best as I can."
"Thou hast been a true friend, dear Thasus," said Queen Telephassa, kissing his forehead. "Being neither my son, nor the brother of our lost Europa, thou hast shown thyself truer to me and her than Phoenix and Cilix did, whom we have left behind us. Without thy loving help, and that of my son Cadmus, my limbs could not have borne me half so far as this. Now, take thy rest, and be at peace. For—and it is the first time I have owned it to myself—I begin to question whether we shall ever find my beloved daughter in this world."
"You've been a true friend, dear Thasus," said Queen Telephassa, kissing his forehead. "Not being my son, nor the brother of our lost Europa, you've shown yourself to be more loyal to me and her than Phoenix and Cilix, whom we’ve left behind. Without your loving help, and that of my son Cadmus, I couldn't have made it this far. Now, take a rest and find peace. Because—and it's the first time I'm admitting this to myself—I’m starting to wonder whether we will ever find my beloved daughter in this world."
Saying this, the poor queen shed tears, because it was a grievous trial to the mother's heart to confess that her hopes were growing faint. From that day forward, Cadmus noticed that she never traveled with the same alacrity of spirit that had heretofore supported her. Her weight was heavier upon his arm.
Saying this, the poor queen cried, because it was a painful struggle for a mother to admit that her hopes were fading. From that day on, Cadmus noticed that she no longer moved with the same energy that had supported her before. It felt like a heavier burden on his arm.
Before setting out, Cadmus helped Thasus build a bower; while Telephassa, being too infirm to give any great assistance, advised them how to fit it up and furnish it, so that it might be as comfortable as a hut of branches could. Thasus, however, did not spend all his days in this green bower. For it happened to him, as to Phoenix and Cilix, that other homeless people visited the spot, and liked it, and built themselves habitations in the neighborhood. So here, in the course of a few years, was another thriving city, with a red freestone palace in the center of it, where Thasus sat upon a throne, doing justice to the people, with a purple robe over his shoulders, a sceptre in his hand, and a crown upon his head. The inhabitants had made him king, not for the sake of any royal blood (for none was in his veins), but because Thasus was an upright, true-hearted, and courageous man, and therefore fit to rule.
Before heading out, Cadmus helped Thasus build a shelter, while Telephassa, too weak to help much, suggested how to set it up and decorate it so that it would be as comfortable as a hut made of branches could be. However, Thasus didn’t spend all his time in this green shelter. Like Phoenix and Cilix before him, he found that other wanderers came to the area, liked it, and built homes nearby. So, over a few years, another thriving city emerged, with a red freestone palace at its center where Thasus ruled from a throne, administering justice to the people, wearing a purple robe, holding a scepter, and crowned on his head. The residents made him their king, not because he had any royal blood (he didn’t), but because Thasus was honest, kind-hearted, and brave, making him fit to lead.
But when the affairs of his kingdom were all settled, King Thasus laid aside his purple robe and crown, and sceptre, and bade his worthiest subjects distribute justice to the people in his stead. Then, grasping the pilgrim's staff that had supported him so long, he set forth again, hoping still to discover some hoof-mark of the snow-white bull, some trace of the vanished child. He returned after a lengthened absence, and sat down wearily upon his throne. To his latest hour, nevertheless, King Thasus showed his true-hearted remembrance of Europa, by ordering that a fire should always be kept burning in his palace, and a bath steaming hot, and food ready to be served up, and a bed with snow-white sheets, in case the maiden should arrive, and require immediate refreshment. And, though Europa never came, the good Thasus had the blessings of many a poor traveler, who profited by the food and lodging which were meant for the little playmate of the king's boyhood.
But once everything in his kingdom was in order, King Thasus set aside his purple robe, crown, and scepter, and instructed his most capable subjects to deliver justice to the people in his place. Then, taking up the pilgrim's staff that had supported him for so long, he set out again, still hoping to find some clue of the snow-white bull or any trace of the lost child. He returned after a long absence and wearily sat down on his throne. Until his final days, King Thasus displayed his genuine remembrance of Europa by ensuring that a fire was always kept burning in his palace, along with a steaming hot bath, food ready to be served, and a bed with snow-white sheets, in case the maiden should arrive and need immediate refreshment. Although Europa never came, the kind Thasus received the blessings of many poor travelers who benefited from the food and lodging meant for the king's childhood playmate.
Telephassa and Cadmus were now pursuing their weary way, with no companion but each other. The queen leaned heavily upon her son's arm, and could walk only a few miles a day. But for all her weakness and weariness, she would not be persuaded to give up the search. It was enough to bring tears into the eyes of bearded men to hear the melancholy tone with which she inquired of every stranger whether he could not tell her any news of the lost child.
Telephassa and Cadmus were now making their way, relying solely on each other. The queen leaned heavily on her son's arm and could only walk a few miles each day. Despite her frailty and exhaustion, she refused to give up the search. It was enough to bring tears to the eyes of rugged men to hear the sad way she asked every stranger if they knew anything about her lost child.
"Have you seen a little girl—no, no, I mean a young maiden of full growth—passing by this way, mounted on a snow-white bull, which gallops as swiftly as the wind?"
"Have you seen a young woman—no, I mean a fully grown maiden—riding by here on a snow-white bull that runs as fast as the wind?"
"We have seen no such wondrous sight," the people would reply; and very often, taking Cadmus aside, they whispered to him, "Is this stately and sad-looking woman your mother? Surely she is not in her right mind; and you ought to take her home, and make her comfortable, and do your best to get this dream out of her fancy."
"We've never seen anything like this," the people would respond; and frequently, pulling Cadmus aside, they whispered to him, "Is this elegant and sorrowful woman your mother? She can't be thinking clearly; you should take her home, make her comfortable, and do your best to help her shake off this dream."
"It is no dream," said Cadmus. "Everything else is a dream, save that."
"It’s not a dream," Cadmus said. "Everything else is just a dream, except for that."
But, one day, Telephassa seemed feebler than usual, and leaned almost her whole weight on the arm of Cadmus, and walked more slowly than ever before. At last they reached a solitary spot, where she told her son that she must needs lie down, and take a good long rest.
But one day, Telephassa seemed weaker than usual, leaning almost completely on Cadmus's arm and walking more slowly than ever before. Finally, they arrived at a quiet spot where she told her son that she needed to lie down and take a long rest.
"A good long rest!" she repeated, looking Cadmus tenderly in the face. "A good long rest, thou dearest one!"
"A nice long rest!" she repeated, looking tenderly at Cadmus. "A nice long rest, my dearest!"
"As long as you please, dear mother," answered Cadmus.
"As long as you want, dear mom," answered Cadmus.
Telephassa bade him sit down on the turf beside her, and then she took his hand.
Telephassa invited him to sit on the grass next to her, and then she took his hand.
"My son," said she, fixing her dim eyes most lovingly upon him, "this rest that I speak of will be very long indeed! You must not wait till it is finished. Dear Cadmus, you do not comprehend me. You must make a grave here, and lay your mother's weary frame into it. My pilgrimage is over."
"My son," she said, gazing at him with her tired eyes filled with love, "this rest I'm talking about is going to be a long one! You shouldn't wait until it’s over. Dear Cadmus, you don’t understand. You need to dig a grave here and lay your mother’s weary body to rest. My journey has come to an end."
Cadmus burst into tears, and, for a long time, refused to believe that his dear mother was now to be taken from him. But Telephassa reasoned with him, and kissed him, and at length made him discern that it was better for her spirit to pass away out of the toil, the weariness, and grief, and disappointment which had burdened her on earth, ever since the child was lost. He therefore repressed his sorrow, and listened to her last words.
Cadmus broke down in tears and, for a long time, couldn’t accept that his beloved mother was gone. But Telephassa talked to him, kissed him, and eventually helped him realize that it was better for her spirit to be free from the struggles, exhaustion, sadness, and disappointments that had weighed her down since the child was lost. He then held back his grief and listened to her last words.
"Dearest Cadmus," said she, "thou hast been the truest son that ever mother had, and faithful to the very last. Who else would have borne with my infirmities as thou hast! It is owing to thy care, thou tenderest child, that my grave was not dug long years ago, in some valley, or on some hillside, that lies far, far behind us. It is enough. Thou shalt wander no more on this hopeless search. But, when thou hast laid thy mother in the earth, then go, my son, to Delphi, and inquire of the oracle what thou shalt do next."
"Dearest Cadmus," she said, "you have been the truest son any mother could have, and faithful to the very end. Who else would have put up with my weaknesses like you have? It’s because of your care, my sweetest child, that I’m not already resting in a grave somewhere in a valley or on a hillside far behind us. That’s enough. You won’t search anymore for what seems hopeless. But after you’ve laid your mother to rest, go, my son, to Delphi and ask the oracle what you should do next."
"O mother, mother," cried Cadmus, "couldst thou but have seen my sister before this hour!"
"O mother, mother," cried Cadmus, "if only you could have seen my sister before now!"
"It matters little now," answered Telephassa, and there was a smile upon her face. "I go now to the better world, and, sooner or later, shall find my daughter there."
"It doesn't matter much now," Telephassa replied, a smile on her face. "I'm going to a better place, and, sooner or later, I'll find my daughter there."
I will not sadden you, my little hearers, with telling how Telephassa died and was buried, but will only say, that her dying smile grew brighter, instead of vanishing from her dead face; so that Cadmus left convinced that, at her very first step into the better world, she had caught Europa in her arms. He planted some flowers on his mother's grave, and left them to grow there, and make the place beautiful, when he should be far away.
I won't bring you down, my dear listeners, by telling you how Telephassa died and was buried, but I'll just say that her dying smile became brighter instead of fading from her lifeless face; so Cadmus was sure that, as soon as she stepped into a better world, she had embraced Europa in her arms. He planted some flowers on his mother's grave and left them to grow there, making the place beautiful while he would be far away.
After performing this last sorrowful duty, he set forth alone, and took the road towards the famous oracle of Delphi, as Telephassa had advised him. On his way thither, he still inquired of most people whom he met whether they had seen Europa; for, to say the truth, Cadmus had grown so accustomed to ask the question, that it came to his lips as readily as a remark about the weather. He received various answers. Some told him one thing, and some another. Among the rest, a mariner affirmed, that, many years before, in a distant country, he had heard a rumor about a white bull, which came swimming across the sea with a child on his back, dressed up in flowers that were blighted by the sea water. He did not know what had become of the child or the bull; and Cadmus suspected, indeed, by a queer twinkle in the mariner's eyes, that he was putting a joke upon him, and had never really heard anything about the matter.
After completing this last sad task, he set out on his own and took the road to the famous oracle of Delphi, just as Telephassa had suggested. On his way there, he still asked nearly everyone he met if they had seen Europa; honestly, Cadmus had become so used to asking the question that it rolled off his tongue as easily as a comment about the weather. He received various answers. Some told him one thing, while others said something different. Among them, a sailor claimed that, many years earlier, in a faraway land, he had heard a rumor about a white bull that swam across the sea with a child on its back, dressed in flowers that were damaged by the seawater. He didn't know what had happened to the child or the bull; and Cadmus suspected, from the strange glimmer in the sailor's eyes, that he was just pulling his leg and hadn't really heard anything about it.
Poor Cadmus found it more wearisome to travel alone than to bear all his dear mother's weight, while she had kept him company. His heart, you will understand, was now so heavy that it seemed impossible, sometimes, to carry it any farther. But his limbs were strong and active, and well accustomed to exercise. He walked swiftly along, thinking of King Agenor and Queen Telephassa, and his brothers, and the friendly Thasus, all of whom he had left behind him, at one point of his pilgrimage or another, and never expected to see them any more. Full of these remembrances, he came within sight of a lofty mountain, which the people thereabouts told him was called Parnassus. On the slope of Mount Parnassus was the famous Delphi, whither Cadmus was going.
Poor Cadmus found it more exhausting to travel alone than to carry all his dear mother’s weight while she had been with him. His heart, as you can imagine, was so heavy that it sometimes felt impossible to carry it any further. But his limbs were strong and active, well used to exercise. He walked quickly, thinking about King Agenor and Queen Telephassa, his brothers, and the friendly Thasus, all of whom he had left behind at different points in his journey and never expected to see again. Lost in these memories, he saw a tall mountain in the distance, which the locals said was called Parnassus. On the slope of Mount Parnassus was the famous Delphi, where Cadmus was headed.
This Delphi was supposed to be the very midmost spot of the whole world. The place of the oracle was a certain cavity in the mountain side, over which, when Cadmus came thither, he found a rude bower of branches. It reminded him of those which he had helped to build for Phoenix and Cilix, and afterwards for Thasus. In later times, when multitudes of people came from great distances to put questions to the oracle, a spacious temple of marble was erected over the spot. But in the days of Cadmus, as I have told you, there was only this rustic bower, with its abundance of green foliage, and a tuft of shrubbery, that ran wild over the mysterious hole in the hillside.
This Delphi was meant to be the exact center of the entire world. The oracle's location was a particular hollow in the mountainside, where Cadmus discovered a simple shelter made of branches. It reminded him of the ones he had helped build for Phoenix and Cilix, and later for Thasus. In later times, when crowds of people traveled from far away to ask questions of the oracle, a grand marble temple was built over the site. But during Cadmus's time, as I mentioned, there was just this rustic shelter, surrounded by lush green foliage and a patch of wild shrubs that grew over the mysterious opening in the hillside.
When Cadmus had thrust a passage through the tangled boughs, and made his way into the bower, he did not at first discern the half-hidden cavity. But soon he felt a cold stream of air rushing out of it, with so much force that it shook the ringlets on his cheek. Pulling away the shrubbery which clustered over the hole, he bent forward, and spoke in a distinct but reverential tone, as if addressing some unseen personage inside of the mountain.
When Cadmus pushed through the tangled branches and entered the glade, he didn't immediately see the partially hidden opening. But soon he felt a cold breeze coming out with such force that it disturbed the curls on his cheek. Clearing the bushes that were covering the hole, he leaned in and spoke in a clear yet respectful tone, as if addressing someone unseen inside the mountain.
"Sacred oracle of Delphi," said he, "whither shall I go next in quest of my dear sister Europa?"
"Sacred oracle of Delphi," he said, "where should I go next to find my beloved sister Europa?"
There was at first a deep silence, and then a rushing sound, or a noise like a long sigh, proceeding out of the interior of the earth. This cavity, you must know, was looked upon as a sort of fountain of truth, which sometimes gushed out in audible words; although, for the most part, these words were such a riddle that they might just as well have staid at the bottom of the hole. But Cadmus was more fortunate than many others who went to Delphi in search of truth. By and by, the rushing noise began to sound like articulate language. It repeated, over and over again, the following sentence, which, after all, was so like the vague whistle of a blast of air, that Cadmus really did not quite know whether it meant anything or not:
At first, there was a deep silence, followed by a rushing sound, or a noise like a long sigh coming from the depths of the earth. This space was considered a kind of fountain of truth, sometimes bursting forth in audible words; however, most of the time, those words were such a riddle that they might as well have stayed at the bottom of the hole. But Cadmus was luckier than many others who went to Delphi in search of truth. Gradually, the rushing noise began to resemble spoken language. It repeated, over and over again, the following sentence, which, after all, sounded so much like the vague whistle of a blast of air that Cadmus really couldn’t tell if it meant anything at all:
"Seek her no more! Seek her no more! Seek her no more!"
"Don't look for her anymore! Don't look for her anymore! Don't look for her anymore!"
"What, then, shall I do?" asked Cadmus.
"What should I do now?" asked Cadmus.
For, ever since he was a child, you know, it had been the great object of his life to find his sister. From the very hour that he left following the butterfly in the meadow, near his father's palace, he had done his best to follow Europa, over land and sea. And now, if he must give up the search, he seemed to have no more business in the world.
For ever since he was a kid, it had been the main goal of his life to find his sister. From the moment he left chasing the butterfly in the meadow near his father's palace, he had done everything he could to track down Europa, across land and sea. And now, if he had to give up the search, it felt like he had no more purpose in the world.
But again the sighing gust of air grew into something like a hoarse voice.
But again the sighing gust of air turned into something like a raspy voice.
"Follow the cow!" it said. "Follow the cow! Follow the cow!"
"Follow the cow!" it said. "Follow the cow! Follow the cow!"
And when these words had been repeated until Cadmus was tired of hearing them (especially as he could not imagine what cow it was, or why he was to follow her), the gusty hole gave vent to another sentence.
And when these words had been repeated until Cadmus was exhausted from hearing them (especially since he couldn’t figure out what cow it was or why he was supposed to follow her), the windy opening spoke another sentence.
"Where the stray cow lies down, there is your home."
"Wherever the stray cow settles, that’s your home."
These words were pronounced but a single time, and died away into a whisper before Cadmus was fully satisfied that he had caught the meaning. He put other questions, but received no answer; only the gust of wind sighed continually out of the cavity, and blew the withered leaves rustling along the ground before it.
These words were spoken just once and faded into a whisper before Cadmus was completely sure he understood their meaning. He asked more questions, but got no response; only the wind sighed continuously from the hollow, blowing the dried leaves along the ground.
"Did there really come any words out of the hole?" thought Cadmus; "or have I been dreaming all this while?"
"Did any words actually come out of the hole?" thought Cadmus; "or have I been dreaming this whole time?"
He turned away from the oracle, and thought himself no wiser than when he came thither. Caring little what might happen to him, he took the first path that offered itself, and went along at a sluggish pace; for, having no object in view, nor any reason to go one way more than another, it would certainly have been foolish to make haste. Whenever he met anybody, the old question was at his tongue's end.
He turned away from the oracle, feeling no smarter than when he arrived. Not really caring about what might happen to him, he took the first path he saw and walked slowly; since he had no destination in mind or any reason to choose one direction over another, it would have been silly to rush. Whenever he encountered someone, the same old question was ready on his lips.
"Have you seen a beautiful maiden, dressed like a king's daughter, and mounted on a snow-white bull, that gallops as swiftly as the wind?"
"Have you seen a beautiful girl, dressed like a princess, and riding on a pure white bull that runs as fast as the wind?"
But, remembering what the oracle had said, he only half uttered the words, and then mumbled the rest indistinctly; and from his confusion, people must have imagined that this handsome young man had lost his wits.
But, remembering what the oracle had said, he only partially spoke the words, and then mumbled the rest unclearly; and from his confusion, people must have thought that this handsome young man had lost his mind.
I know not how far Cadmus had gone, nor could he himself have told you, when at no great distance before him, he beheld a brindled cow. She was lying down by the wayside, and quietly chewing her cud; nor did she take any notice of the young man until he had approached pretty nigh. Then, getting leisurely upon her feet, and giving her head a gentle toss, she began to move along at a moderate pace, often pausing just long enough to crop a mouthful of grass. Cadmus loitered behind, whistling idly to himself, and scarcely noticing the cow; until the thought occurred to him, whether this could possibly be the animal which, according to the oracle's response, was to serve him for a guide. But he smiled at himself for fancying such a thing. He could not seriously think that this was the cow, because she went along so quietly, behaving just like any other cow. Evidently she neither knew nor cared so much as a wisp of hay about Cadmus, and was only thinking how to get her living along the wayside, where the herbage was green and fresh. Perhaps she was going home to be milked.
I don’t know how far Cadmus had traveled, nor could he have told you, when he spotted a brindled cow not too far ahead. She was lying by the roadside, calmly chewing her cud, and didn't notice the young man until he got pretty close. Then, getting up slowly and tossing her head gently, she began to walk at a steady pace, often stopping just long enough to graze on some grass. Cadmus lagged behind, idly whistling to himself and hardly paying attention to the cow, until it crossed his mind that this could be the animal that the oracle said would guide him. But he laughed at the thought. He couldn't really believe this was the cow because she was so calm, acting just like any ordinary cow. Clearly, she was indifferent to Cadmus and only focused on finding her next meal along the green and fresh grass by the road. Maybe she was on her way home to be milked.
"Cow, cow, cow!" cried Cadmus. "Hey, Brindle, hey! Stop, my good cow!"
"Cow, cow, cow!" shouted Cadmus. "Hey, Brindle, hey! Hold on, my good cow!"
He wanted to come up with the cow, so as to examine her, and see if she would appear to know him, or whether there were any peculiarities to distinguish her from a thousand other cows, whose only business is to fill the milk-pail, and sometimes kick it over. But still the brindled cow trudged on, whisking her tail to keep the flies away, and taking as little notice of Cadmus as she well could. If he walked slowly, so did the cow, and seized the opportunity to graze. If he quickened his pace, the cow went just so much the faster; and once, when Cadmus tried to catch her by running, she threw out her heels, stuck her tail straight on end, and set off at a gallop, looking as queerly as cows generally do, while putting themselves to their speed.
He wanted to get close to the cow to check her out and see if she recognized him or if there was anything unique about her compared to a thousand other cows, whose only job is to fill the milk pail and sometimes knock it over. But the brindled cow kept walking, swishing her tail to shoo away the flies and paying as little attention to Cadmus as possible. If he walked slowly, the cow did too, taking the chance to graze. If he sped up, the cow matched his pace; and once, when Cadmus tried to catch her by running, she kicked her legs out, raised her tail straight up, and took off at a gallop, looking as silly as cows usually do when they run.
When Cadmus saw that it was impossible to come up with her, he walked on moderately, as before. The cow, too, went leisurely on, without looking behind. Wherever the grass was greenest, there she nibbled a mouthful or two. Where a brook glistened brightly across the path, there the cow drank, and breathed a comfortable sigh, and drank again, and trudged onward at the pace that best suited herself and Cadmus.
When Cadmus realized he couldn't catch up to her, he continued on at a steady pace, just like before. The cow also moved along at a leisurely speed, not glancing back. She nibbled on a mouthful or two wherever the grass was the greenest. Whenever a shimmering brook crossed their path, the cow drank, let out a contented sigh, drank some more, and then plodded on at a pace that suited both her and Cadmus.
"I do believe," thought Cadmus, "that this may be the cow that was foretold me. If it be the one, I suppose she will lie down somewhere hereabouts."
"I really think," Cadmus thought, "that this might be the cow that was predicted for me. If it is the one, I guess she will lie down somewhere around here."
Whether it were the oracular cow or some other one, it did not seem reasonable that she should travel a great way farther. So, whenever they reached a particularly pleasant spot on a breezy hillside, or in a sheltered vale, or flowery meadow, on the shore of a calm lake, or along the bank of a clear stream, Cadmus looked eagerly around to see if the situation would suit him for a home. But still, whether he liked the place or no, the brindled cow never offered to lie down. On she went at the quiet pace of a cow going homeward to the barn yard; and, every moment, Cadmus expected to see a milkmaid approaching with a pail, or a herdsman running to head the stray animal, and turn her back towards the pasture. But no milkmaid came; no herdsman drove her back; and Cadmus followed the stray Brindle till he was almost ready to drop down with fatigue.
Whether it was the prophetic cow or another one, it didn’t seem reasonable for her to keep going much farther. So, every time they reached a particularly nice spot on a breezy hillside, in a sheltered valley, a flowery meadow, by a calm lake, or along the bank of a clear stream, Cadmus eagerly looked around to see if the location would be suitable for a home. But no matter how much he liked the place, the brindled cow never decided to lie down. She continued on at a slow pace like a cow heading back to the barn; and every moment, Cadmus expected to see a milkmaid coming with a bucket or a herdsman rushing to steer the wandering animal back to the pasture. But no milkmaid appeared; no herdsman drove her back; and Cadmus followed the stray Brindle until he was almost ready to collapse from exhaustion.
"O brindled cow," cried he, in a tone of despair, "do you never mean to stop?"
"O brindled cow," he cried in a tone of despair, "are you ever going to stop?"
He had now grown too intent on following her to think of lagging behind, however long the way, and whatever might be his fatigue. Indeed, it seemed as if there were something about the animal that bewitched people. Several persons who happened to see the brindled cow, and Cadmus following behind, began to trudge after her, precisely as he did. Cadmus was glad of somebody to converse with, and therefore talked very freely to these good people. He told them all his adventures, and how he had left King Agenor in his palace, and Phoenix at one place, and Cilix at another, and Thasus at a third, and his dear mother, Queen Telephassa, under a flowery sod; so that now he was quite alone, both friendless and homeless. He mentioned, likewise, that the oracle had bidden him be guided by a cow, and inquired of the strangers whether they supposed that this brindled animal could be the one.
He was now too focused on following her to consider falling behind, no matter how long the journey was or how tired he felt. It really seemed like there was something about the animal that captivated people. Several people who happened to see the brindled cow, along with Cadmus trailing behind, started to follow her, just like he was. Cadmus was happy to have someone to talk to, so he shared all his adventures with these kind folks. He told them about leaving King Agenor in his palace, and Phoenix in one spot, Cilix in another, and Thasus in yet another, as well as his beloved mother, Queen Telephassa, buried beneath a flowery grave; now he felt completely alone, both friendless and homeless. He also mentioned that the oracle had told him to be guided by a cow and asked the strangers if they thought this brindled animal could be the one.
"Why, 'tis a very wonderful affair," answered one of his new companions. "I am pretty well acquainted with the ways of cattle, and I never knew a cow, of her own accord, to go so far without stopping. If my legs will let me, I'll never leave following the beast till she lies down."
"Well, it's a truly amazing thing," replied one of his new friends. "I know a lot about cattle, and I've never seen a cow go that far on her own without taking a break. As long as my legs hold up, I won't stop following her until she lies down."
"Nor I!" said a second.
"Me neither!" said a second.
"Nor I!" cried a third. "If she goes a hundred miles farther, I am determined to see the end of it."
"Me neither!" shouted a third person. "If she goes a hundred miles further, I'm definitely going to see how it ends."
The secret of it was, you must know, that the cow was an enchanted cow, and that, without their being conscious of it, she threw some of her enchantment over everybody that took so much as half a dozen steps behind her. They could not possibly help following her, though all the time they fancied themselves doing it of their own accord. The cow was by no means very nice in choosing her path; so that sometimes they had to scramble over rocks, or wade through mud and mire, and all in a terribly bedraggled condition, and tired to death, and very hungry, into the bargain. What a weary business it was!
The secret was, you should know, that the cow was enchanted, and without anyone realizing it, she cast some of her magic over everyone who took even a few steps behind her. They couldn’t help but follow her, even though they all believed they were doing it on their own. The cow wasn’t very picky about her route, so sometimes they had to climb over rocks, or trudge through mud, all while completely worn out, muddy, and starving to boot. It was such a tiring ordeal!
But still they kept trudging stoutly forward, and talking as they went. The strangers grew very fond of Cadmus, and resolved never to leave him, but to help him build a city wherever the cow might lie down. In the center of it there should be a noble palace, in which Cadmus might dwell, and be their king, with a throne, a crown, a sceptre, a purple robe, and everything else that a king ought to have; for in him there was the royal blood, and the royal heart, and the head that knew how to rule.
But they kept trudging forward bravely and chatting as they went. The strangers grew very fond of Cadmus and decided they would never leave him, but instead help him build a city wherever the cow lay down. In the center of it, there would be a grand palace where Cadmus could live and be their king, with a throne, a crown, a scepter, a purple robe, and everything else a king should have; because he had royal blood, a royal heart, and the wisdom to rule.
While they were talking of these schemes, and beguiling the tediousness of the way with laying out the plan of the new city, one of the company happened to look at the cow.
While they were discussing these plans and making the long journey more enjoyable by outlining the new city, one person in the group happened to glance at the cow.
"Joy! joy!" cried he, clapping his hands. "Brindle is going to lie down."
"Joy! Joy!" he shouted, clapping his hands. "Brindle is going to lie down."
They all looked; and, sure enough, the cow had stopped, and was staring leisurely about her, as other cows do when on the point of lying down. And slowly, slowly did she recline herself on the soft grass, first bending her forelegs, and then crouching her hind ones. When Cadmus and his companions came up with her, there was the brindled cow taking her ease, chewing her cud, and looking them quietly in the face; as if this was just the spot she had been seeking for, and as if it were all a matter of course.
They all looked, and sure enough, the cow had stopped and was leisurely looking around, just like other cows do when they're about to lie down. Slowly, she lowered herself onto the soft grass, first bending her front legs and then crouching her back ones. When Cadmus and his friends reached her, there was the brindled cow relaxing, chewing her cud, and calmly looking them in the face, as if this was exactly the spot she had been searching for and as if it were all perfectly normal.
"This, then," said Cadmus, gazing around him, "this is to be my home."
"This is it," said Cadmus, looking around him. "This is going to be my home."
It was a fertile and lovely plain, with great trees flinging their sun-speckled shadows over it, and hills fencing it in from the rough weather. At no great distance, they beheld a river gleaming in the sunshine. A home feeling stole into the heart of poor Cadmus. He was very glad to know that here he might awake in the morning without the necessity of putting on his dusty sandals to travel farther and farther. The days and the years would pass over him, and find him still in this pleasant spot. If he could have had his brothers with him, and his friend Thasus, and could have seen his dear mother under a roof of his own, he might here have been happy after all their disappointments. Some day or other, too, his sister Europa might have come quietly to the door of his home, and smiled round upon the familiar faces. But, indeed, since there was no hope of regaining the friends of his boyhood, or ever seeing his dear sister again, Cadmus resolved to make himself happy with these new companions, who had grown so fond of him while following the cow.
It was a beautiful and fertile plain, with big trees casting their sun-dappled shadows over it, and hills surrounding it to protect against the harsh weather. Not far away, they saw a river sparkling in the sunlight. A sense of home filled poor Cadmus’s heart. He felt relieved to know that here he could wake up in the morning without having to put on his dusty sandals and journey further and further. Days and years would pass, and he would still be in this lovely place. If only he could have had his brothers with him, along with his friend Thasus, and could have seen his dear mother under a roof he owned, he might have found happiness after all their disappointments. One day, too, his sister Europa might have come quietly to the door of his home, smiling at the familiar faces. But since there was no hope of reuniting with the friends of his childhood or ever seeing his dear sister again, Cadmus decided to find happiness with these new companions, who had grown so fond of him while following the cow.
"Yes, my friends," said he to them, "this is to be our home. Here we will build our habitations. The brindled cow, which has led us hither, will supply us with milk. We will cultivate the neighboring soil and lead an innocent and happy life."
"Yes, my friends," he said to them, "this is going to be our home. Here, we will build our houses. The brindled cow that brought us here will give us milk. We will farm the nearby land and live a simple, happy life."
His companions joyfully assented to this plan; and, in the first place, being very hungry and thirsty, they looked about them for the means of providing a comfortable meal. Not far off they saw a tuft of trees, which appeared as if there might be a spring of water beneath them. They went thither to fetch some, leaving Cadmus stretched on the ground along with the brindled cow; for, now that he had found a place of rest, it seemed as if all the weariness of his pilgrimage, ever since he left King Agenor's palace, had fallen upon him at once. But his new friends had not long been gone, when he was suddenly startled by cries, shouts, and screams, and the noise of a terrible struggle, and in the midst of it all, a most awful hissing, which went right through his ears like a rough saw.
His friends happily agreed to this plan, and first, since they were really hungry and thirsty, they looked around for a way to have a decent meal. Not far away, they spotted a cluster of trees that suggested there might be a spring of water underneath them. They went over to get some, leaving Cadmus lying on the ground with the brindled cow; after finally finding a place to rest, it felt like all the exhaustion from his journey since he left King Agenor's palace had hit him at once. But his new friends hadn’t been gone long when he was suddenly jolted by cries, shouts, and screams, along with the sound of a fierce struggle. Amid all this chaos was a terrifying hissing that pierced through his ears like a rough saw.
Running towards the tuft of trees, he beheld the head and fiery eyes of an immense serpent or dragon, with the widest jaws that ever a dragon had, and a vast many rows of horribly sharp teeth. Before Cadmus could reach the spot, this pitiless reptile had killed his poor companions, and was busily devouring them, making but a mouthful of each man.
Running towards the clump of trees, he saw the head and glowing eyes of a huge serpent or dragon, with the widest jaws any dragon had ever had and numerous rows of terrifyingly sharp teeth. Before Cadmus could reach the area, this merciless creature had killed his poor companions and was eagerly eating them, making just a mouthful of each man.
It appears that the fountain of water was enchanted, and that the dragon had been set to guard it, so that no mortal might ever quench his thirst there. As the neighboring inhabitants carefully avoided the spot, it was now a long time (not less than a hundred years or thereabouts) since the monster had broken his fast; and, as was natural enough, his appetite had grown to be enormous, and was not half satisfied by the poor people whom he had just eaten up. When he caught sight of Cadmus, therefore, he set up another abominable hiss, and flung back his immense jaws, until his mouth looked like a great red cavern, at the farther end of which were seen the legs of his last victim, whom he had hardly had time to swallow.
It seems that the fountain was enchanted, and the dragon had been assigned to guard it, so that no human could ever quench their thirst there. The local people carefully stayed away from the area, and it had been a long time (at least a hundred years or so) since the monster last fed; naturally, his appetite had grown enormous and was far from satisfied by the unfortunate souls he had just devoured. So, when he saw Cadmus, he let out another terrible hiss and opened his huge jaws wide, making his mouth look like a massive red cave, where the legs of his latest victim could be seen, barely swallowed.
But Cadmus was so enraged at the destruction of his friends that he cared neither for the size of the dragon's jaws nor for his hundreds of sharp teeth. Drawing his sword, he rushed at the monster, and flung himself right into his cavernous mouth. This bold method of attacking him took the dragon by surprise; for, in fact, Cadmus had leaped so far down into his throat, that the rows of terrible teeth could not close upon him, nor do him the least harm in the world. Thus, though the struggle was a tremendous one, and though the dragon shattered the tuft of trees into small splinters by the lashing of his tail, yet, as Cadmus was all the while slashing and stabbing at his very vitals, it was not long before the scaly wretch bethought himself of slipping away. He had not gone his length, however, when the brave Cadmus gave him a sword thrust that finished the battle; and creeping out of the gateway of the creature's jaws, there he beheld him still wriggling his vast bulk, although there was no longer life enough in him to harm a little child.
But Cadmus was so furious about the destruction of his friends that he didn’t care about the size of the dragon's jaws or its hundreds of sharp teeth. Drawing his sword, he charged at the monster and threw himself right into its cavernous mouth. This bold attack caught the dragon by surprise; in fact, Cadmus leaped so far down its throat that the rows of terrible teeth couldn't close around him or harm him at all. So, while the struggle was intense and the dragon smashed the cluster of trees into tiny splinters with its tail, Cadmus kept slashing and stabbing at its vital organs. It wasn’t long before the scaly beast thought about escaping. However, he hadn’t gotten far when the brave Cadmus delivered a sword thrust that ended the fight. Crawling out of the creature's jaws, Cadmus saw it still wriggling its massive body, but it no longer had enough life left to hurt even a small child.
But do not you suppose that it made Cadmus sorrowful to think of the melancholy fate which had befallen those poor, friendly people, who had followed the cow along with him? It seemed as if he were doomed to lose everybody whom he loved, or to see them perish in one way or another. And here he was, after all his toils and troubles, in a solitary place, with not a single human being to help him build a hut.
But don't you think it made Cadmus sad to think about the tragic fate of those poor, friendly people who had followed the cow with him? It felt like he was destined to lose everyone he cared about or to watch them die in one way or another. And here he was, after all his hard work and struggles, in a lonely place, with no one around to help him build a hut.
"What shall I do?" cried he aloud. "It were better for me to have been devoured by the dragon, as my poor companions were."
"What should I do?" he cried out. "It would have been better for me to be eaten by the dragon, like my poor friends were."
"Cadmus," said a voice but whether it came from above or below him, or whether it spoke within his own breast, the young man could not tell—"Cadmus, pluck out the dragon's teeth, and plant them in the earth."
"Cadmus," a voice said, but the young man couldn't tell if it came from above or below him, or if it was just his own thoughts speaking—"Cadmus, pull out the dragon's teeth and bury them in the ground."
This was a strange thing to do; nor was it very easy, I should imagine, to dig out all those deep-rooted fangs from the dead dragon's jaws. But Cadmus toiled and tugged, and after pounding the monstrous head almost to pieces with a great stone, he at last collected as many teeth as might have filled a bushel or two. The next thing was to plant them. This, likewise, was a tedious piece of work, especially as Cadmus was already exhausted with killing the dragon and knocking his head to pieces, and had nothing to dig the earth with, that I know of, unless it were his sword blade. Finally, however, a sufficiently large tract of ground was turned up, and sown with this new kind of seed; although half of the dragon's teeth still remained to be planted some other day.
This was a strange thing to do; I can’t imagine it was easy to dig out all those deep-rooted teeth from the dead dragon's jaws. But Cadmus worked hard, and after smashing the monstrous head nearly to pieces with a big stone, he finally gathered enough teeth to fill a bushel or two. Next, he needed to plant them. This was also a tedious task, especially since Cadmus was already worn out from killing the dragon and smashing its head, and he didn’t have anything to dig the ground with—unless it was his sword. Eventually, though, he managed to turn over a large enough piece of land and planted this new type of seed, although half of the dragon's teeth were still left to be planted another day.
Cadmus, quite out of breath, stood leaning upon his sword, and wondering what was to happen next. He had waited but a few moments, when he began to see a sight, which was as great a marvel as the most marvelous thing I ever told you about.
Cadmus, breathless, leaned on his sword, wondering what would happen next. He had only waited a few moments when he began to see a sight that was as incredible as the most astonishing thing I've ever told you about.
The sun was shining slantwise over the field, and showed all the moist, dark soil just like any other newly-planted piece of ground. All at once, Cadmus fancied he saw something glisten very brightly, first at one spot, then at another, and then at a hundred and a thousand spots together. Soon he perceived them to be the steel heads of spears, sprouting up everywhere like so many stalks of grain, and continually growing taller and taller. Next appeared a vast number of bright sword blades, thrusting themselves up in the same way. A moment afterwards, the whole surface of the ground was broken by a multitude of polished brass helmets, coming up like a crop of enormous beans. So rapidly did they grow, that Cadmus now discerned the fierce countenance of a man beneath every one. In short, before he had time to think what a wonderful affair it was, he beheld an abundant harvest of what looked like human beings, armed with helmets and breastplates, shields, swords, and spears; and before they were well out of the earth, they brandished their weapons, and clashed them one against another, seeming to think, little while as they had yet lived, that they had wasted too much of life without a battle. Every tooth of the dragon had produced one of these sons of deadly mischief.
The sun was shining diagonally over the field, revealing all the damp, dark soil just like any other newly-planted ground. Suddenly, Cadmus thought he saw something shining very brightly, first in one place, then in another, and then everywhere at once. Soon he realized they were the steel tips of spears, popping up all around like stalks of grain, growing taller and taller. Next, a huge number of shiny sword blades emerged in the same manner. Moments later, the entire surface of the ground was broken by a multitude of polished brass helmets, rising up like a crop of gigantic beans. They grew so quickly that Cadmus could now see the fierce face of a man beneath each one. Before he had time to consider what an incredible sight it was, he witnessed an abundant harvest of what looked like human beings, armed with helmets and breastplates, shields, swords, and spears. Before they were fully out of the ground, they were swinging their weapons and clashing them against each other, as if, despite having just come to life, they believed they had already wasted too much time without a fight. Every tooth of the dragon had produced one of these sons of deadly mischief.
Up sprouted also a great many trumpeters; and with the first breath that they drew, they put their brazen trumpets to their lips, and sounded a tremendous and ear-shattering blast, so that the whole space, just now so quiet and solitary, reverberated with the clash and clang of arms, the bray of warlike music, and the shouts of angry men. So enraged did they all look, that Cadmus fully expected them to put the whole world to the sword. How fortunate would it be for a great conqueror, if he could get a bushel of the dragon's teeth to sow!
Up sprang a ton of trumpeters; and with their first breath, they raised their loud trumpets to their lips and let out a massive, ear-splitting blast, filling the once quiet and lonely space with the clash and clang of weapons, the blast of battle music, and the shouts of furious men. They all looked so enraged that Cadmus fully expected them to take on the entire world. How lucky would a great conqueror be if he could get a bushel of the dragon's teeth to plant!
"Cadmus," said the same voice which he had before heard, "throw a stone into the midst of the armed men."
"Cadmus," said the same voice he had heard before, "throw a stone into the middle of the armed men."
So Cadmus seized a large stone, and flinging it into the middle of the earth army, saw it strike the breastplate of a gigantic and fierce-looking warrior. Immediately on feeling the blow, he seemed to take it for granted that somebody had struck him; and, uplifting his weapon, he smote his next neighbor a blow that cleft his helmet asunder, and stretched him on the ground. In an instant, those nearest the fallen warrior began to strike at one another with their swords, and stab with their spears. The confusion spread wider and wider. Each man smote down his brother, and was himself smitten down before he had time to exult in his victory. The trumpeters, all the while, blew their blasts shriller and shriller; each soldier shouted a battle cry, and often fell with it on his lips. It was the strangest spectacle of causeless wrath, and of mischief for no good end, that had ever been witnessed; but, after all, it was neither more foolish nor more wicked than a thousand battles that have since been fought, in which men have slain their brothers with just as little reason as these children of the dragon's teeth. It ought to be considered, too, that the dragon people were made for nothing else; whereas other mortals were born to love and help one another.
So Cadmus grabbed a large stone and threw it into the middle of the army on the ground, hitting the breastplate of a huge and intimidating warrior. As soon as he felt the impact, he assumed he had been attacked, and raised his weapon to strike his nearest neighbor, delivering a blow that split his helmet and knocked him to the ground. In an instant, those closest to the fallen warrior began attacking each other with their swords and stabbing with their spears. The chaos spread wider and wider. Each man struck down his brother and was himself struck down before he could even celebrate his victory. Meanwhile, the trumpeters sounded their horns louder and louder; each soldier let out a battle cry and often fell with it still on his lips. It was the strangest display of pointless anger and pointless destruction ever seen; but, after all, it was no more foolish or wicked than the countless battles fought since, where men have killed their brothers for just as little reason as these children of the dragon's teeth. It should also be noted that the dragon people were made for nothing else; while other humans were born to love and support each other.
Well, this memorable battle continued to rage until the ground was strewn with helmeted heads that had been cut off. Of all the thousands that began the fight, there were only five left standing. These now rushed from different parts of the field, and, meeting in the middle of it, clashed their swords, and struck at each other's hearts as fiercely as ever.
Well, this unforgettable battle kept going until the ground was covered with helmeted heads that had been severed. Out of the thousands who started the fight, only five were left standing. These five rushed from various parts of the field and, meeting in the center, clashed their swords and struck at each other's hearts with as much intensity as before.
"Cadmus," said the voice again, "bid those five warriors sheathe their swords. They will help you to build the city."
"Cadmus," the voice said again, "tell those five warriors to put away their swords. They will help you build the city."
Without hesitating an instant, Cadmus stepped forward, with the aspect of a king and a leader, and extending his drawn sword amongst them, spoke to the warriors in a stern and commanding voice.
Without hesitating for a moment, Cadmus stepped forward, looking like a king and a leader, and, raising his drawn sword among them, spoke to the warriors in a serious and commanding voice.
"Sheathe your weapons!" said he.
"Put away your weapons!" he said.
And forthwith, feeling themselves bound to obey him, the five remaining sons of the dragon's teeth made him a military salute with their swords, returned them to the scabbards, and stood before Cadmus in a rank, eyeing him as soldiers eye their captain, while awaiting the word of command.
And immediately, feeling obligated to follow him, the five surviving sons of the dragon's teeth gave him a military salute with their swords, sheathed them, and stood in formation before Cadmus, looking at him like soldiers look at their captain, waiting for the command.
These five men had probably sprung from the biggest of the dragon's teeth, and were the boldest and strongest of the whole army. They were almost giants indeed, and had good need to be so, else they never could have lived through so terrible a fight. They still had a very furious look, and, if Cadmus happened to glance aside, would glare at one another, with fire flashing out of their eyes. It was strange, too, to observe how the earth, out of which they had so lately grown, was incrusted, here and there, on their bright breastplates, and even, begrimed their faces; just as you may have seen it clinging to beets and carrots, when pulled out of their native soil. Cadmus hardly knew whether to consider them as men, or some odd kind of vegetable; although, on the whole, he concluded that there was human nature in them, because they were so fond of trumpets and weapons, and so ready to shed blood.
These five men probably came from the largest of the dragon's teeth and were the bravest and strongest in the entire army. They were almost giants, which they had to be to survive such a brutal battle. They still had an intense expression, and whenever Cadmus glanced away, they would glare at each other, fire flashing in their eyes. It was also strange to see how the earth, from which they had recently emerged, was clinging to their shiny breastplates and even smudging their faces—similar to how dirt sticks to beets and carrots when pulled from the ground. Cadmus could hardly decide whether to think of them as men or some weird type of plant; still, he ultimately figured they had human traits because they loved trumpets and weapons and were eager to spill blood.
They looked him earnestly in the face, waiting for his next order, and evidently desiring no other employment than to follow him from one battlefield to another, all over the wide world. But Cadmus was wiser than these earth-born creatures, with the dragon's fierceness in them, and knew better how to use their strength and hardihood.
They looked him straight in the eye, waiting for his next command, clearly wanting nothing more than to accompany him from one battlefield to another, around the entire globe. But Cadmus was smarter than these creatures made of earth, with the dragon's ferocity in them, and knew how to better utilize their strength and toughness.
"Come!" said he. "You are sturdy fellows. Make yourselves useful! Quarry some stones with those great swords of yours, and help me to build a city."
"Come on!" he said. "You’re strong guys. Put your strength to good use! Chip away some stones with those huge swords of yours, and help me build a city."
The five soldiers grumbled a little, and muttered that it was their business to overthrow cities, not to build them up. But Cadmus looked at them with a stern eye, and spoke to them in a tone of authority, so that they knew him for their master, and never again thought of disobeying his commands. They set to work in good earnest, and toiled so diligently, that, in a very short time, a city began to make its appearance. At first, to be sure, the workmen showed a quarrelsome disposition. Like savage beasts, they would doubtless have done one another a mischief, if Cadmus had not kept watch over them, and quelled the fierce old serpent that lurked in their hearts, when he saw it gleaming out of their wild eyes. But, in course of time, they got accustomed to honest labor, and had sense enough to feel that there was more true enjoyment in living at peace, and doing good to one's neighbor, than in striking at him with a two-edged sword. It may not be too much to hope that the rest of mankind will by and by grow as wise and peaceable as these five earth-begrimed warriors, who sprang from the dragon's teeth.
The five soldiers complained a bit and grumbled that their job was to take down cities, not build them up. But Cadmus looked at them sternly and spoke with authority, making it clear he was their leader, and they never considered disobeying him again. They got to work earnestly and labored so hard that, in no time, a city started to take shape. At first, the workers had a bit of a combative attitude. Like wild animals, they probably would have harmed each other if Cadmus hadn’t kept an eye on them and calmed the fierce instincts that flickered in their wild eyes. But eventually, they grew used to honest work and realized that there was more true happiness in living peacefully and helping their neighbors than in attacking them with a sword. It's not too optimistic to think that someday the rest of humanity will become as wise and peaceful as these five rugged warriors who came from the dragon's teeth.
And now the city was built, and there was a home in it for each of the workmen. But the palace of Cadmus was not yet erected, because they had left it till the last, meaning to introduce all the new improvements of architecture, and make it very commodious, as well as stately and beautiful. After finishing the rest of their labors, they all went to bed betimes, in order to rise in the gray of the morning, and get at least the foundation of the edifice laid before nightfall. But, when Cadmus arose, and took his way towards the site where the palace was to be built, followed by his five sturdy workmen marching all in a row, what do you think he saw?
And now the city was built, and there was a home for each of the workers. But the palace of Cadmus wasn’t built yet because they saved it for last, planning to include all the new architectural upgrades to make it spacious, impressive, and beautiful. After finishing the rest of their work, they all went to bed early to wake up at dawn and lay at least the foundation of the building before nightfall. But when Cadmus got up and headed to the site where the palace was to be built, followed by his five strong workers marching in a line, guess what he saw?
What should it be but the most magnificent palace that had ever been seen in the world. It was built of marble and other beautiful kinds of stone, and rose high into the air, with a splendid dome and a portico along the front, and carved pillars, and everything else that befitted the habitation of a mighty king. It had grown up out of the earth in almost as short a time as it had taken the armed host to spring from the dragon's teeth; and what made the matter more strange, no seed of this stately edifice ever had been planted.
What else could it be but the most amazing palace anyone had ever seen? It was made of marble and other stunning stones, towering into the sky with a beautiful dome and a portico at the front, complete with carved pillars and everything else that suited the home of a powerful king. It had appeared almost as quickly as the armed soldiers had sprung from the dragon's teeth; even stranger, no foundation for this grand building had ever been laid.
When the five workmen beheld the dome, with the morning sunshine making it look golden and glorious, they gave a great shout.
When the five workers saw the dome, with the morning sunlight making it look golden and magnificent, they shouted with excitement.
"Long live King Cadmus," they cried, "in his beautiful palace."
"Long live King Cadmus," they shouted, "in his stunning palace."
And the new king, with his five faithful followers at his heels, shouldering their pickaxes and marching in a rank (for they still had a soldier-like sort of behavior, as their nature was), ascended the palace steps. Halting at the entrance, they gazed through a long vista of lofty pillars, that were ranged from end to end of a great hall. At the farther extremity of this hall, approaching slowly towards him, Cadmus beheld a female figure, wonderfully beautiful, and adorned with a royal robe, and a crown of diamonds over her golden ringlets, and the richest necklace that ever a queen wore. His heart thrilled with delight. He fancied it his long-lost sister Europa, now grown to womanhood, coming to make him happy, and to repay him with her sweet sisterly affection, for all those weary wonderings in quest of her since he left King Agenor's palace—for the tears that he had shed, on parting with Phoenix, and Cilix, and Thasus—for the heart-breakings that had made the whole world seem dismal to him over his dear mother's grave.
And the new king, with his five loyal followers behind him, carrying their pickaxes and marching in line (since they still had a soldier-like demeanor, as was in their nature), climbed the palace steps. Stopping at the entrance, they looked through a long view of tall pillars that lined the entire great hall. At the far end of this hall, coming towards him slowly, Cadmus saw a beautiful woman dressed in a royal gown, with a diamond crown resting on her golden hair and the richest necklace a queen could ever wear. His heart raced with joy. He imagined it was his long-lost sister Europa, now grown into a woman, here to bring him happiness and to repay him with her sweet sisterly love, for all the exhausting wanderings in search of her since he left King Agenor's palace—for the tears he had shed when parting with Phoenix, Cilix, and Thasus—for the heartbreak that made the whole world seem bleak to him over his dear mother's grave.
But, as Cadmus advanced to meet the beautiful stranger, he saw that her features were unknown to him, although, in the little time that it required to tread along the hall, he had already felt a sympathy betwixt himself and her.
But as Cadmus moved to meet the beautiful stranger, he noticed that her features were unfamiliar to him, even though in the brief time it took to walk down the hallway, he had already felt a connection between them.
"No, Cadmus," said the same voice that had spoken to him in the field of the armed men, "this is not that dear sister Europa whom you have sought so faithfully all over the wide world. This is Harmonia, a daughter of the sky, who is given you instead of sister, and brothers, and friend, and mother. You will find all those dear ones in her alone."
"No, Cadmus," said the same voice that had spoken to him in the fields of the armed men, "this is not your beloved sister Europa, whom you've searched for so diligently everywhere. This is Harmonia, a daughter of the sky, who is given to you in place of your sister, brothers, friend, and mother. You will find all those loved ones in her alone."
So King Cadmus dwelt in the palace, with his new friend Harmonia, and found a great deal of comfort in his magnificent abode, but would doubtless have found as much, if not more, in the humblest cottage by the wayside. Before many years went by, there was a group of rosy little children (but how they came thither has always been a mystery to me) sporting in the great hall, and on the marble steps of the palace, and running joyfully to meet King Cadmus when affairs of state left him at leisure to play with them. They called him father, and Queen Harmonia mother. The five old soldiers of the dragon's teeth grew very fond of these small urchins, and were never weary of showing them how to shoulder sticks, flourish wooden swords, and march in military order, blowing a penny trumpet, or beating an abominable rub-a-dub upon a little drum.
So King Cadmus lived in the palace with his new friend Harmonia, and he found a lot of comfort in his grand home, but he would likely have felt just as much, if not more, happiness in the simplest cottage by the roadside. In just a few years, a group of cheerful little children appeared (but how they got there has always puzzled me) playing in the grand hall and on the marble steps of the palace, running happily to greet King Cadmus when his royal duties allowed him time to play with them. They called him dad and Queen Harmonia mom. The five old soldiers from the dragon's teeth grew very fond of these little kids and never got tired of teaching them how to hold sticks, swing wooden swords, and march in formation, blowing a toy trumpet or banging away on a tiny drum.
But King Cadmus, lest there should be too much of the dragon's tooth in his children's disposition, used to find time from his kingly duties to teach them their A B C—which he invented for their benefit, and for which many little people, I am afraid, are not half so grateful to him as they ought to be.
But King Cadmus, wanting to make sure his children didn't inherit too much of the dragon's tooth in their temperaments, made time from his royal responsibilities to teach them their ABCs—which he created for their benefit, and for which many kids, I’m afraid, aren’t as grateful to him as they should be.
CIRCE'S PALACE.
Some of you have heard, no doubt, of the wise King Ulysses, and how he went to the siege of Troy, and how, after that famous city was taken and burned, he spent ten long years in trying to get back again to his own little kingdom of Ithaca. At one time in the course of this weary voyage, he arrived at an island that looked very green and pleasant, but the name of which was unknown to him. For, only a little while before he came thither, he had met with a terrible hurricane, or rather a great many hurricanes at once, which drove his fleet of vessels into a strange part of the sea, where neither himself nor any of his mariners had ever sailed. This misfortune was entirely owing to the foolish curiosity of his shipmates, who, while Ulysses lay asleep, had untied some very bulky leathern bags, in which they supposed a valuable treasure to be concealed. But in each of these stout bags, King Aeolus, the ruler of the winds, had tied up a tempest, and had given it to Ulysses to keep in order that he might be sure of a favorable passage homeward to Ithaca; and when the strings were loosened, forth rushed the whistling blasts, like air out of a blown bladder, whitening the sea with foam, and scattering the vessels nobody could tell whither.
Some of you have probably heard about the wise King Ulysses, who went to the siege of Troy. After that famous city was taken and burned, he spent ten long years trying to get back to his small kingdom of Ithaca. At one point during this exhausting journey, he arrived at an island that looked very green and pleasant, but he didn't know its name. Just before he got there, he had faced a terrible hurricane, or rather, a series of hurricanes, that pushed his fleet into an unfamiliar part of the sea where he and his crew had never sailed before. This disaster was completely due to the foolish curiosity of his shipmates, who, while Ulysses was asleep, had untied some large leather bags, thinking they held a valuable treasure. However, inside each of these sturdy bags, King Aeolus, the ruler of the winds, had locked away a storm and had given them to Ulysses to ensure a safe journey back to Ithaca. When the strings were loosened, the howling winds burst forth like air from a popped balloon, churning the sea into foam and scattering the ships in every direction, with no one knowing where they went.
Immediately after escaping from this peril, a still greater one had befallen him. Scudding before the hurricane, he reached a place, which, as he afterwards found, was called Laestrygonia, where some monstrous giants had eaten up many of his companions, and had sunk every one of his vessels, except that in which he himself sailed, by flinging great masses of rock at them, from the cliffs along the shore. After going through such troubles as these, you cannot wonder that King Ulysses was glad to moor his tempest-beaten bark in a quiet cove of the green island, which I began with telling you about. But he had encountered so many dangers from giants, and one-eyed Cyclops, and monsters of the sea and land, that he could not help dreading some mischief, even in this pleasant and seemingly solitary spot. For two days, therefore, the poor weather-worn voyagers kept quiet, and either staid on board of their vessel, or merely crept along under the cliffs that bordered the shore; and to keep themselves alive, they dug shellfish out of the sand, and sought for any little rill of fresh water that might be running towards the sea.
Right after escaping from this danger, an even bigger one hit him. Fleeing from the hurricane, he arrived at a place that he later found out was called Laestrygonia, where some huge giants had eaten many of his companions and sunk all of his ships except the one he was on by throwing massive rocks at them from the cliffs along the shore. After facing such hardships, it’s no surprise that King Ulysses was relieved to anchor his storm-tossed ship in a calm cove of the green island I mentioned earlier. But having encountered so many threats from giants, one-eyed Cyclopes, and monsters from both sea and land, he couldn't help but fear some trouble, even in this pleasant and seemingly isolated spot. So for two days, the poor weather-beaten sailors stayed quiet, either remaining on their ship or cautiously moving along the cliffs that lined the shore. To survive, they dug shellfish out of the sand and looked for any small stream of fresh water that might be flowing toward the sea.
Before the two days were spent, they grew very weary of this kind of life; for the followers of King Ulysses, as you will find it important to remember, were terrible gormandizers, and pretty sure to grumble if they missed their regulars meals, and their irregular ones besides. Their stock of provisions was quite exhausted, and even the shellfish began to get scarce, so that they had now to choose between starving to death or venturing into the interior of the island, where perhaps some huge three-headed dragon, or other horrible monster, had his den. Such misshapen creatures were very numerous in those days; and nobody ever expected to make a voyage, or take a journey, without running more or less risk of being devoured by them.
Before the two days were up, they became really tired of this kind of life; because the followers of King Ulysses, as you should remember, were terrible eaters who would complain if they missed their regular meals and the extra ones too. Their food supplies were completely gone, and even the shellfish were starting to run low, so they now had to choose between starving to death or heading into the island’s interior, where perhaps a huge three-headed dragon or some other horrible monster had its lair. Such strange creatures were very common back then, and no one ever expected to go on a voyage or take a trip without facing some risk of being eaten by them.
But King Ulysses was a bold man as well as a prudent one; and on the third morning he determined to discover what sort of a place the island was, and whether it were possible to obtain a supply of food for the hungry mouths of his companions. So, taking a spear in his hand, he clambered to the summit of a cliff, and gazed round about him. At a distance, towards the center of the island, he beheld the stately towers of what seemed to be a palace, built of snow-white marble, and rising in the midst of a grove of lofty trees. The thick branches of these trees stretched across the front of the edifice, and more than half concealed it, although, from the portion which he saw, Ulysses judged it to be spacious and exceedingly beautiful, and probably the residence of some great nobleman or prince. A blue smoke went curling up from the chimney, and was almost the pleasantest part of the spectacle to Ulysses. For, from the abundance of this smoke, it was reasonable to conclude that there was a good fire in the kitchen, and that, at dinner-time, a plentiful banquet would be served up to the inhabitants of the palace, and to whatever guests might happen to drop in.
But King Ulysses was both brave and wise; and on the third morning, he decided to find out what kind of place the island was and whether he could get some food for his hungry companions. So, taking a spear in his hand, he climbed to the top of a cliff and looked around. In the distance, towards the center of the island, he saw the impressive towers of what looked like a palace made of snow-white marble, rising among a grove of tall trees. The thick branches of these trees stretched across the front of the building, hiding more than half of it, but from what he could see, Ulysses thought it was large and extremely beautiful, probably the home of some nobleman or prince. A blue smoke was curling up from the chimney, which was almost the most pleasant part of the scene for Ulysses. From the amount of smoke, it was reasonable to assume that there was a good fire in the kitchen, and that at dinnertime, a generous feast would be served for the palace's residents and any guests that might drop by.
With so agreeable a prospect before him, Ulysses fancied that he could not do better than go straight to the palace gate, and tell the master of it that there was a crew of poor shipwrecked mariners, not far off, who had eaten nothing for a day or two, save a few clams and oysters, and would therefore be thankful for a little food. And the prince or nobleman must be a very stingy curmudgeon, to be sure, if, at least, when his own dinner was over, he would not bid them welcome to the broken victuals from the table.
With such a nice opportunity ahead of him, Ulysses thought that the best thing to do would be to head straight to the palace gate and tell the owner that a group of poor shipwrecked sailors nearby hadn’t eaten anything for a day or two, except for a few clams and oysters, and would really appreciate some food. The prince or nobleman would have to be a real tightwad if, after finishing his own dinner, he wouldn't invite them to share the leftover food from the table.
Pleasing himself with this idea, King Ulysses had made a few steps in the direction of the palace, when there was a great twittering and chirping from the branch of a neighboring tree. A moment afterwards, a bird came flying towards him, and hovered in the air, so as almost to brush his face with its wings. It was a very pretty little bird, with purple wings and body, and yellow legs, and a circle of golden feathers round its neck, and on its head a golden tuft, which looked like a king's crown in miniature. Ulysses tried to catch the bird. But it fluttered nimbly out of his reach, still chirping in a piteous tone, as if it could have told a lamentable story, had it only been gifted with human language. And when he attempted to drive it away, the bird flew no farther than the bough of the next tree, and again came fluttering about his head, with its doleful chirp, as soon as he showed a purpose of going forward.
Enjoying this thought, King Ulysses had taken a few steps towards the palace when he heard a loud twittering and chirping from a nearby tree branch. Moments later, a bird flew towards him and hovered in the air, almost brushing his face with its wings. It was a beautiful little bird, with purple wings and body, yellow legs, a ring of golden feathers around its neck, and a golden tuft on its head that looked like a mini crown. Ulysses tried to catch the bird, but it flitted nimbly out of his reach, still chirping pitifully as if it had a sad story to tell, if only it could speak. When he tried to shoo it away, the bird only flew to the branch of the next tree, then came fluttering around his head again with its mournful chirp as soon as he showed he was ready to move on.
"Have you anything to tell me, little bird?" asked Ulysses.
"Do you have anything to say to me, little bird?" asked Ulysses.
And he was ready to listen attentively to whatever the bird might communicate; for, at the siege of Troy, and elsewhere, he had known such odd things to happen, that he would not have considered it much out of the common run had this little feathered creature talked as plainly as himself.
And he was prepared to listen closely to whatever the bird had to say; because during the siege of Troy and in other situations, he had seen such strange things happen that he wouldn't have thought it unusual if this little bird had spoken as clearly as he did.
"Peep!" said the bird, "peep, peep, pe—weep!" And nothing else would it say, but only, "Peep, peep, pe—weep!" in a melancholy cadence, and over and over and over again. As often as Ulysses moved forward, however, the bird showed the greatest alarm, and did its best to drive him back, with the anxious flutter of its purple wings. Its unaccountable behavior made him conclude, at last, that the bird knew of some danger that awaited him, and which must needs be very terrible, beyond all question, since it moved even a little fowl to feel compassion for a human being. So he resolved, for the present, to return to the vessel, and tell his companions what he had seen.
“Peep!” said the bird, “peep, peep, pe—weep!” And it wouldn’t say anything else, just “Peep, peep, pe—weep!” in a sad tone, over and over again. Every time Ulysses moved forward, the bird showed great alarm and tried its best to drive him back with the anxious flutter of its purple wings. Its strange behavior made him think that the bird knew of some danger waiting for him, and that it must be really terrible, without a doubt, since even a little bird could feel sympathy for a human. So he decided, for now, to go back to the ship and tell his companions what he had seen.
This appeared to satisfy the bird. As soon as Ulysses turned back, it ran up the trunk of a tree, and began to pick insects out of the bark with its long, sharp bill; for it was a kind of woodpecker, you must know, and had to get its living in the same manner as other birds of that species. But every little while, as it pecked at the bark of the tree, the purple bird bethought itself of some secret sorrow, and repeated its plaintive note of "Peep, peep, pe—weep!"
This seemed to please the bird. As soon as Ulysses turned around, it ran up the trunk of a tree and started picking insects out of the bark with its long, sharp bill; it was a type of woodpecker, you see, and had to make a living just like other birds of that kind. But every now and then, as it pecked at the tree's bark, the purple bird remembered some hidden pain and repeated its sad call of "Peep, peep, pe—weep!"
On his way to the shore, Ulysses had the good luck to kill a large stag by thrusting his spear into his back. Taking it on his shoulders (for he was a remarkably strong man), he lugged it along with him, and flung it down before his hungry companions. I have already hinted to you what gormandizers some of the comrades of King Ulysses were. From what is related of them, I reckon that their favorite diet was pork, and that they had lived upon it until a good part of their physical substance was swine's flesh, and their tempers and dispositions were very much akin to the hog. A dish of venison, however, was no unacceptable meal to them, especially after feeding so long on oysters and clams. So, beholding the dead stag, they felt of its ribs, in a knowing way, and lost no time in kindling a fire of driftwood, to cook it. The rest of the day was spent in feasting; and if these enormous eaters got up from table at sunset, it was only because they could not scrape another morsel off the poor animal's bones.
On his way to the shore, Ulysses was fortunate enough to kill a large stag by driving his spear into its back. He threw it over his shoulders (since he was a remarkably strong man) and carried it along with him, then dropped it in front of his hungry companions. I’ve already mentioned what big eaters some of King Ulysses’s friends were. From what I’ve heard about them, I think their favorite food was pork, and they had probably consumed so much of it that a good part of their bodies consisted of pig meat, making their personalities pretty similar to that of a hog. However, a dish of venison was still an appealing meal for them, especially after so long eating oysters and clams. So, seeing the dead stag, they prodded its ribs knowingly and quickly started a fire with driftwood to cook it. They spent the rest of the day feasting, and if these huge eaters got up from the table at sunset, it was only because they couldn’t scrape another bite off the poor animal’s bones.
The next morning, their appetites were as sharp as ever. They looked at Ulysses, as if they expected him to clamber up the cliff again, and come back with another fat deer upon his shoulders. Instead of setting out, however, he summoned the whole crew together, and told them it was in vain to hope that he could kill a stag every day for their dinner, and therefore it was advisable to think of some other mode of satisfying their hunger.
The next morning, their appetites were just as strong as before. They looked at Ulysses, as if they expected him to climb up the cliff again and return with another big deer on his shoulders. Instead of going out, though, he gathered the whole crew together and told them it was pointless to think he could catch a stag every day for their dinner, so it would be wise to come up with another way to satisfy their hunger.
"Now," said he, "when I was on the cliff, yesterday, I discovered that this island is inhabited. At a considerable distance from the shore stood a marble palace, which appeared to be very spacious, and had a great deal of smoke curling out of one of its chimneys."
"Now," he said, "when I was on the cliff yesterday, I found out that this island is inhabited. A good distance from the shore stood a marble palace that looked really spacious, and there was a lot of smoke drifting out of one of its chimneys."
"Aha!" muttered some of his companions, smacking their lips. "That smoke must have come from the kitchen fire. There was a good dinner on the spit; and no doubt there will be as good a one to-day."
"Aha!" murmured some of his friends, licking their lips. "That smoke must be from the kitchen fire. There was a tasty dinner cooking on the spit, and we can definitely expect another great one today."
"But," continued the wise Ulysses, "you must remember, my good friends, our misadventure in the cavern of one-eyed Polyphemus, the Cyclops! Instead of his ordinary milk diet, did he not eat up two of our comrades for his supper, and a couple more for breakfast, and two at his supper again? Methinks I see him yet, the hideous monster, scanning us with that great red eye, in the middle of his forehead, to single out the fattest. And then, again, only a few days ago, did we not fall into the hands of the king of the Laestrygons, and those other horrible giants, his subjects, who devoured a great many more of us than are now left? To tell you the truth, if we go to yonder palace, there can be no question that we shall make our appearance at the dinner table; but whether seated as guests, or served up as food, is a point to be seriously considered."
"But," continued the wise Ulysses, "you have to remember, my good friends, our misadventure in the cave of the one-eyed Polyphemus, the Cyclops! Instead of his usual milk diet, didn’t he eat two of our comrades for dinner, and a couple more for breakfast, and then two again for dinner? I can still picture him, that hideous monster, scanning us with that huge red eye in the middle of his forehead, trying to pick out the plumpest among us. And then, just a few days ago, didn’t we fall into the hands of the king of the Laestrygons and those other terrible giants, his subjects, who devoured many more of us than are still alive? Honestly, if we go to that palace, there’s no doubt we’ll make an appearance at the dinner table; but whether we’ll be seated as guests or served up as dinner, is something worth thinking about."
"Either way," murmured some of the hungriest of the crew; "it will be better than starvation; particularly if one could be sure of being well fattened beforehand, and daintily cooked afterwards."
"Either way," murmured some of the hungriest of the crew, "it'll be better than starving, especially if we could be sure of being well-fed beforehand and nicely cooked afterwards."
"That is a matter of taste," said King Ulysses, "and, for my own part, neither the most careful fattening nor the daintiest of cookery would reconcile me to being dished at last. My proposal is, therefore, that we divide ourselves into two equal parties, and ascertain, by drawing lots, which of the two shall go to the palace, and beg for food and assistance. If these can be obtained, all is well. If not, and if the inhabitants prove as inhospitable as Polyphemus, or the Laestrygons, then there will but half of us perish, and the remainder may set sail and escape."
"That's a matter of preference," said King Ulysses, "and for my part, neither careful preparation nor the fanciest cooking would make me okay with ending up on a plate. So, my suggestion is that we split into two equal groups and decide by drawing lots which group will head to the palace to ask for food and help. If we get what we need, great. If not, and if the locals are as unfriendly as Polyphemus or the Laestrygonians, then only half of us will perish, and the rest can set sail and escape."
As nobody objected to this scheme, Ulysses proceeded to count the whole band, and found that there were forty-six men, including himself. He then numbered off twenty-two of them, and put Eurylochus (who was one of his chief officers, and second only to himself in sagacity) at their head. Ulysses took command of the remaining twenty-two men, in person. Then, taking off his helmet, he put two shells into it, on one of which was written, "Go," and on the other "Stay." Another person now held the helmet, while Ulysses and Eurylochus drew out each a shell; and the word "Go" was found written on that which Eurylochus had drawn. In this manner, it was decided that Ulysses and his twenty-two men were to remain at the seaside until the other party should have found out what sort of treatment they might expect at the mysterious palace. As there was no help for it, Eurylochus immediately set forth at the head of his twenty-two followers, who went off in a very melancholy state of mind, leaving their friends in hardly better spirits than themselves.
As no one objected to this plan, Ulysses went ahead and counted everyone, discovering there were forty-six men, including himself. He then separated twenty-two of them, placing Eurylochus (who was one of his top officers and second only to him in cleverness) in charge. Ulysses took command of the other twenty-two men himself. Next, he removed his helmet and placed two shells inside it, one labeled "Go" and the other "Stay." Another person held the helmet while Ulysses and Eurylochus each took a shell, and Eurylochus ended up drawing the shell that said "Go." This meant that Ulysses and his twenty-two men would stay by the seaside until the other group figured out what kind of treatment they could expect at the mysterious palace. With no other choice, Eurylochus immediately set off with his twenty-two followers, who left in a very gloomy mood, and their friends weren't feeling much better.
No sooner had they clambered up the cliff, than they discerned the tall marble towers of the palace, ascending, as white as snow, out of the lovely green shadow of the trees which surrounded it. A gush of smoke came from a chimney in the rear of the edifice. This vapor rose high in the air, and, meeting with a breeze, was wafted seaward, and made to pass over the heads of the hungry mariners. When people's appetites are keen, they have a very quick scent for anything savory in the wind.
As soon as they climbed up the cliff, they spotted the tall marble towers of the palace, rising white as snow from the beautiful green shadows of the surrounding trees. Smoke billowed from a chimney at the back of the building. This vapor rose high into the air, and with the breeze, it drifted out to sea, passing over the heads of the hungry sailors. When people are really hungry, they have a keen sense for anything tasty carried by the wind.
"That smoke comes from the kitchen!" cried one of them, turning up his nose as high as he could, and snuffing eagerly. "And, as sure as I'm a half-starved vagabond, I smell roast meat in it."
"That smoke is coming from the kitchen!" shouted one of them, lifting his nose as high as he could and sniffing eagerly. "And, as sure as I’m a half-starved wanderer, I smell roast meat in there."
"Pig, roast pig!" said another. "Ah, the dainty little porker. My mouth waters for him."
"Pig, roasted pig!" said another. "Ah, the tasty little piglet. I'm salivating just thinking about him."
"Let us make haste," cried the others, "or we shall be too late for the good cheer!"
"Let's hurry," shouted the others, "or we'll miss out on the fun!"
But scarcely had they made half a dozen steps from the edge of the cliff, when a bird came fluttering to meet them. It was the same pretty little bird, with the purple wings and body, the yellow legs, the golden collar round its neck, and the crown-like tuft upon its head, whose behavior had so much surprised Ulysses. It hovered about Eurylochus, and almost brushed his face with its wings.
But barely had they taken half a dozen steps from the edge of the cliff when a bird fluttered down to meet them. It was the same pretty little bird with purple wings and body, yellow legs, a golden collar around its neck, and a crown-like tuft on its head, whose behavior had surprised Ulysses so much. It hovered around Eurylochus and almost brushed his face with its wings.
"Peep, peep, pe—weep!" chirped the bird.
"Peep, peep, pe—weep!" chirped the bird.
So plaintively intelligent was the sound, that it seemed as if the little creature were going to break its heart with some mighty secret that it had to tell, and only this one poor note to tell it with.
The sound was so heartbreakingly intelligent that it felt like the little creature was about to break its heart over a huge secret it needed to share, and it only had this one sad note to express it.
"My pretty bird," said Eurylochus—for he was a wary person, and let no token of harm escape his notice—"my pretty bird, who sent you hither? And what is the message which you bring?"
"My pretty bird," said Eurylochus—he was cautious and didn't miss any signs of danger—"my pretty bird, who sent you here? And what message do you bring?"
"Peep, peep, pe—weep!" replied the bird, very sorrowfully.
"Peep, peep, pe—weep!" the bird responded, sounding very sad.
Then it flew towards the edge of the cliff, and looked around at them, as if exceedingly anxious that they should return whence they came. Eurylochus and a few of the others were inclined to turn back. They could not help suspecting that the purple bird must be aware of something mischievous that would befall them at the palace, and the knowledge of which affected its airy spirit with a human sympathy and sorrow. But the rest of the voyagers, snuffing up the smoke from the palace kitchen, ridiculed the idea of returning to the vessel. One of them (more brutal than his fellows, and the most notorious gormandizer in the crew) said such a cruel and wicked thing, that I wonder the mere thought did not turn him into a wild beast, in shape, as he already was in his nature.
Then it flew toward the edge of the cliff and looked around at them, as if it was really anxious for them to go back where they came from. Eurylochus and a few others wanted to turn back. They couldn’t shake the feeling that the purple bird somehow knew something bad was going to happen to them at the palace, and that knowledge affected its light spirit with a human-like sadness. But the rest of the travelers, smelling the smoke from the palace kitchen, mocked the idea of going back to the ship. One of them, more brutal than the others and the biggest glutton in the crew, said something so cruel and wicked that I wonder how the mere thought didn’t turn him into a wild beast in appearance, as he already was in spirit.
"This troublesome and impertinent little fowl," said he, "would make a delicate titbit to begin dinner with. Just one plump morsel, melting away between the teeth. If he comes within my reach, I'll catch him, and give him to the palace cook to be roasted on a skewer."
"This annoying and cheeky little bird," he said, "would make a nice little appetizer to start dinner with. Just one tender bite, melting in your mouth. If he comes close enough, I'll catch him and hand him over to the palace cook to get roasted on a skewer."
The words were hardly out of his mouth, before the purple bird flew away, crying, "Peep, peep, pe—weep," more dolorously than ever.
The words had barely left his lips when the purple bird took off, crying, "Peep, peep, pe—weep," sounding sadder than before.
"That bird," remarked Eurylochus, "knows more than we do about what awaits us at the palace."
"That bird," Eurylochus said, "knows more than we do about what’s in store for us at the palace."
"Come on, then," cried his comrades, "and we'll soon know as much as he does."
"Come on, then," shouted his friends, "and we'll find out as much as he does."
The party, accordingly, went onward through the green and pleasant wood. Every little while they caught new glimpses of the marble palace, which looked more and more beautiful the nearer they approached it. They soon entered a broad pathway, which seemed to be very neatly kept, and which went winding along, with streaks of sunshine falling across it and specks of light quivering among the deepest shadows that fell from the lofty trees. It was bordered, too, with a great many sweet-smelling flowers, such as the mariners had never seen before. So rich and beautiful they were, that, if the shrubs grew wild here, and were native in the soil, then this island was surely the flower garden of the whole earth; or, if transplanted from some other clime, it must have been from the Happy Islands that lay towards the golden sunset.
The group continued through the lush and lovely woods. Every so often, they caught sight of the marble palace, which looked more stunning the closer they got. They soon entered a wide path that was well-maintained, winding along with beams of sunlight streaming across it and patches of light flickering in the deep shadows cast by the tall trees. The path was lined with many fragrant flowers that the sailors had never seen before. They were so vibrant and beautiful that, if the shrubs grew wild here and were native to the soil, this island had to be the flower garden of the whole world; or, if they were brought from somewhere else, it must have been from the Happy Islands that lay toward the golden sunset.
"There has been a great deal of pains foolishly wasted on these flowers," observed one of the company; and I tell you what he said, that you may keep in mind what gormandizers they were. "For my part, if I were the owner of the palace, I would bid my gardener cultivate nothing but savory pot herbs to make a stuffing for roast meat, or to flavor a stew with."
"There has been a lot of effort wasted on these flowers," one of the guests remarked, and I want to share what he said so you remember how greedy they were. "For my part, if I owned the palace, I would have my gardener grow only tasty herbs for stuffing roast meat or to add flavor to a stew."
"Well said!" cried the others. "But I'll warrant you there's a kitchen garden in the rear of the palace."
"Well said!" shouted the others. "But I bet there’s a kitchen garden behind the palace."
At one place they came to a crystal spring, and paused to drink at it for want of liquor which they liked better. Looking into its bosom, they beheld their own faces dimly reflected, but so extravagantly distorted by the gush and motion of the water, that each one of them appeared to be laughing at himself and all his companions. So ridiculous were these images of themselves, indeed, that they did really laugh aloud, and could hardly be grave again as soon as they wished. And after they had drank, they grew still merrier than before.
At one spot, they came across a crystal-clear spring and stopped to drink from it since they couldn't find a drink they preferred more. As they looked into the water, they saw their own faces faintly reflected, but the movement of the water made their reflections so exaggerated that it seemed like each one was laughing at himself and all his friends. The ridiculousness of these distorted images made them laugh out loud, and they had a hard time becoming serious again when they wanted to. After they finished drinking, they felt even happier than before.
"It has a twang of the wine cask in it," said one, smacking his lips.
"It has a hint of the wine barrel in it," said one, smacking his lips.
"Make haste!" cried his fellows: "we'll find the wine cask itself at the palace, and that will be better than a hundred crystal fountains."
"Quickly!" shouted his friends: "we'll find the wine barrel at the palace, and that will be better than a hundred crystal fountains."
Then they quickened their pace, and capered for joy at the thought of the savory banquet at which they hoped to be guests. But Eurylochus told them that he felt as if he were walking in a dream.
Then they picked up their pace and jumped for joy at the thought of the delicious feast they hoped to attend. But Eurylochus told them he felt like he was walking in a dream.
"If I am really awake," continued he, "then, in my opinion, we are on the point of meeting with some stranger adventure than any that befell us in the cave of Polyphemus, or among the gigantic man-eating Laestrygons, or in the windy palace of King Aeolus, which stands on a brazen-walled island. This kind of dreamy feeling always comes over me before any wonderful occurrence. If you take my advice, you will turn back."
"If I’m really awake," he went on, "then I think we’re about to encounter an adventure stranger than anything that happened to us in the cave of Polyphemus, or with the giant cannibal Laestrygonians, or in the windy palace of King Aeolus, which is on a wall of bronze. I always get this dreamy feeling before something amazing happens. If you want my advice, you should turn back."
"No, no," answered his comrades, snuffing the air, in which the scent from the palace kitchen was now very perceptible. "We would not turn back, though we were certain that the king of the Laestrygons, as big as a mountain, would sit at the head of the table, and huge Polyphemus, the one-eyed Cyclops, at its foot."
"No, no," replied his friends, sniffing the air, where the smell from the palace kitchen was now quite strong. "We wouldn't turn back, even if we knew that the king of the Laestrygones, as big as a mountain, would be at the head of the table, and huge Polyphemus, the one-eyed Cyclops, would be at its foot."
At length they came within full sight of the palace, which proved to be very large and lofty, with a great number of airy pinnacles upon its roof. Though it was midday, and the sun shone brightly over the marble front, yet its snowy whiteness, and its fantastic style of architecture, made it look unreal, like the frost work on a window pane, or like the shapes of castles which one sees among the clouds by moonlight. But, just then, a puff of wind brought down the smoke of the kitchen chimney among them, and caused each man to smell the odor of the dish that he liked best; and, after scenting it, they thought everything else moonshine, and nothing real save this palace, and save the banquet that was evidently ready to be served up in it.
Finally, they came into full view of the palace, which turned out to be very large and tall, with many airy spires on its roof. Even though it was midday and the sun shone brightly on the marble facade, its pure whiteness and its whimsical architectural style made it look unreal, like frost patterns on a window or the shapes of castles seen among the clouds in moonlight. But just then, a gust of wind carried down the smoke from the kitchen chimney, and each man caught the scent of his favorite dish; after smelling it, they thought everything else was just an illusion, and the only real things were this palace and the feast that was clearly about to be served inside it.
So they hastened their steps towards the portal, but had not got half way across the wide lawn, when a pack of lions, tigers, and wolves came bounding to meet them. The terrified mariners started back, expecting no better fate than to be torn to pieces and devoured. To their surprise and joy, however, these wild beasts merely capered around them, wagging their tails, offering their heads to be stroked and patted, and behaving just like so many well-bred house dogs, when they wish to express their delight at meeting their master, or their master's friends. The biggest lion licked the feet of Eurylochus; and every other lion, and every wolf and tiger, singled out one of his two and twenty followers, whom the beast fondled as if he loved him better than a beef bone.
They quickened their pace toward the entrance, but hadn't made it halfway across the vast lawn when a group of lions, tigers, and wolves rushed to meet them. The frightened sailors recoiled, expecting no better fate than to be ripped apart and eaten. To their surprise and relief, however, these wild animals simply frolicked around them, wagging their tails, offering their heads to be petted, and acting just like well-trained house dogs eager to greet their owner or their owner's friends. The largest lion licked Eurylochus's feet, and each other lion, wolf, and tiger chose one of his twenty-two crew members, lavishing attention on them as if they cherished them more than a juicy bone.
But, for all that, Eurylochus imagined that he saw something fierce and savage in their eyes; nor would he have been surprised, at any moment, to feel the big lion's terrible claws, or to see each of the tigers make a deadly spring, or each wolf leap at the throat of the man whom he had fondled. Their mildness seemed unreal, and a mere freak; but their savage nature was as true as their teeth and claws.
But despite everything, Eurylochus thought he saw something wild and fierce in their eyes; he wouldn't have been shocked at any moment to feel the big lion's awful claws, or to see each of the tigers pounce deadly, or each wolf jump at the throat of the man he had treated kindly. Their gentleness felt unreal and like a strange twist of fate; but their ferocity was as real as their teeth and claws.
Nevertheless, the men went safely across the lawn with the wild beasts frisking about them, and doing no manner of harm; although, as they mounted the steps of the palace, you might possibly have heard a low growl, particularly from the wolves; as if they thought it a pity, after all, to let the strangers pass without so much as tasting what they were made of.
Nevertheless, the men crossed the lawn safely with the wild animals playing around them, causing no harm at all; however, as they climbed the palace steps, you might have heard a low growl, especially from the wolves, as if they were thinking it would be a shame to let the strangers go by without at least tasting what they were made of.
Eurylochus and his followers now passed under a lofty portal, and looked through the open doorway into the interior of the palace. The first thing that they saw was a spacious hall, and a fountain in the middle of it, gushing up towards the ceiling out of a marble basin, and falling back into it with a continual plash. The water of this fountain, as it spouted upward, was constantly taking new shapes, not very distinctly, but plainly enough for a nimble fancy to recognize what they were. Now it was the shape of a man in a long robe, the fleecy whiteness of which was made out of the fountain's spray; now it was a lion, or a tiger, or a wolf, or an ass, or, as often as anything else, a hog, wallowing in the marble basin as if it were his sty. It was either magic or some very curious machinery that caused the gushing waterspout to assume all these forms. But, before the strangers had time to look closely at this wonderful sight, their attention was drawn off by a very sweet and agreeable sound. A woman's voice was singing melodiously in another room of the palace, and with her voice was mingled the noise of a loom, at which she was probably seated, weaving a rich texture of cloth, and intertwining the high and low sweetness of her voice into a rich tissue of harmony.
Eurylochus and his companions passed through a grand doorway and looked inside the palace. The first thing they noticed was a large hall with a fountain in the center, spraying water up toward the ceiling from a marble basin and splashing back down endlessly. As the fountain’s water shot upward, it constantly changed shapes—sometimes resembling a man in a flowing robe, often made apparent by the spray; at other times, it took the form of a lion, a tiger, a wolf, a donkey, or, more frequently, a pig, wallowing in the marble basin as if it were its own pen. This magic or intricate mechanism was what caused the water to take on all these forms. But before the newcomers could examine this fascinating sight closely, they were distracted by a beautiful sound. A woman's voice was singing melodiously from another room in the palace, and it blended with the sound of a loom, suggesting she was seated there, weaving a luxurious cloth and intertwining the different tones of her voice into a rich harmony.
By and by, the song came to an end; and then, all at once, there were several feminine voices, talking airily and cheerfully, with now and then a merry burst of laughter, such as you may always hear when three or four young women sit at work together.
Eventually, the song ended; and then, all of a sudden, there were several female voices chatting happily and cheerfully, with occasional bursts of laughter, like you always hear when a few young women are working together.
"What a sweet song that was!" exclaimed one of the voyagers.
"What a beautiful song that was!" one of the travelers exclaimed.
"Too sweet, indeed," answered Eurylochus, shaking his head. "Yet it was not so sweet as the song of the Sirens, those bird-like damsels who wanted to tempt us on the rocks, so that our vessel might be wrecked, and our bones left whitening along the shore."
"Way too sweet, for sure," Eurylochus replied, shaking his head. "But it wasn't as sweet as the Sirens' song, those bird-like women who tried to lure us to the cliffs so our ship would crash and our bones would be left exposed on the beach."
"But just listen to the pleasant voices of those maidens, and that buzz of the loom, as the shuttle passes to and fro," said another comrade. "What a domestic, household, home-like sound it is! Ah, before that weary siege of Troy, I used to hear the buzzing loom and the women's voices under my own roof. Shall I never hear them again? nor taste those nice little savory dishes which my dearest wife knew how to serve up?"
"But just listen to the lovely voices of those women, and the hum of the loom as the shuttle moves back and forth," said another companion. "What a cozy, homey sound it is! Ah, before that exhausting siege of Troy, I used to hear the buzzing loom and the women's voices in my own home. Will I never hear them again? Or enjoy those delicious little dishes that my beloved wife used to make?"
"Tush! we shall fare better here," said another. "But how innocently those women are babbling together, without guessing that we overhear them! And mark that richest voice of all, so pleasant and so familiar, but which yet seems to have the authority of a mistress among them. Let us show ourselves at once. What harm can the lady of the palace and her maidens do to mariners and warriors like us?"
"Tush! We'll do better here," said another. "But look at how those women are chatting away, completely unaware that we can hear them! And notice that richest voice of all, so nice and so familiar, yet it carries the authority of a leader among them. Let’s reveal ourselves right now. What harm can the lady of the palace and her attendants do to sailors and warriors like us?"
"Remember," said Eurylochus, "that it was a young maiden who beguiled three of our friends into the palace of the king of the Laestrygons, who ate up one of them in the twinkling of an eye."
"Remember," Eurylochus said, "it was a young woman who lured three of our friends into the palace of the king of the Laestrygons, who devoured one of them in the blink of an eye."
No warning or persuasion, however, had any effect on his companions. They went up to a pair of folding doors at the farther end of the hall, and throwing them wide open, passed into the next room. Eurylochus, meanwhile, had stepped behind a pillar. In the short moment while the folding doors opened and closed again, he caught a glimpse of a very beautiful woman rising from the loom, and coming to meet the poor weather-beaten wanderers, with a hospitable smile, and her hand stretched out in welcome. There were four other young women, who joined their hands and danced merrily forward, making gestures of obeisance to the strangers. They were only less beautiful than the lady who seemed to be their mistress. Yet Eurylochus fancied that one of them had sea-green hair, and that the close-fitting bodice of a second looked like the bark of a tree, and that both the others had something odd in their aspect, although he could not quite determine what it was, in the little while that he had to examine them.
No amount of warning or persuasion had any effect on his companions. They walked up to a pair of folding doors at the far end of the hall, threw them wide open, and stepped into the next room. Eurylochus, meanwhile, had hidden behind a pillar. In the brief moment it took for the folding doors to open and close again, he caught a glimpse of a stunning woman rising from the loom, coming to meet the weary wanderers with a warm smile and her hand outstretched in welcome. Four other young women joined hands and danced joyfully forward, bowing to the newcomers. They were only slightly less beautiful than the woman who appeared to be their leader. However, Eurylochus thought that one of them had sea-green hair, while another’s tight-fitting bodice looked like tree bark, and both of the others had something unusual about them, though he couldn’t quite figure out what it was during the brief moment he had to observe them.
The folding doors swung quickly back, and left him standing behind the pillar, in the solitude of the outer hall. There Eurylochus waited until he was quite weary, and listened eagerly to every sound, but without hearing anything that could help him to guess what had become of his friends. Footsteps, it is true, seemed to be passing and repassing, in other parts of the palace. Then there was a clatter of silver dishes, or golden ones, which made him imagine a rich feast in a splendid banqueting hall. But by and by he heard a tremendous grunting and squealing, and then a sudden scampering, like that of small, hard hoofs over a marble floor, while the voices of the mistress and her four handmaidens were screaming all together, in tones of anger and derision. Eurylochus could not conceive what had happened, unless a drove of swine had broken into the palace, attracted by the smell of the feast. Chancing to cast his eyes at the fountain, he saw that it did not shift its shape, as formerly, nor looked either like a long-robed man, or a lion, a tiger, a wolf, or an ass. It looked like nothing but a hog, which lay wallowing in the marble basin, and filled it from brim to brim.
The folding doors swung open quickly, leaving him standing behind the pillar in the quiet of the outer hall. There, Eurylochus waited until he grew quite tired, eagerly listening to every sound, but he couldn’t hear anything that might help him figure out what had happened to his friends. Footsteps seemed to be moving back and forth in other parts of the palace. Then, he heard the clattering of silver dishes or gold ones, making him imagine a lavish feast in a grand banquet hall. Eventually, he heard a loud grunting and squealing, followed by a sudden scurrying, like small, hard hooves on a marble floor, while the voices of the mistress and her four handmaidens were screaming in unison, expressing anger and mockery. Eurylochus couldn’t understand what was going on, except that a herd of pigs must have broken into the palace, drawn in by the aroma of the feast. When he happened to glance at the fountain, he saw that it didn’t change shape as it used to; it didn’t resemble a long-robed man, a lion, a tiger, a wolf, or a donkey. It looked like nothing but a pig, wallowing in the marble basin and filling it to the brim.
But we must leave the prudent Eurylochus waiting in the outer hall, and follow his friends into the inner secrecy of the palace. As soon as the beautiful woman saw them, she arose from the loom, as I have told you, and came forward, smiling, and stretching out her hand. She took the hand of the foremost among them, and bade him and the whole party welcome.
But we have to leave the cautious Eurylochus waiting in the outer hall and follow his friends into the private parts of the palace. As soon as the beautiful woman saw them, she got up from the loom, as I mentioned before, and came forward, smiling and reaching out her hand. She took the hand of the first among them and welcomed him and the entire group.
"You have been long expected, my good friends," said she. "I and my maidens are well acquainted with you, although you do not appear to recognize us. Look at this piece of tapestry, and judge if your faces must not have been familiar to us."
"You've been anticipated for a long time, my dear friends," she said. "My maidens and I know you well, even if you don't seem to recognize us. Take a look at this tapestry and see if your faces aren't familiar to us."
So the voyagers examined the web of cloth which the beautiful woman had been weaving in her loom; and, to their vast astonishment, they saw their own figures perfectly represented in different colored threads. It was a life-like picture of their recent adventures, showing them in the cave of Polyphemus, and how they had put out his one great moony eye; while in another part of the tapestry they were untying the leathern bags, puffed out with contrary winds; and farther on, they beheld themselves scampering away from the gigantic king of the Laestrygons, who had caught one of them by the leg. Lastly, there they were, sitting on the desolate shore of this very island, hungry and downcast, and looking ruefully at the bare bones of the stag which they devoured yesterday. This was as far as the work had yet proceeded; but when the beautiful woman should again sit down at her loom, she would probably make a picture of what had since happened to the strangers, and of what was now going to happen.
So the travelers looked at the cloth that the beautiful woman had been weaving on her loom, and to their amazement, they saw their own images perfectly represented in different colored threads. It was a realistic depiction of their recent adventures, showing them in the cave of Polyphemus, and how they had blinded his one enormous eye; in another part of the tapestry, they were untying the leather bags, swollen with opposing winds; and further along, they saw themselves running away from the giant king of the Laestrygonians, who had grabbed one of them by the leg. Finally, there they were, sitting on the desolate shore of this very island, hungry and dejected, looking sadly at the bare bones of the stag they had eaten the day before. This was as far as the work had progressed; but when the beautiful woman sat down at her loom again, she would probably create a picture of what had happened to the strangers since then, and what was about to happen next.
"You see," she said, "that I know all about your troubles; and you cannot doubt that I desire to make you happy for as long a time as you may remain with me. For this purpose, my honored guests, I have ordered a banquet to be prepared. Fish, fowl, and flesh, roasted, and in luscious stews, and seasoned, I trust, to all your tastes, are ready to be served up. If your appetites tell you it is dinner time, then come with me to the festal saloon."
"You see," she said, "I know all about your problems, and you can't doubt that I want to make you happy for as long as you’re here with me. To that end, my esteemed guests, I have arranged for a feast to be prepared. Fish, poultry, and meat, roasted and in delicious stews, seasoned to please all your tastes, are ready to be served. If you're feeling hungry, then come with me to the banquet hall."
At this kind invitation, the hungry mariners were quite overjoyed; and one of them, taking upon himself to be spokesman, assured their hospitable hostess that any hour of the day was dinner time with them, whenever they could get flesh to put in the pot, and fire to boil it with. So the beautiful woman led the way; and the four maidens (one of them had sea-green hair, another a bodice of oak bark, a third sprinkled a shower of water drops from her fingers' ends, and the fourth had some other oddity, which I have forgotten), all these followed behind, and hurried the guests along, until they entered a magnificent saloon. It was built in a perfect oval, and lighted from a crystal dome above. Around the walls were ranged two and twenty thrones, overhung by canopies of crimson and gold, and provided with the softest of cushions, which were tasselled and fringed with gold cord. Each of the strangers was invited to sit down; and there they were, two and twenty storm-beaten mariners, in worn and tattered garb, sitting on two and twenty cushioned and canopied thrones, so rich and gorgeous that the proudest monarch had nothing more splendid in his stateliest hall.
At this gracious invitation, the hungry sailors were thrilled, and one of them, stepping up to speak on behalf of the group, assured their kind hostess that any time of day was dinner time for them, as long as they had meat to cook and fire to boil it. So, the beautiful woman led the way, and the four maidens—one with sea-green hair, another wearing a bodice made of oak bark, a third sprinkling water droplets from her fingertips, and the fourth with some other peculiar trait that I can’t recall—followed behind, urging the guests forward until they entered a stunning dining room. It was perfectly oval and lit from a crystal dome above. Along the walls were twenty-two thrones, shaded by crimson and gold canopies, and adorned with the softest cushions, which were trimmed with gold cord and fringe. Each of the visitors was invited to sit, and there they were, twenty-two weather-beaten sailors in their worn and ragged clothes, seated on twenty-two richly cushioned thrones, so luxurious and splendid that even the proudest king would have nothing more magnificent in his grandest hall.
Then you might have seen the guests nodding, winking with one eye, and leaning from one throne to another, to communicate their satisfaction in hoarse whispers.
Then you might have seen the guests nodding, winking with one eye, and leaning from one throne to another to share their satisfaction in hushed whispers.
"Our good hostess has made kings of us all," said one. "Ha! do you smell the feast? I'll engage it will be fit to set before two and twenty kings."
"Our amazing host has turned us all into royalty," said one. "Ha! Can you smell the feast? I bet it's fit to serve to twenty-two kings."
"I hope," said another, "it will be, mainly, good substantial joints, sirloins, spareribs, and hinder quarters, without too many kickshaws. If I thought the good lady would not take it amiss, I should call for a fat slice of fried bacon to begin with."
"I hope," said another, "it will mostly be good, hearty cuts like sirloins, spareribs, and hindquarters, without too many fancy dishes. If I thought the lady wouldn't mind, I would start with a nice thick slice of fried bacon."
Ah, the gluttons and gormandizers! You see how it was with them. In the loftiest seats of dignity, on royal thrones, they could think of nothing but their greedy appetite, which was the portion of their nature that they shared with wolves and swine; so that they resembled those vilest of animals far more than they did kings—if, indeed, kings were what they ought to be.
Ah, the gluttons and food lovers! You see how it was with them. In the highest positions of power, on royal thrones, they could think of nothing but their insatiable hunger, which was a trait they shared with wolves and pigs; so they resembled those most despicable animals far more than they did kings—if, of course, kings were what they should be.
But the beautiful woman now clapped her hands; and immediately there entered a train of two and twenty serving men, bringing dishes of the richest food, all hot from the kitchen fire, and sending up such a steam that it hung like a cloud below the crystal dome of the saloon. An equal number of attendants brought great flagons of wine, of various kinds, some of which sparkled as it was poured out, and went bubbling down the throat; while, of other sorts, the purple liquor was so clear that you could see the wrought figures at the bottom of the goblet. While the servants supplied the two and twenty guests with food and drink, the hostess and her four maidens went from one throne to another, exhorting them to eat their fill, and to quaff wine abundantly, and thus to recompense themselves, at this one banquet, for the many days when they had gone without a dinner. But whenever the mariners were not looking at them (which was pretty often, as they looked chiefly into the basins and platters), the beautiful woman and her damsels turned aside, and laughed. Even the servants, as they knelt down to present the dishes, might be seen to grin and sneer, while the guests were helping themselves to the offered dainties.
But the beautiful woman clapped her hands, and right away a group of twenty-two servers came in, bringing dishes of the richest food, all hot from the kitchen, sending up steam that hung like a cloud beneath the crystal dome of the dining hall. The same number of attendants brought large jugs of wine in various kinds, some sparkling as it was poured and bubbling as it went down; while for others, the purple liquid was so clear that you could see the intricate designs at the bottom of the goblet. While the servers filled the twenty-two guests with food and drink, the hostess and her four attendants moved from one throne to another, encouraging them to eat their fill and drink plenty of wine, to make up for all the days they had gone without a decent meal. But whenever the sailors weren’t looking at them (which was quite often, as they were mostly focused on their bowls and plates), the beautiful woman and her maidens would glance away and laugh. Even the servers, as they knelt to offer the dishes, could be seen grinning and sneering while the guests helped themselves to the treats offered.
And, once in a while, the strangers seemed to taste something that they did not like.
And, every now and then, the strangers seemed to encounter something they didn’t enjoy.
"Here is an odd kind of spice in this dish," said one. "I can't say it quite suits my palate. Down it goes, however."
"There's a strange flavor in this dish," one person said. "I can't say it really fits my taste, but I'll eat it anyway."
"Send a good draught of wine down your throat," said his comrade on the next throne. "That is the stuff to make this sort of cookery relish well. Though I must needs say, the wine has a queer taste too. But the more I drink of it, the better I like the flavor."
"Take a nice big gulp of wine," said his friend on the next throne. "That’s what makes this kind of food taste good. Although, I have to admit, the wine has a strange taste too. But the more I drink it, the more I like the flavor."
Whatever little fault they might find with the dishes, they sat at dinner a prodigiously long while; and it would really have made you ashamed to see how they swilled down the liquor and gobbled up the food. They sat on golden thrones, to be sure; but they behaved like pigs in a sty; and, if they had had their wits about them, they might have guessed that this was the opinion of their beautiful hostess and her maidens. It brings a blush into my face to reckon up, in my own mind, what mountains of meat and pudding, and what gallons of wine, these two and twenty guzzlers and gormandizers ate and drank. They forgot all about their homes, and their wives and children, and all about Ulysses, and everything else, except this banquet, at which they wanted to keep feasting forever. But at length they began to give over, from mere incapacity to hold any more.
No matter how small the issues they found with the food, they lingered at dinner for an incredibly long time; it would honestly make you embarrassed to see how they downed the drinks and stuffed their faces. Sure, they sat on golden thrones, but they acted like pigs in a pen; and if they had been paying attention, they might have realized that this was how their beautiful hostess and her maids viewed them. It makes me blush to think about the mountains of meat and pudding, and the gallons of wine, that these twenty-two gluttons devoured. They completely forgot about their homes, their wives and children, Ulysses, and everything else, except for this feast, at which they wished to keep indulging forever. But eventually, they started to give up, simply because they couldn’t fit in any more.
"That last bit of fat is too much for me," said one.
"That last bit of fat is too much for me," said one.
"And I have not room for another morsel," said his next neighbor, heaving a sigh. "What a pity! My appetite is as sharp as ever."
"And I don't have room for another bite," said the person next to him, letting out a sigh. "What a shame! My hunger is as strong as ever."
In short, they all left off eating, and leaned back on their thrones, with such a stupid and helpless aspect as made them ridiculous to behold. When their hostess saw this, she laughed aloud; so did her four damsels; so did the two and twenty serving men that bore the dishes, and their two and twenty fellows that poured out the wine. And the louder they all laughed, the more stupid and helpless did the two and twenty gormandizers look. Then the beautiful woman took her stand in the middle of the saloon, and stretching out a slender rod (it had been all the while in her hand, although they never noticed it till this moment), she turned it from one guest to another, until each had felt it pointed at himself. Beautiful as her face was, and though there was a smile on it, it looked just as wicked and mischievous as the ugliest serpent that ever was seen; and fat-witted as the voyagers had made themselves, they began to suspect that they had fallen into the power of an evil-minded enchantress.
In short, they all stopped eating and leaned back in their thrones, looking so foolish and helpless that it was ridiculous to watch. When their hostess saw this, she laughed out loud; so did her four ladies; so did the twenty-two servants carrying the dishes, and their twenty-two colleagues pouring the wine. The louder they all laughed, the more stupid and helpless the twenty-two gluttons looked. Then the beautiful woman stood in the middle of the room, and stretching out a slender rod (which had been in her hand the whole time, though they hadn’t noticed it until now), she pointed it at each guest one by one, making sure each one felt it directed at them. As beautiful as her face was, and even though she wore a smile, it looked just as wicked and mischievous as the ugliest serpent ever seen; and as foolish as the travelers had made themselves, they began to suspect they had fallen under the control of an evil witch.
"Wretches," cried she, "you have abused a lady's hospitality; and in this princely saloon your behavior has been suited to a hog-pen. You are already swine in everything but the human form, which you disgrace, and which I myself should be ashamed to keep a moment longer, were you to share it with me. But it will require only the slightest exercise of magic to make the exterior conform to the hoggish disposition. Assume your proper shapes, gormandizers, and begone to the sty!"
"Wretches," she shouted, "you have taken advantage of a lady's hospitality; and in this grand salon your behavior is more fitting for a pig pen. You're already pigs in every way but your human appearance, which you tarnish, and which I would be ashamed to keep for even a moment longer if you were to share it with me. But it will only take a little bit of magic to make your outsides match your piggish nature. Take your true forms, gluttons, and get back to the sty!"
Uttering these last words, she waved her wand; and stamping her foot imperiously, each of the guests was struck aghast at beholding, instead of his comrades in human shape, one and twenty hogs sitting on the same number of golden thrones. Each man (as he still supposed himself to be) essayed to give a cry of surprise, but found that he could merely grunt, and that, in a word, he was just such another beast as his companions. It looked so intolerably absurd to see hogs on cushioned thrones, that they made haste to wallow down upon all fours, like other swine. They tried to groan and beg for mercy, but forthwith emitted the most awful grunting and squealing that ever came out of swinish throats. They would have wrung their hands in despair, but, attempting to do so, grew all the more desperate for seeing themselves squatted on their hams, and pawing the air with their fore trotters. Dear me! what pendulous ears they had! what little red eyes, half buried in fat! and what long snouts, instead of Grecian noses!
As she said these last words, she waved her wand; and stomping her foot authoritatively, each of the guests was shocked to see, instead of their human friends, twenty-one pigs sitting on twenty-one golden thrones. Each man (who still thought of himself as human) tried to let out a cry of surprise, but found he could only grunt, realizing that he was just another animal like his companions. It looked so ridiculously absurd to see pigs on cushioned thrones that they quickly dropped to all fours, like other swine. They attempted to moan and plead for mercy, but instead let out the most awful grunting and squealing that ever came from piggish throats. They would have wrung their hands in despair, but when they tried, they became even more desperate as they saw themselves squatting on their haunches, flailing their front trotters in the air. Goodness! what droopy ears they had! what little red eyes, half-hidden in fat! and what long snouts, instead of classic noses!
But brutes as they certainly were, they yet had enough of human nature in them to be shocked at their own hideousness; and still intending to groan, they uttered a viler grunt and squeal than before. So harsh and ear-piercing it was, that you would have fancied a butcher was sticking his knife into each of their throats, or, at the very least, that somebody was pulling every hog by his funny little twist of a tail.
But as brutal as they definitely were, they still had enough human nature in them to be shocked by their own ugliness; and while they meant to groan, they produced an even more disgusting grunt and squeal than before. It was so harsh and piercing that you would think a butcher was plunging a knife into each of their throats, or at the very least, that someone was tugging on every pig's funny little tail.
"Begone to your sty!" cried the enchantress, giving them some smart strokes with her wand; and then she turned to the serving men—"Drive out these swine, and throw down some acorns for them to eat."
"Get out of here, you pigs!" shouted the enchantress, giving them a few sharp taps with her wand; then she turned to the servants—"Get these swine out and toss some acorns for them to eat."
The door of the saloon being flung open, the drove of hogs ran in all directions save the right one, in accordance with their hoggish perversity, but were finally driven into the back yard of the palace. It was a sight to bring tears into one's eyes (and I hope none of you will be cruel enough to laugh at it), to see the poor creatures go snuffing along, picking up here a cabbage leaf and there a turnip top, and rooting their noses in the earth for whatever they could find. In their sty, moreover, they behaved more piggishly than the pigs that had been born so; for they bit and snorted at one another, put their feet in the trough, and gobbled up their victuals in a ridiculous hurry; and, when there was nothing more to be had, they made a great pile of themselves among some unclean straw, and fell fast asleep. If they had any human reason left, it was just enough to keep them wondering when they should be slaughtered, and what quality of bacon they should make.
The saloon door swung open, and a bunch of pigs ran in every direction except the right one, acting true to their piggish nature, but they were eventually herded into the palace's backyard. It was a sight that could make anyone tear up (and I hope none of you are heartless enough to laugh at it) to see the poor animals sniffing around, picking up a cabbage leaf here and a turnip top there, and rooting their noses in the dirt for whatever they could find. In their pen, they acted even more piggishly than the pigs that had been born there; they bit and grunted at each other, put their feet in the trough, and scarfed down their food in a comically frantic way. And when there was nothing left to eat, they piled up on some dirty straw and fell fast asleep. If they had any human reasoning left, it was just enough to keep them wondering when they'd be slaughtered and what kind of bacon they would turn into.
Meantime, as I told you before, Eurylochus had waited, and waited, and waited, in the entrance hall of the palace, without being able to comprehend what had befallen his friends. At last, when the swinish uproar resounded through the palace, and when he saw the image of a hog in the marble basin, he thought it best to hasten back to the vessel, and inform the wise Ulysses of these marvelous occurrences. So he ran as fast as he could down the steps, and never stopped to draw breath till he reached the shore.
Meantime, as I mentioned before, Eurylochus had waited, and waited, and waited in the entrance hall of the palace, unable to understand what had happened to his friends. Finally, when the loud noise of pigs echoed through the palace, and he saw the image of a hog in the marble basin, he decided it was best to hurry back to the ship and tell the clever Ulysses about these amazing events. So he ran as fast as he could down the steps and didn't stop to catch his breath until he reached the shore.
"Why do you come alone?" asked King Ulysses, as soon as he saw him. "Where are your two and twenty comrades?"
"Why did you come alone?" asked King Ulysses as soon as he saw him. "Where are your twenty-two comrades?"
At these questions, Eurylochus burst into tears.
At these questions, Eurylochus broke down in tears.
"Alas!" he cried, "I greatly fear that we shall never see one of their faces again."
"Unfortunately!" he exclaimed, "I'm really afraid that we will never see any of their faces again."
Then he told Ulysses all that had happened, as far as he knew it, and added that he suspected the beautiful woman to be a vile enchantress, and the marble palace, magnificent as it looked, to be only a dismal cavern in reality. As for his companions, he could not imagine what had become of them, unless they had been given to the swine to be devoured alive. At this intelligence, all the voyagers were greatly affrighted. But Ulysses lost no time in girding on his sword, and hanging his bow and quiver over his shoulders, and taking a spear in his right hand. When his followers saw their wise leader making these preparations, they inquired whither he was going, and earnestly besought him not to leave them.
Then he told Ulysses everything that had happened, as far as he knew, and added that he suspected the beautiful woman to be a wicked enchantress, and that the marble palace, stunning as it appeared, was really just a gloomy cave. As for his companions, he couldn’t imagine what had happened to them, unless they had been fed to the pigs to be eaten alive. This news frightened all the voyagers greatly. But Ulysses wasted no time putting on his sword, slinging his bow and quiver over his shoulders, and grabbing a spear in his right hand. When his followers saw their wise leader getting ready, they asked where he was going and pleaded with him not to leave them.
"You are our king," cried they; "and what is more, you are the wisest man in the whole world, and nothing but your wisdom and courage can get us out of this danger. If you desert us, and go to the enchanted palace, you will suffer the same fate as our poor companions, and not a soul of us will ever see our dear Ithaca again."
"You are our king," they exclaimed; "and what's more, you're the smartest person in the entire world, and only your wisdom and bravery can save us from this danger. If you abandon us and head to the enchanted palace, you'll face the same fate as our poor friends, and none of us will ever see our beloved Ithaca again."
"As I am your king," answered Ulysses, "and wiser than any of you, it is therefore the more my duty to see what has befallen our comrades, and whether anything can yet be done to rescue them. Wait for me here until tomorrow. If I do not then return, you must hoist sail, and endeavor to find your way to our native land. For my part, I am answerable for the fate of these poor mariners, who have stood by my side in battle, and been so often drenched to the skin, along with me, by the same tempestuous surges. I will either bring them back with me, or perish."
"As your king," Ulysses replied, "and wiser than any of you, it’s my responsibility to find out what has happened to our comrades and see if there’s anything we can do to save them. Wait for me here until tomorrow. If I don’t come back by then, you need to set sail and try to make your way home. I’m responsible for the fate of these poor sailors who have stood by me in battle and have often been soaked to the skin by the same fierce waves. I will either bring them back with me or die trying."
Had his followers dared, they would have detained him by force. But King Ulysses frowned sternly on them, and shook his spear, and bade them stop him at their peril. Seeing him so determined, they let him go, and sat down on the sand, as disconsolate a set of people as could be, waiting and praying for his return.
If his followers had been brave enough, they would have stopped him forcefully. But King Ulysses glared at them and waved his spear, warning them to back off at their own risk. Seeing his resolve, they let him go and sat down on the sand, looking as miserable as could be, waiting and praying for his return.
It happened to Ulysses, just as before, that, when he had gone a few steps from the edge of the cliff, the purple bird came fluttering towards him, crying, "Peep, peep, pe—weep!" and using all the art it could to persuade him to go no farther.
It happened to Ulysses, just like before, that when he had taken a few steps away from the edge of the cliff, the purple bird came fluttering toward him, chirping, "Peep, peep, pe—weep!" and doing everything it could to convince him not to go any further.
"What mean you, little bird?" cried Ulysses. "You are arrayed like a king in purple and gold, and wear a golden crown upon your head. Is it because I too am a king, that you desire so earnestly to speak with me? If you can talk in human language, say what you would have me do."
"What do you mean, little bird?" shouted Ulysses. "You look like a king in purple and gold, with a golden crown on your head. Is it because I’m a king too that you want to talk to me so badly? If you can speak like a human, tell me what you want me to do."
"Peep!" answered the purple bird, very dolorously. "Peep, peep, pe—we—e!"
"Cheep!" replied the purple bird, quite sadly. "Cheep, cheep, we—e!"
Certainly there lay some heavy anguish at the little bird's heart; and it was a sorrowful predicament that he could not, at least, have the consolation of telling what it was. But Ulysses had no time to waste in trying to get at the mystery. He therefore quickened his pace, and had gone a good way along the pleasant wood path, when there met him a young man of very brisk and intelligent aspect, and clad in a rather singular garb. He wore a short cloak and a sort of cap that seemed to be furnished with a pair of wings; and from the lightness of his step, you would have supposed that there might likewise be wings on his feet. To enable him to walk still better (for he was always on one journey or another) he carried a winged staff, around which two serpents were wriggling and twisting. In short, I have said enough to make you guess that it was Quicksilver; and Ulysses (who knew him of old, and had learned a great deal of his wisdom from him) recognized him in a moment.
Certainly, there was a lot of pain in the little bird's heart, and it was a sad situation that he couldn’t at least share what was bothering him. But Ulysses didn’t have time to figure out the mystery. He picked up the pace and had already walked quite a distance along the pleasant wooded path when he encountered a young man who looked very lively and intelligent, dressed in a rather unusual outfit. He wore a short cloak and a kind of cap that seemed to have a pair of wings. From the lightness of his step, you would have thought he also had wings on his feet. To help him walk even better (since he was always on some journey or another), he carried a winged staff, around which two snakes were wriggling and twisting. In short, I've said enough for you to guess that it was Quicksilver; and Ulysses, who knew him well and had learned a lot of his wisdom, recognized him immediately.
"Whither are you going in such a hurry, wise Ulysses?" asked Quicksilver. "Do you not know that this island is enchanted? The wicked enchantress (whose name is Circe, the sister of King Aetes) dwells in the marble palace which you see yonder among the trees. By her magic arts she changes every human being into the brute, beast, or fowl whom he happens most to resemble."
"Where are you rushing off to, wise Ulysses?" asked Quicksilver. "Don't you realize that this island is cursed? The evil enchantress (who's named Circe, the sister of King Aetes) lives in the marble palace you see over there among the trees. With her magic, she turns every person into the animal or bird they most resemble."
"That little bird, which met me at the edge of the cliff," exclaimed Ulysses; "was he a human being once?"
"That little bird I saw at the edge of the cliff," Ulysses exclaimed, "was he once a human being?"
"Yes," answered Quicksilver. "He was once a king, named Picus, and a pretty good sort of a king, too, only rather too proud of his purple robe, and his crown, and the golden chain about his neck; so he was forced to take the shape of a gaudy-feathered bird. The lions, and wolves, and tigers, who will come running to meet you, in front of the palace, were formerly fierce and cruel men, resembling in their disposition the wild beasts whose forms they now rightfully wear."
"Yes," Quicksilver replied. "He used to be a king named Picus, and he was actually a pretty decent king, though he was a bit too proud of his purple robe, crown, and the gold chain around his neck. Because of that, he was turned into a brightly colored bird. The lions, wolves, and tigers that will come running to greet you in front of the palace were once fierce and cruel men, reflecting the wild beasts they now rightfully resemble."
"And my poor companions," said Ulysses. "Have they undergone a similar change, through the arts of this wicked Circe?"
"And my poor companions," said Ulysses. "Have they gone through a similar change because of this wicked Circe's tricks?"
"You well know what gormandizers they were," replied Quicksilver; and rogue that he was, he could not help laughing at the joke. "So you will not be surprised to hear that they have all taken the shapes of swine! If Circe had never done anything worse, I really should not think her so very much to blame."
"You know how much they loved to eat," Quicksilver replied; and being the trickster he was, he couldn't help but laugh at the joke. "So you won't be shocked to hear that they've all turned into pigs! Honestly, if Circe had done nothing worse than that, I wouldn’t think she was all that at fault."
"But can I do nothing to help them?" inquired Ulysses.
"But can't I do anything to help them?" asked Ulysses.
"It will require all your wisdom," said Quicksilver, "and a little of my own into the bargain, to keep your royal and sagacious self from being transformed into a fox. But do as I bid you; and the matter may end better than it has begun."
"It will take all your wisdom," said Quicksilver, "and a bit of my own to stop your royal and wise self from turning into a fox. But follow my advice, and things might turn out better than they started."
While he was speaking, Quicksilver seemed to be in search of something; he went stooping along the ground, and soon laid his hand on a little plant with a snow-white flower, which he plucked and smelt of. Ulysses had been looking at that very spot only just before; and it appeared to him that the plant had burst into full flower the instant when Quicksilver touched it with his fingers.
While he was speaking, Quicksilver seemed to be looking for something; he bent down and soon found a small plant with a snow-white flower, which he picked and smelled. Ulysses had just been looking at that very spot moments before, and it seemed to him that the plant bloomed completely the moment Quicksilver touched it with his fingers.
"Take this flower, King Ulysses," said he. "Guard it as you do your eyesight; for I can assure you it is exceedingly rare and precious, and you might seek the whole earth over without ever finding another like it. Keep it in your hand, and smell of it frequently after you enter the palace, and while you are talking with the enchantress. Especially when she offers you food, or a draught of wine out of her goblet, be careful to fill your nostrils with the flower's fragrance. Follow these directions, and you may defy her magic arts to change you into a fox."
"Here’s this flower, King Ulysses," he said. "Take care of it like it's your own eyesight because I assure you it’s incredibly rare and valuable. You could search the entire world and never find another one like it. Keep it in your hand and smell it often after you get to the palace, especially while you’re talking to the enchantress. When she offers you food or a drink from her goblet, make sure to inhale the flower's scent deeply. Follow these instructions, and you can resist her magic that might turn you into a fox."
Quicksilver then gave him some further advice how to behave, and bidding him be bold and prudent, again assured him that, powerful as Circe was, he would have a fair prospect of coming safely out of her enchanted palace. After listening attentively, Ulysses thanked his good friend, and resumed his way. But he had taken only a few steps, when, recollecting some other questions which he wished to ask, he turned round again, and beheld nobody on the spot where Quicksilver had stood; for that winged cap of his, and those winged shoes, with the help of the winged staff, had carried him quickly out of sight.
Quicksilver then gave him more advice on how to act, encouraging him to be brave and careful, and reassured him that, despite Circe's power, he had a good chance of getting out of her enchanted palace safely. After listening closely, Ulysses thanked his good friend and continued on his way. But he had taken only a few steps when he remembered some other questions he wanted to ask, so he turned around again, only to find no one where Quicksilver had stood; his winged cap, along with his winged shoes and the winged staff, had quickly taken him out of sight.
When Ulysses reached the lawn, in front of the palace, the lions and other savage animals came bounding to meet him, and would have fawned upon him and licked his feet. But the wise king struck at them with his long spear, and sternly bade them begone out of his path; for he knew that they had once been bloodthirsty men, and would now tear him limb from limb, instead of fawning upon him, could they do the mischief that was in their hearts. The wild beasts yelped and glared at him, and stood at a distance, while he ascended the palace steps.
When Ulysses reached the lawn in front of the palace, the lions and other wild animals rushed to meet him, eager to fawn over him and lick his feet. But the wise king struck them with his long spear and sternly ordered them to get out of his way; he knew they had once been bloodthirsty men and would now tear him apart if they could act on the vicious instincts in their hearts. The wild beasts yelped and glared at him, keeping their distance as he climbed the palace steps.
On entering the hall, Ulysses saw the magic fountain in the center of it. The up-gushing water had now again taken the shape of a man in a long, white, fleecy robe, who appeared to be making gestures of welcome. The king likewise heard the noise of the shuttle in the loom and the sweet melody of the beautiful woman's song, and then the pleasant voices of herself and the four maidens talking together, with peals of merry laughter intermixed. But Ulysses did not waste much time in listening to the laughter or the song. He leaned his spear against one of the pillars of the hall, and then, after loosening his sword in the scabbard, stepped boldly forward, and threw the folding doors wide open. The moment she beheld his stately figure standing in the doorway, the beautiful woman rose from the loom, and ran to meet him with a glad smile throwing its sunshine over her face, and both her hands extended.
As Ulysses entered the hall, he spotted the magical fountain in the middle. The water shooting up had once again taken the form of a man in a long, white, fluffy robe, who seemed to be gesturing a warm welcome. The king also heard the sound of a shuttle on the loom and the sweet melody of a woman's beautiful song, along with the cheerful voices of her and the four maids chatting and laughing together. But Ulysses didn’t spend much time listening to the laughter or the song. He leaned his spear against one of the hall’s pillars, loosened his sword in its scabbard, stepped forward confidently, and threw the folding doors wide open. The moment she saw his impressive figure in the doorway, the beautiful woman stood up from the loom and ran to greet him with a joyful smile lighting up her face and her hands outstretched.
"Welcome, brave stranger!" cried she. "We were expecting you."
"Welcome, courageous stranger!" she exclaimed. "We were waiting for you."
And the nymph with the sea-green hair made a courtesy down to the ground, and likewise bade him welcome; so did her sister with the bodice of oaken bark, and she that sprinkled dew-drops from her fingers' ends, and the fourth one with some oddity which I cannot remember. And Circe, as the beautiful enchantress was called (who had deluded so many persons that she did not doubt of being able to delude Ulysses, not imagining how wise he was), again addressed him:
And the nymph with the sea-green hair curtsied to the ground and welcomed him as well; so did her sister in the bodice made of oak bark, and the one who sprinkled dew drops from her fingertips, along with the fourth one whose name I can’t recall. And Circe, the beautiful enchantress known for deceiving so many people that she was confident she could trick Ulysses, not realizing how clever he was, spoke to him again:
"Your companions," said she, "have already been received into my palace, and have enjoyed the hospitable treatment to which the propriety of their behavior so well entitles them. If such be your pleasure, you shall first take some refreshment, and then join them in the elegant apartment which they now occupy. See, I and my maidens have been weaving their figures into this piece of tapestry."
"Your friends," she said, "have already been welcomed into my palace and have enjoyed the warm hospitality they deserve based on their good behavior. If you like, you can have something to eat first and then join them in the lovely room they are in now. Look, my maidens and I have been weaving their images into this tapestry."
She pointed to the web of beautifully-woven cloth in the loom. Circe and the four nymphs must have been very diligently at work since the arrival of the mariners; for a great many yards of tapestry had now been wrought, in addition to what I before described. In this new part, Ulysses saw his two and twenty friends represented as sitting on cushions and canopied thrones, greedily devouring dainties, and quaffing deep draughts of wine. The work had not yet gone any further. O, no, indeed. The enchantress was far too cunning to let Ulysses see the mischief which her magic arts had since brought upon the gormandizers.
She pointed to the beautifully woven cloth in the loom. Circe and the four nymphs must have been working hard since the mariners arrived; a lot of tapestry had now been created, in addition to what I had described earlier. In this new section, Ulysses saw his twenty-two friends depicted as sitting on cushions and canopied thrones, greedily enjoying delicacies and drinking deep glasses of wine. The work hadn’t progressed any further. Oh, no, not at all. The enchantress was way too clever to let Ulysses see the trouble that her magic had caused for the gluttons.
"As for yourself, valiant sir," said Circe, "judging by the dignity of your aspect, I take you to be nothing less than a king. Deign to follow me, and you shall be treated as befits your rank."
"As for you, brave sir," Circe said, "judging by your noble appearance, I believe you must be a king. Please follow me, and you will be treated like someone of your status deserves."
So Ulysses followed her into the oval saloon, where his two and twenty comrades had devoured the banquet, which ended so disastrously for themselves. But, all this while, he had held the snow-white flower in his hand, and had constantly smelt of it while Circe was speaking; and as he crossed the threshold of the saloon, he took good care to inhale several long and deep snuffs of its fragrance. Instead of two and twenty thrones, which had before been ranged around the wall, there was now only a single throne, in the center of the apartment. But this was surely the most magnificent seat that ever a king or an emperor reposed himself upon, all made of chased gold, studded with precious stones, with a cushion that looked like a soft heap of living roses, and overhung by a canopy of sunlight which Circe knew how to weave into drapery. The enchantress took Ulysses by the hand, and made him sit down upon this dazzling throne. Then, clapping her hands, she summoned the chief butler.
So Ulysses followed her into the oval room, where his twenty-two comrades had devoured the feast, which ended so disastrously for them. All the while, he had held the snow-white flower in his hand and kept inhaling its fragrance while Circe spoke; as he stepped into the room, he took care to breathe in several long, deep whiffs of its scent. Instead of the twenty-two thrones that used to line the walls, there was now just one throne in the center of the room. But this was surely the most magnificent seat that any king or emperor had ever rested upon, made of intricately designed gold, studded with precious stones, with a cushion that looked like a soft pile of living roses, and draped with a canopy of sunlight that Circe knew how to weave. The enchantress took Ulysses by the hand and made him sit down on this dazzling throne. Then, clapping her hands, she called for the head butler.
"Bring hither," said she, "the goblet that is set apart for kings to drink out of. And fill it with the same delicious wine which my royal brother, King Aetes, praised so highly, when he last visited me with my fair daughter Medea. That good and amiable child! Were she now here, it would delight her to see me offering this wine to my honored guest."
"Bring me," she said, "the goblet that’s reserved for kings. And fill it with the same wonderful wine that my royal brother, King Aetes, praised so highly when he last visited with my lovely daughter Medea. That sweet and kind girl! If she were here now, she would be thrilled to see me offering this wine to my esteemed guest."
But Ulysses, while the butler was gone for the wine, held the snow-white flower to his nose.
But Ulysses, while the butler was away getting the wine, held the snow-white flower to his nose.
"Is it a wholesome wine?" he asked.
"Is it a good wine?" he asked.
At this the four maidens tittered; whereupon the enchantress looked round at them, with an aspect of severity.
At this, the four young women giggled; then the enchantress glanced at them with a stern look.
"It is the wholesomest juice that ever was squeezed out of the grape," said she; "for, instead of disguising a man, as other liquor is apt to do, it brings him to his true self, and shows him as he ought to be."
"It’s the healthiest juice ever made from grapes," she said. "Because instead of hiding who a person is, like other drinks tend to do, it reveals their true self and shows them how they should be."
The chief butler liked nothing better than to see people turned into swine, or making any kind of a beast of themselves; so he made haste to bring the royal goblet, filled with a liquid as bright as gold, and which kept sparkling upward, and throwing a sunny spray over the brim. But, delightfully as the wine looked, it was mingled with the most potent enchantments that Circe knew how to concoct. For every drop of the pure grape juice there were two drops of the pure mischief; and the danger of the thing was, that the mischief made it taste all the better. The mere smell of the bubbles, which effervesced at the brim, was enough to turn a man's beard into pig's bristles, or make a lion's claws grow out of his fingers, or a fox's brush behind him.
The head butler loved nothing more than watching people turn into pigs or act like complete fools, so he quickly brought the royal goblet, filled with liquid as bright as gold that kept sparkling and splashing a sunny spray over the edge. But even though the wine looked enticing, it was mixed with the strongest enchantments that Circe knew how to create. For every drop of the pure grape juice, there were two drops of pure mischief; and the danger was that the mischief made it taste even better. Just the smell of the bubbles, which fizzed at the rim, was enough to turn a man's beard into pig bristles or make lion claws sprout from his fingers or a fox's tail grow behind him.
"Drink, my noble guest," said Circe, smiling, as she presented him with the goblet. "You will find in this draught a solace for all your troubles."
"Drink, my esteemed guest," Circe said with a smile, handing him the goblet. "In this drink, you'll find comfort for all your worries."
King Ulysses took the goblet with his right hand, while with his left he held the snow-white flower to his nostrils, and drew in so long a breath that his lungs were quite filled with its pure and simple fragrance. Then, drinking off all the wine, he looked the enchantress calmly in the face.
King Ulysses picked up the goblet with his right hand, while with his left he held the snow-white flower to his nose, taking a deep breath to fill his lungs with its fresh and simple fragrance. After finishing all the wine, he looked the enchantress straight in the face.
"Wretch," cried Circe, giving him a smart stroke with her wand, "how dare you keep your human shape a moment longer! Take the form of the brute whom you most resemble. If a hog, go join your fellow-swine in the sty; if a lion, a wolf, a tiger, go howl with the wild beasts on the lawn; if a fox, go exercise your craft in stealing poultry. Thou hast quaffed off my wine, and canst be man no longer."
"Wretch," Circe shouted, giving him a sharp hit with her wand, "how dare you stay in human form even a moment longer! Take on the shape of the creature you resemble the most. If you're a pig, go join your fellow swine in the pen; if you're a lion, a wolf, or a tiger, go howl with the wild beasts outside; if you're a fox, go practice your skills at stealing chickens. You've drunk my wine, so you can’t be a man anymore."
But, such was the virtue of the snow-white flower, instead of wallowing down from his throne in swinish shape, or taking any other brutal form, Ulysses looked even more manly and king-like than before. He gave the magic goblet a toss, and sent it clashing over the marble floor to the farthest end of the saloon. Then, drawing his sword, he seized the enchantress by her beautiful ringlets, and made a gesture as if he meant to strike off her head at one blow.
But, thanks to the power of the snow-white flower, instead of falling from his throne in a pig-like form or taking on some other savage appearance, Ulysses appeared even more dignified and kingly than before. He tossed the magic goblet, sending it crashing across the marble floor to the farthest end of the room. Then, drawing his sword, he grabbed the enchantress by her beautiful hair, making a motion as if he intended to decapitate her in one swing.
"Wicked Circe," cried he, in a terrible voice, "this sword shall put an end to thy enchantments. Thou shalt die, vile wretch, and do no more mischief in the world, by tempting human beings into the vices which make beasts of them."
"Wicked Circe," he shouted in a terrible voice, "this sword will put an end to your enchantments. You will die, you vile wretch, and you will no longer cause harm in the world by tempting people into the vices that turn them into beasts."
The tone and countenance of Ulysses were so awful, and his sword gleamed so brightly, and seemed to have so intolerably keen an edge, that Circe was almost killed by the mere fright, without waiting for a blow. The chief butler scrambled out of the saloon, picking up the golden goblet as he went; and the enchantress and the four maidens fell on their knees, wringing their hands, and screaming for mercy.
The look on Ulysses' face was so terrifying, and his sword shone so brightly, with a blade that seemed painfully sharp, that Circe almost fainted from fear before he even struck. The head butler rushed out of the room, grabbing the golden goblet as he left; while the enchantress and the four maidens dropped to their knees, clutching their hands together and screaming for mercy.
"Spare me!" cried Circe. "Spare me, royal and wise Ulysses. For now I know that thou art he of whom Quicksilver forewarned me, the most prudent of mortals, against whom no enchantments can prevail. Thou only couldst have conquered Circe. Spare me, wisest of men. I will show thee true hospitality, and even give myself to be thy slave, and this magnificent palace to be henceforth thy home."
"Spare me!" cried Circe. "Spare me, royal and wise Ulysses. Because now I know that you are the one Quicksilver warned me about, the most sensible of mortals, against whom no spells can work. Only you could have defeated Circe. Spare me, wisest of men. I will show you genuine hospitality and even offer myself to be your servant, and this magnificent palace will be your home from now on."
The four nymphs, meanwhile, were making a most piteous ado; and especially the ocean nymph, with the sea-green hair, wept a great deal of salt water, and the fountain nymph, besides scattering dewdrops from her fingers' ends, nearly melted away into tears. But Ulysses would not be pacified until Circe had taken a solemn oath to change back his companions, and as many others as he should direct, from their present forms of beast or bird into their former shapes of men.
The four nymphs were making a big fuss; especially the ocean nymph with the sea-green hair, who cried a lot of salty tears, and the fountain nymph, who not only sprinkled dewdrops from her fingertips but nearly dissolved into tears herself. But Ulysses wouldn’t be calmed down until Circe took a serious oath to change his companions back, along with however many others he directed, from their current forms as beasts or birds into their original human shapes.
"On these conditions," said he, "I consent to spare your life. Otherwise you must die upon the spot."
"Under these conditions," he said, "I agree to let you live. If not, you will die right here."
With a drawn sword hanging over her, the enchantress would readily have consented to do as much good as she had hitherto done mischief, however little she might like such employment. She therefore led Ulysses out of the back entrance of the palace, and showed him the swine in their sty. There were about fifty of these unclean beasts in the whole herd; and though the greater part were hogs by birth and education, there was wonderfully little difference to be seen betwixt them and their new brethren, who had so recently worn the human shape. To speak critically, indeed, the latter rather carried the thing to excess, and seemed to make it a point to wallow in the miriest part of the sty, and otherwise to outdo the original swine in their own natural vocation. When men once turn to brutes, the trifle of man's wit that remains in them adds tenfold to their brutality.
With a sword over her head, the enchantress would have gladly done as much good as she had previously done harm, even if she didn't enjoy it. So, she led Ulysses out the back of the palace and showed him the pigs in their pen. There were about fifty of these filthy animals in total; and although most were born and raised as hogs, there was shockingly little difference between them and their new companions, who had recently been human. To be honest, the latter took it to another level, making it a point to roll around in the dirtiest part of the pen, and they seemed to outdo the original pigs in their natural behavior. Once men turn into beasts, the small bit of human intellect that remains only amplifies their savagery.
The comrades of Ulysses, however, had not quite lost the remembrance of having formerly stood erect. When he approached the sty, two and twenty enormous swine separated themselves from the herd, and scampered towards him, with such a chorus of horrible squealing as made him clap both hands to his ears. And yet they did not seem to know what they wanted, nor whether they were merely hungry, or miserable from some other cause. It was curious, in the midst of their distress, to observe them thrusting their noses into the mire, in quest of something to eat. The nymph with the bodice of oaken bark (she was the hamadryad of an oak) threw a handful of acorns among them; and the two and twenty hogs scrambled and fought for the prize, as if they had tasted not so much as a noggin of sour milk for a twelvemonth.
The companions of Ulysses, however, hadn’t completely forgotten what it was like to stand tall. When he got close to the pigpen, twenty-two massive pigs broke away from the group and ran toward him, making such a terrible squealing noise that he had to cover his ears. Yet, they didn’t seem to know what they wanted, whether they were just hungry or suffering for some other reason. It was odd, in the middle of their distress, to see them pushing their noses into the mud, searching for something to eat. The nymph wearing a dress made of oak bark (she was the spirit of an oak tree) tossed a handful of acorns among them; the twenty-two pigs scrambled and fought for the treat as if they hadn’t had even a sip of sour milk in a year.
"These must certainly be my comrades," said Ulysses. "I recognize their dispositions. They are hardly worth the trouble of changing them into the human form again. Nevertheless, we will have it done, lest their bad example should corrupt the other hogs. Let them take their original shapes, therefore, Dame Circe, if your skill is equal to the task. It will require greater magic, I trow, than it did to make swine of them."
"These must definitely be my companions," said Ulysses. "I can see their attitudes. They’re hardly worth the effort of changing them back into human form. Still, we should do it, or their bad example might corrupt the other pigs. So let them take their original shapes, then, Dame Circe, if you have the skill for it. It will take more magic, I believe, than it did to turn them into pigs."
So Circe waved her wand again, and repeated a few magic words, at the sound of which the two and twenty hogs pricked up their pendulous ears. It was a wonder to behold how their snouts grew shorter and shorter, and their mouths (which they seemed to be sorry for, because they could not gobble so expeditiously) smaller and smaller, and how one and another began to stand upon his hind legs, and scratch his nose with his fore trotters. At first the spectators hardly knew whether to call them hogs or men, but by and by came to the conclusion that they rather resembled the latter. Finally, there stood the twenty-two comrades of Ulysses, looking pretty much the same as when they left the vessel.
So Circe waved her wand again and recited a few magic words, at which the twenty-two pigs perked up their floppy ears. It was astonishing to see how their snouts got shorter and shorter, and their mouths (which they seemed to regret since they couldn't gobble as quickly) smaller and smaller. One by one, they started to stand on their hind legs and scratch their noses with their front hooves. At first, the onlookers could hardly decide whether to call them pigs or men, but eventually, they concluded that they looked more like the latter. Finally, there stood the twenty-two companions of Ulysses, looking pretty much the same as when they left the ship.
You must not imagine, however, that the swinish quality had entirely gone out of them. When once it fastens itself into a person's character, it is very difficult getting rid of it. This was proved by the hamadryad, who, being exceedingly fond of mischief, threw another handful of acorns before the twenty-two newly-restored people; whereupon down they wallowed in a moment, and gobbled them up in a very shameful way. Then, recollecting themselves, they scrambled to their feet, and looked more than commonly foolish.
You shouldn't think that their piggish behavior had completely disappeared. Once it becomes part of someone's character, it's really hard to shake off. This was shown by the hamadryad, who, being quite mischievous, tossed another handful of acorns in front of the twenty-two recently restored people; immediately, they dropped down and devoured them in a very embarrassing way. Then, remembering themselves, they scrambled to their feet and looked unusually foolish.
"Thanks, noble Ulysses!" they cried. "From brute beasts you have restored us to the condition of men again."
"Thanks, noble Ulysses!" they shouted. "You’ve brought us back from being wild beasts to being human again."
"Do not put yourselves to the trouble of thanking me," said the wise king. "I fear I have done but little for you."
"Don't bother thanking me," said the wise king. "I worry I've done very little for you."
To say the truth, there was a suspicious kind of a grunt in their voices, and, for a long time afterwards, they spoke gruffly, and were apt to set up a squeal.
To be honest, there was a weird kind of grunt in their voices, and for a long time after that, they talked roughly and were likely to let out a squeal.
"It must depend on your own future behavior," added Ulysses, "whether you do not find your way back to the sty."
"It all depends on how you act in the future," Ulysses added, "otherwise you might end up back in the pen."
At this moment, the note of a bird sounded from the branch of a neighboring tree.
At that moment, a bird chirped from the branch of a nearby tree.
"Peep, peep, pe—wee—e!"
"Peep, peep, pe—wee—e!"
It was the purple bird, who, all this while, had been sitting over their heads, watching what was going forward, and hoping that Ulysses would remember how he had done his utmost to keep him and his followers out of harm's way. Ulysses ordered Circe instantly to make a king of this good little fowl, and leave him exactly as she found him. Hardly were the words spoken, and before the bird had time to utter another "pe—weep," King Picus leaped down from the bough of a tree, as majestic a sovereign as any in the world, dressed in a long purple robe and gorgeous yellow stockings, with a splendidly wrought collar about his neck, and a golden crown upon his head. He and King Ulysses exchanged with one another the courtesies which belong to their elevated rank. But from that time forth, King Picus was no longer proud of his crown and his trappings of royalty, nor of the fact of his being a king; he felt himself merely the upper servant of his people, and that it must be his life-long labor to make them better and happier.
It was the purple bird that had been sitting above them, observing everything and hoping that Ulysses would remember how he had tried his best to keep him and his followers safe. Ulysses immediately commanded Circe to turn this good little bird into a king and leave him just the way she found him. Hardly had he finished speaking when, before the bird could let out another "pe—weep," King Picus descended from the tree branch, a regal figure as grand as any in the world, wearing a long purple robe and stunning yellow stockings, with a beautifully crafted collar around his neck and a golden crown on his head. He and King Ulysses exchanged the polite gestures fitting their high status. But from that moment on, King Picus no longer took pride in his crown and royal attire, nor in being a king; he saw himself simply as a servant to his people, believing that his life’s work should be to make them better and happier.
As for the lions, tigers, and wolves (though Circe would have restored them to their former shapes at his slightest word), Ulysses thought it advisable that they should remain as they now were, and thus give warning of their cruel dispositions, instead of going about under the guise of men, and pretending to human sympathies, while their hearts had the blood-thirstiness of wild beasts. So he let them howl as much as they liked, but never troubled his head about them. And, when everything was settled according to his pleasure, he sent to summon the remainder of his comrades, whom he had left at the sea-shore. These being arrived, with the prudent Eurylochus at their head, they all made themselves comfortable in Circe's enchanted palace, until quite rested and refreshed from the toils and hardships of their voyage.
As for the lions, tigers, and wolves (even though Circe could have turned them back into their original forms with just a word), Ulysses thought it was better for them to stay as they were to show their cruel nature, instead of wandering around pretending to be human and feigning compassion while their hearts were as bloodthirsty as wild animals. So he let them howl as much as they wanted but didn't let them bother him. Once everything was sorted out to his satisfaction, he sent for the rest of his crew, whom he had left at the shore. When they arrived, led by the sensible Eurylochus, they all settled in comfortably at Circe's enchanted palace until they felt fully rested and rejuvenated from the struggles of their journey.
THE POMEGRANATE SEEDS.
Mother Ceres was exceedingly fond of her daughter Proserpina, and seldom let her go alone into the fields. But, just at the time when my story begins, the good lady was very busy, because she had the care of the wheat, and the Indian corn, and the rye and barley and, in short, of the crops of every kind, all over the earth; and as the season had thus far been uncommonly backward, it was necessary to make the harvest ripen more speedily than usual. So she put on her turban, made of poppies (a kind of flower which she was always noted for wearing), and got into her car drawn by a pair of winged dragons, and was just ready to set off.
Mother Ceres loved her daughter Proserpina dearly and rarely let her wander into the fields alone. But when my story begins, Ceres was very busy, tending to the wheat, corn, rye, and barley, and basically every crop on earth. Since the season had been unusually slow so far, she needed to hurry the harvest along. So, she put on her poppy turban (the flower she was famous for wearing) and climbed into her chariot, pulled by a pair of winged dragons, ready to take off.
"Dear mother," said Proserpina, "I shall be very lonely while you are away. May I not run down to the shore, and ask some of the sea nymphs to come up out of the waves and play with me?"
"Dear Mom," said Proserpina, "I'm going to be really lonely while you're gone. Can I run down to the shore and ask some of the sea nymphs to come out of the waves and play with me?"
"Yes, child," answered Mother Ceres. "The sea nymphs are good creatures, and will never lead you into any harm. But you must take care not to stray away from them, nor go wandering about the fields by yourself. Young girls, without their mothers to take care of them, are very apt to get into mischief."
"Yes, dear," replied Mother Ceres. "The sea nymphs are kind beings and won't lead you into any danger. But you need to make sure not to stray from them or roam the fields alone. Young girls without their mothers looking out for them can easily get into trouble."
The child promised to be as prudent as if she were a grown-up woman; and, by the time the winged dragons had whirled the car out of sight, she was already on the shore, calling to the sea nymphs to come and play with her. They knew Proserpina's voice, and were not long in showing their glistening faces and sea-green hair above the water, at the bottom of which was their home. They brought along with them a great many beautiful shells; and sitting down on the moist sand, where the surf wave broke over them, they busied themselves in making a necklace, which they hung round Proserpina's neck. By way of showing her gratitude, the child besought them to go with her a little way into the fields, so that they might gather abundance of flowers, with which she would make each of her kind playmates a wreath.
The child promised to be as careful as if she were an adult; and by the time the winged dragons had zoomed the car out of sight, she was already on the shore, calling to the sea nymphs to come and hang out with her. They recognized Proserpina's voice and soon popped their shiny faces and sea-green hair above the water, where their home was at the bottom. They brought with them many beautiful shells, and sitting down on the wet sand where the waves washed over them, they started making a necklace, which they draped around Proserpina's neck. To show her thanks, the child asked them to come with her for a little while into the fields so they could gather plenty of flowers, which she would use to make a wreath for each of her kind playmates.
"O no, dear Proserpina," cried the sea nymphs; "we dare not go with you upon the dry land. We are apt to grow faint, unless at every breath we can snuff up the salt breeze of the ocean. And don't you see how careful we are to let the surf wave break over us every moment or two, so as to keep ourselves comfortably moist? If it were not for that, we should look like bunches of uprooted seaweed dried in the sun.
"O no, dear Proserpina," cried the sea nymphs; "we can't go with you onto dry land. We tend to feel weak unless we can breathe in the salty ocean breeze with every breath. And don’t you see how we make sure to let the waves crash over us every little while to keep ourselves pleasantly wet? If it weren’t for that, we’d look like clumps of dried seaweed left out in the sun."
"It is a great pity," said Proserpina. "But do you wait for me here, and I will run and gather my apron full of flowers, and be back again before the surf wave has broken ten times over you. I long to make you some wreaths that shall be as lovely as this necklace of many colored shells."
"It’s a real shame," Proserpina said. "But you wait for me here, and I’ll quickly go gather my apron full of flowers, and I’ll be back before the waves have crashed ten times. I can’t wait to make you some wreaths that will be as beautiful as this colorful shell necklace."
"We will wait, then," answered the sea nymphs. "But while you are gone, we may as well lie down on a bank of soft sponge under the water. The air to-day is a little too dry for our comfort. But we will pop up our heads every few minutes to see if you are coming."
"We'll wait, then," replied the sea nymphs. "But while you're gone, we might as well lie down on a soft sponge bed under the water. The air today is a bit too dry for our liking. But we'll pop our heads up every few minutes to see if you're coming."
The young Proserpina ran quickly to a spot where, only the day before, she had seen a great many flowers. These, however, were now a little past their bloom; and wishing to give her friends the freshest and loveliest blossoms, she strayed farther into the fields, and found some that made her scream with delight. Never had she met with such exquisite flowers before—violets so large and fragrant—roses with so rich and delicate a blush—such superb hyacinths and such aromatic pinks—and many others, some of which seemed to be of new shapes and colors. Two or three times, moreover, she could not help thinking that a tuft of most splendid flowers had suddenly sprouted out of the earth before her very eyes, as if on purpose to tempt her a few steps farther. Proserpina's apron was soon filled, and brimming over with delightful blossoms. She was on the point of turning back in order to rejoin the sea nymphs, and sit with them on the moist sands, all twining wreaths together. But, a little farther on, what should she behold? It was a large shrub, completely covered with the most magnificent flowers in the world.
The young Proserpina hurried to a spot where, just the day before, she had seen a lot of flowers. However, they were now a bit past their prime, and wanting to give her friends the freshest and most beautiful blooms, she wandered further into the fields and discovered some that made her scream with joy. Never before had she encountered such stunning flowers—violets that were large and fragrant—roses with a rich and delicate blush—magnificent hyacinths and aromatic pinks—and many others, some of which seemed to have new shapes and colors. A couple of times, she even felt like a cluster of the most splendid flowers had suddenly popped up from the ground right in front of her, almost as if to lure her a few steps further. Proserpina's apron was soon filled and overflowing with lovely blossoms. She was just about to turn back to rejoin the sea nymphs and sit with them on the wet sands, twining wreaths together. But a little further on, what did she see? A large shrub completely covered in the most magnificent flowers in the world.
"The darlings!" cried Proserpina; and then she thought to herself, "I was looking at that spot only a moment ago. How strange it is that I did not see the flowers!"
"The darlings!" exclaimed Proserpina; and then she thought to herself, "I was just looking at that spot a moment ago. How odd that I didn't see the flowers!"
The nearer she approached the shrub, the more attractive it looked, until she came quite close to it; and then, although its beauty was richer than words can tell, she hardly knew whether to like it or not. It bore above a hundred flowers of the most brilliant hues, and each different from the others, but all having a kind of resemblance among themselves, which showed them to be sister blossoms. But there was a deep, glossy luster on the leaves of the shrub, and on the petals of the flowers, that made Proserpina doubt whether they might not be poisonous. To tell you the truth, foolish as it may seem, she was half inclined to turn round and run away.
The closer she got to the bush, the more beautiful it appeared, until she was right up next to it; and then, even though its beauty was beyond words, she wasn’t sure if she liked it or not. It had over a hundred flowers in the most vibrant colors, each one different from the others, but all shared a certain resemblance that made them look like sister blossoms. However, there was a deep, shiny sheen on the leaves and petals that made Proserpina wonder if they might be toxic. To be honest, as silly as it might sound, she felt a strong urge to turn around and run away.
"What a silly child I am!" thought she, taking courage. "It is really the most beautiful shrub that ever sprang out of the earth. I will pull it up by the roots, and carry it home, and plant it in my mother's garden."
"What a silly kid I am!" she thought, feeling brave. "This is truly the most beautiful shrub that has ever grown from the ground. I’ll pull it up by the roots, take it home, and plant it in my mom's garden."
Holding up her apron full of flowers with her left hand, Proserpina seized the large shrub with the other, and pulled, and pulled, but was hardly able to loosen the soil about its roots. What a deep-rooted plant it was! Again the girl pulled with all her might, and observed that the earth began to stir and crack to some distance around the stem. She gave another pull, but relaxed her hold, fancying that there was a rumbling sound right beneath her feet. Did the roots extend down into some enchanted cavern? Then laughing at herself for so childish a notion, she made another effort: up came the shrub, and Proserpina staggered back, holding the stem triumphantly in her hand, and gazing at the deep hole which its roots had left in the soil.
Holding up her apron full of flowers with her left hand, Proserpina grabbed the large shrub with her other hand and pulled and pulled, but she could barely loosen the soil around its roots. What a stubborn plant it was! Again the girl pulled with all her strength and noticed that the earth began to shift and crack a little ways around the base. She gave it another tug but then let go, thinking she heard a rumbling sound right beneath her feet. Did the roots reach down into some enchanted cave? Then, laughing at herself for having such a silly thought, she made another attempt: up came the shrub, and Proserpina stumbled back, holding the stem proudly in her hand and staring at the deep hole left by its roots in the soil.
Much to her astonishment, this hole kept spreading wider and wider, and growing deeper and deeper, until it really seemed to have no bottom; and all the while, there came a rumbling noise out of its depths, louder and louder, and nearer and nearer, and sounding like the tramp of horses' hoofs and the rattling of wheels. Too much frightened to run away, she stood straining her eyes into this wonderful cavity, and soon saw a team of four sable horses, snorting smoke out of their nostrils, and tearing their way out of the earth with a splendid golden chariot whirling at their heels. They leaped out of the bottomless hole, chariot and all; and there they were, tossing their black manes, flourishing their black tails, and curvetting with every one of their hoofs off the ground at once, close by the spot where Proserpina stood. In the chariot sat the figure of a man, richly dressed, with a crown on his head, all flaming with diamonds. He was of a noble aspect, and rather handsome, but looked sullen and discontented; and he kept rubbing his eyes and shading them with his hand, as if he did not live enough in the sunshine to be very fond of its light.
To her surprise, the hole kept getting wider and deeper, until it seemed to have no bottom at all; and all the while, there was a rumbling noise coming from its depths, growing louder and closer, sounding like the pounding of horse hooves and the rattling of wheels. Too frightened to run away, she stood straining her eyes into this amazing opening and soon saw a team of four black horses, snorting smoke from their nostrils, bursting out of the ground with a beautiful golden chariot trailing behind them. They jumped out of the bottomless hole, chariot and all; and there they were, tossing their black manes, flicking their black tails, and kicking up all four hooves off the ground at once, right next to where Proserpina stood. In the chariot sat a man, dressed finely, with a crown on his head, sparkling with diamonds. He had a noble appearance and was somewhat handsome, but looked gloomy and dissatisfied; and he kept rubbing his eyes and shading them with his hand, as if he didn't spend enough time in the sunlight to really appreciate its brightness.
As soon as this personage saw the affrighted Proserpina, he beckoned her to come a little nearer.
As soon as this character saw the scared Proserpina, he signaled for her to come a little closer.
"Do not be afraid," said he, with as cheerful a smile as he knew how to put on. "Come! Will you not like to ride a little way with me, in my beautiful chariot?"
"Don't be afraid," he said, with the happiest smile he could manage. "Come on! Wouldn't you like to take a little ride with me in my beautiful carriage?"
But Proserpina was so alarmed, that she wished for nothing but to get out of his reach. And no wonder. The stranger did not look remarkably good-natured, in spite of his smile; and as for his voice, its tones were deep and stern, and sounded as much like the rumbling of an earthquake underground than anything else. As is always the case with children in trouble, Proserpina's first thought was to call for her mother.
But Proserpina was so scared that she wanted nothing more than to get away from him. And it’s no surprise. The stranger didn’t seem friendly at all, despite his smile; and his voice was deep and harsh, sounding more like the rumbling of an earthquake underground than anything else. As is typical for kids in distress, Proserpina's first instinct was to call for her mom.
"Mother, Mother Ceres!" cried she, all in a tremble. "Come quickly and save me."
"Mom, Mom Ceres!" she shouted, shaking all over. "Come quickly and help me."
But her voice was too faint for her mother to hear. Indeed, it is most probable that Ceres was then a thousand miles off, making the corn grow in some far distant country. Nor could it have availed her poor daughter, even had she been within hearing; for no sooner did Proserpina begin to cry out, than the stranger leaped to the ground, caught the child in his arms, and again mounted the chariot, shook the reins, and shouted to the four black horses to set off. They immediately broke into so swift a gallop, that it seemed rather like flying through the air than running along the earth. In a moment, Proserpina lost sight of the pleasant vale of Enna, in which she had always dwelt. Another instant, and even the summit of Mount Aetna had become so blue in the distance, that she could scarcely distinguish it from the smoke that gushed out of its crater. But still the poor child screamed, and scattered her apron full of flowers along the way, and left a long cry trailing behind the chariot; and many mothers, to whose ears it came, ran quickly to see if any mischief had befallen their children. But Mother Ceres was a great way off, and could not hear the cry.
But her voice was too soft for her mother to hear. In fact, it’s likely that Ceres was a thousand miles away, making the corn grow in some far-off land. Even if she had been close enough to hear, it wouldn’t have helped her poor daughter; as soon as Proserpina began to cry out, the stranger jumped down, grabbed the child in his arms, and jumped back into the chariot. He shook the reins and shouted to the four black horses to take off. They immediately broke into such a swift gallop that it felt more like flying through the air than running on the ground. In no time, Proserpina lost sight of the lovely valley of Enna, which she had always called home. In another moment, even the peak of Mount Aetna faded into the distance until it blended in with the smoke that billowed from its crater. Still, the poor child screamed and scattered her apron full of flowers along the way, leaving a long cry trailing behind the chariot. Many mothers, hearing her cries, rushed quickly to see if anything had happened to their children. But Mother Ceres was far away and could not hear the commotion.
As they rode on, the stranger did his best to soothe her.
As they continued to ride, the stranger tried his best to comfort her.
"Why should you be so frightened, my pretty child?" said he, trying to soften his rough voice. "I promise not to do you any harm. What! you have been gathering flowers? Wait till we come to my palace, and I will give you a garden full of prettier flowers than those, all made of pearls, and diamonds, and rubies. Can you guess who I am? They call my name Pluto; and I am the king of diamonds and all other precious stones. Every atom of the gold and silver that lies under the earth belongs to me, to say nothing of the copper and iron, and of the coal mines, which supply me with abundance of fuel. Do you see this splendid crown upon my head? You may have it for a plaything. O, we shall be very good friends, and you will find me more agreeable than you expect, when once we get out of this troublesome sunshine."
"Why are you so scared, my lovely child?" he said, trying to soften his rough voice. "I promise I won’t hurt you. What! You've been picking flowers? Just wait until we get to my palace, and I’ll give you a garden filled with even prettier flowers, made of pearls, diamonds, and rubies. Can you guess who I am? They call me Pluto, and I’m the king of diamonds and all other precious stones. Every bit of gold and silver buried in the earth belongs to me, not to mention the copper and iron, and the coal mines that give me plenty of fuel. Do you see this beautiful crown on my head? You can have it as a toy. Oh, we’ll be great friends, and you’ll find I’m more pleasant than you think once we get away from this annoying sunshine."
"Let me go home!" cried Proserpina. "Let me go home!"
"Let me go home!" shouted Proserpina. "Let me go home!"
"My home is better than your mother's," answered King Pluto. "It is a palace, all made of gold, with crystal windows; and because there is little or no sunshine thereabouts, the apartments are illuminated with diamond lamps. You never saw anything half so magnificent as my throne. If you like, you may sit down on it, and be my little queen, and I will sit on the footstool."
"My place is way better than your mom's," said King Pluto. "It's a palace made entirely of gold, with crystal windows; and since there’s barely any sunlight around, the rooms are lit up with diamond lamps. You’ve never seen anything as magnificent as my throne. If you want, you can sit on it and be my little queen, while I sit on the footstool."
"I don't care for golden palaces and thrones," sobbed Proserpina. "Oh, my mother, my mother! Carry me back to my mother!"
"I don't want golden palaces and thrones," cried Proserpina. "Oh, my mother, my mother! Take me back to my mother!"
But King Pluto, as he called himself, only shouted to his steeds to go faster.
But King Pluto, as he liked to call himself, just shouted to his horses to speed up.
"Pray do not be foolish, Proserpina," said he, in rather a sullen tone. "I offer you my palace and my crown, and all the riches that are under the earth; and you treat me as if I were doing you an injury. The one thing which my palace needs is a merry little maid, to run upstairs and down, and cheer up the rooms with her smile. And this is what you must do for King Pluto."
"Please don’t be silly, Proserpina," he said, sounding quite annoyed. "I’m offering you my palace, my crown, and all the treasures that are hidden underground; yet you act as if I’m trying to hurt you. The one thing my palace needs is a cheerful girl to run up and down the stairs and brighten the rooms with her smile. And this is what you need to do for King Pluto."
"Never!" answered Proserpina, looking as miserable as she could. "I shall never smile again till you set me down at my mother's door."
"Never!" replied Proserpina, looking as miserable as possible. "I won't smile again until you take me back to my mother's door."
But she might just as well have talked to the wind that whistled past them, for Pluto urged on his horses, and went faster than ever. Proserpina continued to cry out, and screamed so long and so loudly that her poor little voice was almost screamed away; and when it was nothing but a whisper, she happened to cast her eyes over a great broad field of waving grain—and whom do you think she saw? Who, but Mother Ceres, making the corn grow, and too busy to notice the golden chariot as it went rattling along. The child mustered all her strength, and gave one more scream, but was out of sight before Ceres had time to turn her head.
But she might as well have been talking to the wind that whistled by them, because Pluto urged his horses on and sped faster than ever. Proserpina kept calling out, screaming so long and so loudly that her poor little voice was almost gone; and when it was just a whisper, she happened to look over a vast field of waving grain—and who do you think she saw? None other than Mother Ceres, making the corn grow and too busy to notice the golden chariot as it rattled along. The child gathered all her strength and let out one last scream, but she was out of sight before Ceres had a chance to turn her head.
King Pluto had taken a road which now began to grow excessively gloomy. It was bordered on each side with rocks and precipices, between which the rumbling of the chariot wheels was reverberated with a noise like rolling thunder. The trees and bushes that grew in the crevices of the rocks had very dismal foliage; and by and by, although it was hardly noon, the air became obscured with a gray twilight. The black horses had rushed along so swiftly, that they were already beyond the limits of the sunshine. But the duskier it grew, the more did Pluto's visage assume an air of satisfaction. After all, he was not an ill-looking person, especially when he left off twisting his features into a smile that did not belong to them. Proserpina peeped at his face through the gathering dusk, and hoped that he might not be so very wicked as she at first thought him.
King Pluto had taken a path that was now becoming increasingly dark. It was flanked by rocks and steep drops, and the sound of the chariot wheels echoed like rolling thunder. The trees and bushes growing in the rock crevices had a very gloomy appearance; soon, even though it was barely noon, the air became shrouded in a gray twilight. The black horses had raced along so quickly that they were already beyond the reach of sunlight. But as the darkness deepened, Pluto's expression took on a look of satisfaction. After all, he wasn't an unattractive man, especially when he stopped twisting his face into an unnatural smile. Proserpina peeked at his face through the thickening gloom, hoping that he might not be as wicked as she initially thought.
"Ah, this twilight is truly refreshing," said King Pluto, "after being so tormented with that ugly and impertinent glare of the sun. How much more agreeable is lamplight or torchlight, more particularly when reflected from diamonds! It will be a magnificent sight, when we get to my palace."
"Ah, this twilight is really refreshing," said King Pluto, "after being so tormented by that ugly and annoying glare of the sun. How much nicer is the glow from lamps or torches, especially when it shines off diamonds! It’s going to be a magnificent sight when we reach my palace."
"Is it much farther?" asked Proserpina. "And will you carry me back when I have seen it?"
"Is it much further?" asked Proserpina. "And will you take me back once I've seen it?"
"We will talk of that by and by," answered Pluto. "We are just entering my dominions. Do you see that tall gateway before us? When we pass those gates, we are at home. And there lies my faithful mastiff at the threshold. Cerberus! Cerberus! Come hither, my good dog!"
"We'll discuss that later," replied Pluto. "We're just arriving at my realm. Do you see that tall gateway ahead? Once we walk through those gates, we’re home. And there is my loyal mastiff waiting at the entrance. Cerberus! Cerberus! Come here, my good dog!"
So saying, Pluto pulled at the reins, and stopped the chariot right between the tall, massive pillars of the gateway. The mastiff of which he had spoken got up from the threshold, and stood on his hinder legs, so as to put his fore paws on the chariot wheel. But, my stars, what a strange dog it was! Why, he was a big, rough, ugly-looking monster, with three separate heads, and each of them fiercer than the two others; but fierce as they were, King Pluto patted them all. He seemed as fond of his three-headed dog as if it had been a sweet little spaniel, with silken ears and curly hair. Cerberus, on the other hand, was evidently rejoiced to see his master, and expressed his attachment, as other dogs do, by wagging his tail at a great rate. Proserpina's eyes being drawn to it by its brisk motion, she saw that this tail was neither more nor less than a live dragon, with fiery eyes, and fangs that had a very poisonous aspect. And while the three-headed Cerberus was fawning so lovingly on King Pluto, there was the dragon tail wagging against its will, and looking as cross and ill-natured as you can imagine, on its own separate account.
So saying, Pluto pulled on the reins and stopped the chariot right between the tall, massive pillars of the gateway. The huge dog he had mentioned got up from the threshold and stood on its hind legs, resting its front paws on the chariot wheel. But, oh my, what a strange dog it was! It was a big, rough, ugly-looking creature with three separate heads, each fiercer than the other two; but despite their fierceness, King Pluto patted them all. He seemed just as fond of his three-headed dog as if it had been a sweet little spaniel with silky ears and curly fur. Cerberus, on the other hand, was clearly excited to see his master and showed his affection like other dogs do, by wagging his tail vigorously. Proserpina’s attention was caught by the tail's lively motion, and she noticed that this tail was nothing less than a live dragon, with fiery eyes and fangs that looked quite poisonous. And while the three-headed Cerberus was playfully fawning over King Pluto, the dragon tail was wagging against its will, looking as grumpy and unfriendly as you could imagine, all on its own.
"Will the dog bite me?" asked Proserpina, shrinking closer to Pluto. "What an ugly creature he is!"
"Will the dog bite me?" Proserpina asked, inching closer to Pluto. "What an ugly creature he is!"
"O, never fear," answered her companion. "He never harms people, unless they try to enter my dominions without being sent for, or to get away when I wish to keep them here. Down, Cerberus! Now, my pretty Proserpina, we will drive on."
"O, don't worry," replied her companion. "He never hurts anyone unless they try to come into my territory without an invitation or try to leave when I want them to stay here. Calm down, Cerberus! Now, my lovely Proserpina, let’s move on."
On went the chariot, and King Pluto seemed greatly pleased to find himself once more in his own kingdom. He drew Proserpina's attention to the rich veins of gold that were to be seen among the rocks, and pointed to several places where one stroke of a pickaxe would loosen a bushel of diamonds. All along the road, indeed, there were sparkling gems, which would have been of inestimable value above ground, but which here were reckoned of the meaner sort and hardly worth a beggar's stooping for.
On went the chariot, and King Pluto seemed really happy to find himself back in his own kingdom. He pointed out to Proserpina the rich veins of gold visible among the rocks and indicated several spots where a single swing of a pickaxe would uncover a bushel of diamonds. All along the road, there were actually sparkling gems that would have been priceless above ground, but here they were considered lowly and hardly worth a beggar's effort to pick up.
Not far from the gateway, they came to a bridge, which seemed to be built of iron. Pluto stopped the chariot, and bade Proserpina look at the stream which was gliding so lazily beneath it. Never in her life had she beheld so torpid, so black, so muddy-looking a stream; its waters reflected no images of anything that was on the banks, and it moved as sluggishly as if it had quite forgotten which way it ought to flow, and had rather stagnate than flow either one way or the other.
Not far from the entrance, they reached a bridge that appeared to be made of iron. Pluto stopped the chariot and told Proserpina to look at the stream flowing lazily underneath. Never in her life had she seen such a sluggish, black, muddy-looking stream; its waters reflected no images of anything on the banks, and it moved as slowly as if it had completely forgotten which direction it should go, preferring to be stagnant rather than flow in either direction.
"This is the River Lethe," observed King Pluto. "Is it not a very pleasant stream?"
"This is the River Lethe," King Pluto remarked. "Isn't it a lovely stream?"
"I think it a very dismal one," answered Proserpina.
"I think it's a very gloomy one," answered Proserpina.
"It suits my taste, however," answered Pluto, who was apt to be sullen when anybody disagreed with him. "At all events, its water has one excellent quality; for a single draught of it makes people forget every care and sorrow that has hitherto tormented them. Only sip a little of it, my dear Proserpina, and you will instantly cease to grieve for your mother, and will have nothing in your memory that can prevent your being perfectly happy in my palace. I will send for some, in a golden goblet, the moment we arrive."
"It fits my taste, though," replied Pluto, who tended to get moody when anyone disagreed with him. "Anyway, its water has one great quality; just a single sip makes people forget all the worries and sadness that have bothered them until now. Just take a little sip, my dear Proserpina, and you’ll immediately stop grieving for your mother, and there will be nothing in your mind to keep you from being completely happy in my palace. I’ll order some in a golden goblet as soon as we get there."
"O, no, no, no!" cried Proserpina, weeping afresh. "I had a thousand times rather be miserable with remembering my mother, than be happy in forgetting her. That dear, dear mother! I never, never will forget her."
"Oh, no, no, no!" cried Proserpina, crying again. "I would much rather be sad thinking about my mom than be happy forgetting her. That dear, dear mom! I will never, ever forget her."
"We shall see," said King Pluto. "You do not know what fine times we will have in my palace. Here we are just at the portal. These pillars are solid gold, I assure you."
"We'll see," said King Pluto. "You have no idea what great times we'll have in my palace. We're just at the entrance. I promise you, these pillars are solid gold."
He alighted from the chariot, and taking Proserpina in his arms, carried her up a lofty flight of steps into the great hall of the palace. It was splendidly illuminated by means of large precious stones, of various hues, which seemed to burn like so many lamps, and glowed with a hundred-fold radiance all through the vast apartment. And yet there was a kind of gloom in the midst of this enchanted light; nor was there a single object in the hall that was really agreeable to behold, except the little Proserpina herself, a lovely child, with one earthly flower which she had not let fall from her hand. It is my opinion that even King Pluto had never been happy in his palace, and that this was the true reason why he had stolen away Proserpina, in order that he might have something to love, instead of cheating his heart any longer with this tiresome magnificence. And, though he pretended to dislike the sunshine of the upper world, yet the effect of the child's presence, bedimmed as she was by her tears, was as if a faint and watery sunbeam had somehow or other found its way into the enchanted hall.
He got out of the chariot, and picking up Proserpina in his arms, carried her up a tall set of stairs into the grand hall of the palace. It was beautifully lit by large precious stones of various colors that seemed to shine like lamps, glowing with a radiant light throughout the vast room. Yet, despite this magical glow, there was a kind of darkness in the midst of it; and there wasn't a single thing in the hall that was truly pleasing to see, except for little Proserpina herself, a beautiful child, holding onto an earthly flower that she had not let go of. I believe that even King Pluto had never truly been happy in his palace, and that this was the real reason he had taken Proserpina—to have something to love instead of pretending to be satisfied with this tiresome grandeur. And though he acted like he disliked the sunlight of the upper world, the effect of the child's presence, even with her tears, was as if a faint, watery sunlight had somehow found its way into the enchanted hall.
Pluto now summoned his domestics, and bade them lose no time in preparing a most sumptuous banquet, and above all things, not to fail of setting a golden beaker of the water of Lethe by Proserpina's plate.
Pluto now called for his servants and instructed them to quickly prepare a lavish banquet, making sure not to forget to place a golden cup of the water from Lethe next to Proserpina's plate.
"I will neither drink that nor anything else," said Proserpina. "Nor will I taste a morsel of food, even if you keep me forever in your palace."
"I won’t drink that or anything else," Proserpina said. "And I won’t eat a single bite of food, even if you keep me in your palace forever."
"I should be sorry for that," replied King Pluto, patting her cheek; for he really wished to be kind, if he had only known how. "You are a spoiled child, I perceive, my little Proserpina; but when you see the nice things which my cook will make for you, your appetite will quickly come again."
"I should feel bad about that," replied King Pluto, giving her a gentle pat on the cheek; he genuinely wanted to be nice, if only he knew how. "I see you’re a bit spoiled, my little Proserpina, but once you try the delicious things my cook will prepare for you, you’ll quickly regain your appetite."
Then, sending for the head cook, he gave strict orders that all sorts of delicacies, such as young people are usually fond of, should be set before Proserpina. He had a secret motive in this; for, you are to understand, it is a fixed law, that when persons are carried off to the land of magic, if they once taste any food there, they can never get back to their friends. Now, if King Pluto had been cunning enough to offer Proserpina some fruit, or bread and milk (which was the simple fare to which the child had always been accustomed), it is very probable that she would soon have been tempted to eat it. But he left the matter entirely to his cook, who, like all other cooks, considered nothing fit to eat unless it were rich pastry, or highly-seasoned meat, or spiced sweet cakes—things which Proserpina's mother had never given her, and the smell of which quite took away her appetite, instead of sharpening it.
Then, he called for the head cook and gave strict orders to prepare all kinds of delicacies that young people usually enjoy for Proserpina. He had a hidden reason for this; you see, there's a rule that when someone is taken to the land of magic, if they taste any food there, they can never return to their friends. Now, if King Pluto had been clever enough to offer Proserpina some fruit or bread and milk (the simple food she was used to), it’s very likely she would have been tempted to eat it. But he left the decision entirely to his cook, who, like all cooks, believed nothing was worth eating unless it was rich pastry, highly-seasoned meat, or spiced sweet cakes—foods that Proserpina's mother had never given her, and the smell of which completely ruined her appetite rather than making her hungry.
But my story must now clamber out of King Pluto's dominions, and see what Mother Ceres had been about, since she was bereft of her daughter. We had a glimpse of her, as you remember, half hidden among the waving grain, while the four black steeds were swiftly whirling along the chariot, in which her beloved Proserpina was so unwillingly borne away. You recollect, too, the loud scream which Proserpina gave, just when the chariot was out of sight.
But my story must now climb out of King Pluto's realm and find out what Mother Ceres has been up to since she lost her daughter. We caught a glimpse of her, as you recall, half hidden among the waving grain, while the four black horses were quickly pulling the chariot that carried her beloved Proserpina away so unwillingly. You also remember the loud scream Proserpina let out just as the chariot disappeared from view.
Of all the child's outcries, this last shriek was the only one that reached the ears of Mother Ceres. She had mistaken the rumbling of the chariot wheels for a peal of thunder, and imagined that a shower was coming up, and that it would assist her in making the corn grow. But, at the sound of Proserpina's shriek, she started, and looked about in every direction, not knowing whence it came, but feeling almost certain that it was her daughter's voice. It seemed so unaccountable, however, that the girl should have strayed over so many lands and seas (which she herself could not have traversed without the aid of her winged dragons), that the good Ceres tried to believe that it must be the child of some other parent, and not her own darling Proserpina, who had uttered this lamentable cry. Nevertheless, it troubled her with a vast many tender fears, such as are ready to bestir themselves in every mother's heart, when she finds it necessary to go away from her dear children without leaving them under the care of some maiden aunt, or other such faithful guardian. So she quickly left the field in which she had been so busy; and, as her work was not half done, the grain looked, next day, as if it needed both sun and rain, and as if it were blighted in the ear, and had something the matter with its roots.
Of all the child's cries, this last scream was the only one that reached Mother Ceres. She had thought the sound of the chariot wheels was just thunder and imagined a storm was approaching, which would help her corn grow. But when she heard Proserpina's scream, she jumped and looked around in every direction, unsure of where it came from but almost certain it was her daughter's voice. It seemed so impossible that the girl could have traveled over so many lands and seas (which she herself couldn’t have crossed without her winged dragons) that Ceres tried to convince herself it must be some other parent's child making that sorrowful cry, not her own beloved Proserpina. Still, it filled her with numerous tender fears that every mother feels when she has to leave her dear children without a reliable guardian like a maiden aunt or someone similar. So she quickly left the field where she had been working so hard; and since she hadn’t finished, the grains looked as if they needed both sun and rain the next day and appeared blighted, as if there was something wrong with their roots.
The pair of dragons must have had very nimble wings; for, in less than an hour, Mother Ceres had alighted at the door of her home, and found it empty. Knowing, however, that the child was fond of sporting on the sea-shore, she hastened thither as fast as she could, and there beheld the wet faces of the poor sea nymphs peeping over a wave. All this while, the good creatures had been waiting on the bank of sponge, and once, every half minute or so, had popped up their four heads above water, to see if their playmate were yet coming back. When they saw Mother Ceres, they sat down on the crest of the surf wave, and let it toss them ashore at her feet.
The pair of dragons must have had really quick wings because, in less than an hour, Mother Ceres landed at her home and found it empty. However, knowing that her child loved playing at the beach, she rushed there as quickly as she could. Once there, she saw the wet faces of the poor sea nymphs peeking over a wave. All this time, the kind creatures had been waiting on the sponge bank, and every half minute or so, they popped their four heads up above the water to see if their friend was coming back. When they spotted Mother Ceres, they sat down on the crest of the surf wave and let it bring them ashore at her feet.
"Where is Proserpina?" cried Ceres. "Where is my child? Tell me, you naughty sea nymphs, have you enticed her under the sea?"
"Where is Proserpina?" shouted Ceres. "Where is my daughter? Tell me, you mischievous sea nymphs, have you lured her beneath the waves?"
"O, no, good Mother Ceres," said the innocent sea nymphs, tossing back their green ringlets, and looking her in the face. "We never should dream of such a thing. Proserpina has been at play with us, it is true; but she left us a long while ago, meaning only to run a little way upon the dry land, and gather some flowers for a wreath. This was early in the day, and we have seen nothing of her since."
"O, no, good Mother Ceres," said the innocent sea nymphs, tossing back their green hair and looking her in the face. "We would never dream of such a thing. Proserpina has played with us, it’s true; but she left us a long time ago, planning only to run a little way onto the dry land and pick some flowers for a wreath. This was early in the day, and we haven’t seen her since."
Ceres scarcely waited to hear what the nymphs had to say, before she hurried off to make inquiries all through the neighborhood. But nobody told her anything that would enable the poor mother to guess what had become of Proserpina. A fisherman, it is true, had noticed her little footprints in the sand, as he went homeward along the beach with a basket of fish; a rustic had seen the child stooping to gather flowers; several persons had heard either the rattling of chariot wheels, or the rumbling of distant thunder; and one old woman, while plucking vervain and catnip, had heard a scream, but supposed it to be some childish nonsense, and therefore did not take the trouble to look up. The stupid people! It took them such a tedious while to tell the nothing that they knew, that it was dark night before Mother Ceres found out that she must seek her daughter elsewhere. So she lighted a torch, and set forth, resolving never to come back until Proserpina was discovered.
Ceres barely waited to hear what the nymphs had to say before she rushed off to ask around the neighborhood. But nobody had any information that could help the poor mother figure out what had happened to Proserpina. A fisherman had indeed noticed her little footprints in the sand while walking home along the beach with a basket of fish; a local had seen the girl bending down to pick flowers; several people had heard either the sound of chariot wheels or the distant rumble of thunder; and one old woman, while picking vervain and catnip, heard a scream but assumed it was just some childish nonsense, so she didn’t bother to look up. The foolish people! It took them so long to share the little knowledge they had that it was dark before Mother Ceres realized she needed to search for her daughter elsewhere. So she lit a torch and set out, determined not to return until Proserpina was found.
In her haste and trouble of mind, she quite forgot her car and the winged dragons; or, it may be, she thought that she could follow up the search more thoroughly on foot. At all events, this was the way in which she began her sorrowful journey, holding her torch before her, and looking carefully at every object along the path. And as it happened, she had not gone far before she found one of the magnificent flowers which grew on the shrub that Proserpina had pulled up.
In her rush and troubled state of mind, she completely forgot about her car and the flying dragons; or maybe she thought she could search more thoroughly on foot. Regardless, this was how she started her sad journey, holding her flashlight in front of her and carefully examining everything along the path. As luck would have it, she hadn’t gone far before she found one of the stunning flowers that had grown on the bush that Proserpina had pulled up.
"Ha!" thought Mother Ceres, examining it by torchlight. "Here is mischief in this flower! The earth did not produce it by any help of mine, nor of its own accord. It is the work of enchantment, and is therefore poisonous; and perhaps it has poisoned my poor child."
"Ha!" thought Mother Ceres, looking at it by torchlight. "There's trouble in this flower! The earth didn't bring it forth with my assistance, nor by its own will. It’s the result of magic, and it’s probably toxic; it might have poisoned my poor child."
But she put the poisonous flower in her bosom, not knowing whether she might ever find any other memorial of Proserpina.
But she tucked the poisonous flower in her chest, unsure if she would ever find another reminder of Proserpina.
All night long, at the door of every cottage and farm-house, Ceres knocked, and called up the weary laborers to inquire if they had seen her child; and they stood, gaping and half-asleep, at the threshold, and answered her pityingly, and besought her to come in and rest. At the portal of every palace, too, she made so loud a summons that the menials hurried to throw open the gate, thinking that it must be some great king or queen, who would demand a banquet for supper and a stately chamber to repose in. And when they saw only a sad and anxious woman, with a torch in her hand and a wreath of withered poppies on her head, they spoke rudely, and sometimes threatened to set the dogs upon her. But nobody had seen Proserpina, nor could give Mother Ceres the least hint which way to seek her. Thus passed the night; and still she continued her search without sitting down to rest, or stopping to take food, or even remembering to put out the torch although first the rosy dawn, and then the glad light of the morning sun, made its red flame look thin and pale. But I wonder what sort of stuff this torch was made of; for it burned dimly through the day, and, at night, was as bright as ever, and never was extinguished by the rain or wind, in all the weary days and nights while Ceres was seeking for Proserpina.
All night long, Ceres knocked on the doors of every cottage and farmhouse, calling the tired workers to ask if they had seen her child. They stood there, yawning and half-asleep, at the door and answered her with sympathy, urging her to come in and rest. At the entry of every palace, she made such a loud call that the servants hurried to open the gate, thinking it must be some important king or queen wanting a feast for dinner and a grand room to rest in. But when they saw only a sad, worried woman holding a torch and wearing a wreath of dried poppies, they spoke rudely and sometimes even threatened to let the dogs loose on her. But no one had seen Proserpina or could offer Mother Ceres any clue on where to find her. The night passed this way, and she continued her search without stopping to rest, eat, or even remember to put out the torch, although first the rosy dawn, and then the cheerful morning sun, made its red flame look weak and faded. But I wonder what this torch was made of; it burned faintly during the day and at night was just as bright, never extinguished by rain or wind, throughout the long days and nights while Ceres searched for Proserpina.
It was not merely of human beings that she asked tidings of her daughter. In the woods and by the streams, she met creatures of another nature, who used, in those old times, to haunt the pleasant and solitary places, and were very sociable with persons who understood their language and customs, as Mother Ceres did. Sometimes, for instance, she tapped with her finger against the knotted trunk of a majestic oak; and immediately its rude bark would cleave asunder, and forth would step a beautiful maiden, who was the hamadryad of the oak, dwelling inside of it, and sharing its long life, and rejoicing when its green leaves sported with the breeze. But not one of these leafy damsels had seen Proserpina. Then, going a little farther, Ceres would, perhaps, come to a fountain, gushing out of a pebbly hollow in the earth, and would dabble with her hand in the water. Behold, up through its sandy and pebbly bed, along with the fountain's gush, a young woman with dripping hair would arise, and stand gazing at Mother Ceres, half out of the water, and undulating up and down with its ever-restless motion. But when the mother asked whether her poor lost child had stopped to drink out of the fountain, the naiad, with weeping eyes (for these water-nymphs had tears to spare for everybody's grief), would answer "No!" in a murmuring voice, which was just like the murmur of the stream.
She didn’t just ask people about her daughter. In the woods and by the streams, she encountered beings of another kind who used to roam the lovely, quiet places and were friendly with those who understood their ways, like Mother Ceres did. Sometimes, for example, she would tap her finger on the knotted trunk of a grand oak tree, and instantly its rough bark would split open, revealing a beautiful maiden, the hamadryad of the oak, who lived inside it, sharing its long life and delighting when its green leaves danced in the breeze. But none of these leafy maidens had seen Proserpina. Then, continuing a bit further, Ceres might arrive at a fountain bubbling from a pebbly hollow in the ground, and she would play with the water using her hand. Suddenly, as the fountain poured forth, a young woman with wet hair would emerge, standing and gazing at Mother Ceres, half submerged and swaying with the constant motion of the water. But when the mother asked if her poor lost child had come to drink from the fountain, the naiad, with sorrowful eyes (for these water-nymphs had plenty of tears for everyone’s grief), would murmur "No!" in a voice that echoed the soft murmur of the stream.
Often, likewise, she encountered fauns, who looked like sunburnt country people, except that they had hairy ears, and little horns upon their foreheads, and the hinder legs of goats, on which they gamboled merrily about the woods and fields. They were a frolicsome kind of creature but grew as sad as their cheerful dispositions would allow, when Ceres inquired for her daughter, and they had no good news to tell. But sometimes she same suddenly upon a rude gang of satyrs, who had faces like monkeys, and horses' tails behind them, and who were generally dancing in a very boisterous manner, with shouts of noisy laughter. When she stopped to question them, they would only laugh the louder, and make new merriment out of the lone woman's distress. How unkind of those ugly satyrs! And once, while crossing a solitary sheep pasture, she saw a personage named Pan, seated at the foot of a tall rock, and making music on a shepherd's flute. He, too, had horns, and hairy ears, and goats' feet; but, being acquainted with Mother Ceres, he answered her question as civilly as he knew how, and invited her to taste some milk and honey out of a wooden bowl. But neither could Pan tell her what had become of Proserpina, any better than the rest of these wild people.
Often, she also came across fauns, who looked like sunburned country folks, except they had hairy ears, little horns on their foreheads, and the rear legs of goats, happily frolicking around the woods and fields. They were a playful bunch but became as sad as their cheerful natures would allow when Ceres asked for her daughter, and they had no good news to share. But sometimes, she would suddenly stumble upon a rowdy group of satyrs, who had faces like monkeys and horse tails, and they were usually dancing wildly, shouting with laughter. When she paused to ask them something, they would only laugh even louder and turn the lone woman's distress into more fun. How unkind of those ugly satyrs! Once, while crossing a lonely sheep pasture, she saw a figure named Pan, sitting at the base of a tall rock and playing music on a shepherd's flute. He also had horns, hairy ears, and goat feet; however, since he was familiar with Mother Ceres, he answered her question as politely as he could and invited her to enjoy some milk and honey from a wooden bowl. But even Pan couldn’t tell her what happened to Proserpina any better than the other wild ones.
And thus Mother Ceres went wandering about for nine long days and nights, finding no trace of Proserpina, unless it were now and then a withered flower; and these she picked up and put in her bosom, because she fancied that they might have fallen from her poor child's hand. All day she traveled onward through the hot sun; and, at night again, the flame of the torch would redden and gleam along the pathway, and she continued her search by its light, without ever sitting down to rest.
And so Mother Ceres wandered for nine long days and nights, finding no sign of Proserpina, except for an occasional wilted flower. She collected these and placed them in her bosom, hoping they might have fallen from her poor child's hand. All day she traveled under the hot sun, and at night, the flame of her torch would flicker and glow along the path, illuminating her search, as she never stopped to rest.
On the tenth day, she chanced to espy the mouth of a cavern within which (though it was bright noon everywhere else) there would have been only a dusky twilight; but it so happened that a torch was burning there. It flickered, and struggled with the duskiness, but could not half light up the gloomy cavern with all its melancholy glimmer. Ceres was resolved to leave no spot without a search; so she peeped into the entrance of the cave, and lighted it up a little more, by holding her own torch before her. In so doing, she caught a glimpse of what seemed to be a woman, sitting on the brown leaves of the last autumn, a great heap of which had been swept into the cave by the wind. This woman (if woman it were) was by no means so beautiful as many of her sex; for her head, they tell me, was shaped very much like a dog's, and, by way of ornament, she wore a wreath of snakes around it. But Mother Ceres, the moment she saw her, knew that this was an odd kind of a person, who put all her enjoyment in being miserable, and never would have a word to say to other people, unless they were as melancholy and wretched as she herself delighted to be.
On the tenth day, she happened to spot the entrance of a cave where, although it was bright noon everywhere else, there was only a dim twilight. Luckily, a torch was burning inside. It flickered and fought against the darkness, but it couldn’t fully illuminate the gloomy cave with its sad glow. Ceres was determined to search every spot, so she peeked into the entrance of the cave and brightened it a bit more by holding her own torch in front of her. In doing so, she caught sight of what looked like a woman sitting on a pile of brown leaves from last autumn, a large heap that the wind had swept into the cave. This woman (if she was indeed a woman) wasn’t nearly as beautiful as many others; they say her head resembled a dog’s, and she wore a crown of snakes as an accessory. But Mother Ceres, the moment she saw her, recognized this was a peculiar individual who found pleasure in being miserable and wouldn’t speak to anyone unless they were as sad and wretched as she liked to be.
"I am wretched enough now," thought poor Ceres, "to talk with this melancholy Hecate, were she ten times sadder than ever she was yet." So she stepped into the cave, and sat down on the withered leaves by the dog-headed woman's side. In all the world, since her daughter's loss, she had found no other companion.
"I feel pretty miserable right now," thought poor Ceres, "to be chatting with this gloomy Hecate, even if she were ten times sadder than she's ever been." So she walked into the cave and sat down on the dry leaves next to the dog-headed woman. In all the world, since losing her daughter, she hadn’t found another companion.
"O Hecate," said she, "if ever you lose a daughter, you will know what sorrow is. Tell me, for pity's sake, have you seen my poor child Proserpina pass by the mouth of your cavern?"
"O Hecate," she said, "if you ever lose a daughter, you'll understand true sorrow. Please, tell me, have you seen my poor child Proserpina pass by the entrance of your cave?"
"No," answered Hecate, in a cracked voice, and sighing betwixt every word or two; "no, Mother Ceres, I have seen nothing of your daughter. But my ears, you must know, are made in such a way, that all cries of distress and affright all over the world are pretty sure to find their way to them; and nine days ago, as I sat in my cave, making myself very miserable, I heard the voice of a young girl, shrieking as if in great distress. Something terrible has happened to the child, you may rest assured. As well as I could judge, a dragon, or some other cruel monster, was carrying her away."
"No," Hecate replied in a shaky voice, sighing between every few words. "No, Mother Ceres, I haven’t seen your daughter. But you should know that my ears are tuned to pick up cries of distress and fear from all over the world. Nine days ago, while I was sitting in my cave feeling very miserable, I heard a young girl’s voice screaming as if she was in serious trouble. I'm certain something terrible has happened to her. From what I could tell, a dragon or some other vicious monster was taking her away."
"You kill me by saying so," cried Ceres, almost ready to faint. "Where was the sound, and which way did it seem to go?"
"You hurt me by saying that," cried Ceres, nearly ready to faint. "Where was the sound, and which way did it seem to go?"
"It passed very swiftly along," said Hecate, "and, at the same time, there was a heavy rumbling of wheels towards the eastward. I can tell you nothing more, except that, in my honest opinion, you will never see your daughter again. The best advice I can give you is, to take up your abode in this cavern, where we will be the two most wretched women in the world."
"It moved quickly past," said Hecate, "and at the same time, I heard a loud rumble of wheels heading east. I can’t tell you anything else, except that I honestly think you will never see your daughter again. The best advice I can give you is to stay here in this cave, where we will be the two most miserable women in the world."
"Not yet, dark Hecate," replied Ceres. "But do you first come with your torch, and help me to seek for my lost child. And when there shall be no more hope of finding her (if that black day is ordained to come), then, if you will give me room to fling myself down, either on these withered leaves or on the naked rock, I will show what it is to be miserable. But, until I know that she has perished from the face of the earth, I will not allow myself space even to grieve."
"Not yet, dark Hecate," Ceres replied. "But first, bring your torch and help me find my lost child. And when there is no hope left of finding her (if that terrible day is meant to come), then, if you let me throw myself down, either on these withered leaves or on the bare rock, I will show what true misery looks like. But until I know that she has vanished from the earth, I won’t allow myself the time to even grieve."
The dismal Hecate did not much like the idea of going abroad into the sunny world. But then she reflected that the sorrow of the disconsolate Ceres would be like a gloomy twilight round about them both, let the sun shine ever so brightly, and that therefore she might enjoy her bad spirits quite as well as if she were to stay in the cave. So she finally consented to go, and they set out together, both carrying torches, although it was broad daylight and clear sunshine. The torchlight seemed to make a gloom; so that the people whom they met, along the road, could not very distinctly see their figures; and, indeed, if they once caught a glimpse of Hecate, with the wreath of snakes round her forehead, they generally thought it prudent to run away, without waiting for a second glance.
Hecate wasn’t too keen on the idea of venturing out into the bright, sunny world. However, she realized that the sadness of the heartbroken Ceres would feel like a dark shadow around them, no matter how brightly the sun shone. So she figured she could sulk just as well outside as she could in the cave. Eventually, she agreed to go, and they set off together, both carrying torches even though it was broad daylight and clear sunshine. The light from the torches created an eerie gloom, making it hard for the people they encountered along the road to clearly see them. In fact, anyone who caught sight of Hecate, with a crown of snakes around her head, usually thought it wise to run away without looking back.
As the pair traveled along in this woe-begone manner, a thought struck Ceres.
As the pair traveled along in this sad way, a thought struck Ceres.
"There is one person," she exclaimed, "who must have seen my poor child, and can doubtless tell what has become of her. Why did not I think of him before? It is Phoebus."
"There’s one person," she exclaimed, "who must have seen my poor child and can definitely tell what happened to her. Why didn’t I think of him sooner? It’s Phoebus."
"What," said Hecate, "the young man that always sits in the sunshine? O, pray do not think of going near him. He is a gay, light, frivolous young fellow, and will only smile in your face. And besides, there is such a glare of the sun about him, that he will quite blind my poor eyes, which I have almost wept away already."
"What," said Hecate, "the young man who always sits in the sunlight? Oh, please don’t even think about getting close to him. He’s a carefree, shallow young guy, and he’ll just smile at you. Plus, there's such a bright glare from the sun around him that it will completely blind my poor eyes, which I’ve almost cried away already."
"You have promised to be my companion," answered Ceres. "Come, let us make haste, or the sunshine will be gone, and Phoebus along with it."
"You promised to be my companion," Ceres replied. "Come on, let's hurry, or the sunshine will be gone, along with Phoebus."
Accordingly, they went along in quest of Phoebus, both of them sighing grievously, and Hecate, to say the truth, making a great deal worse lamentation than Ceres; for all the pleasure she had, you know, lay in being miserable, and therefore she made the most of it. By and by, after a pretty long journey, they arrived at the sunniest spot in the whole world. There they beheld a beautiful young man, with long, curling ringlets, which seemed to be made of golden sunbeams; his garments were like light summer clouds; and the expression of his face was so exceedingly vivid, that Hecate held her hands before her eyes, muttering that he ought to wear a black veil. Phoebus (for this was the very person whom they were seeking) had a lyre in his hands, and was making its chords tremble with sweet music; at the same time singing a most exquisite song, which he had recently composed. For, beside a great many other accomplishments, this young man was renowned for his admirable poetry.
So they set out searching for Phoebus, both of them sighing heavily, and to be honest, Hecate was lamenting even more than Ceres; all her enjoyment came from being miserable, so she really leaned into it. After quite a long journey, they reached the sunniest place in the whole world. There, they saw a handsome young man with long, curly hair that looked like golden sunbeams; his clothes resembled light summer clouds, and the expression on his face was so striking that Hecate covered her eyes, muttering he should wear a black veil. Phoebus (the very person they were looking for) held a lyre in his hands, making its strings vibrate with beautiful music while singing a stunning song he had just composed. In addition to many other talents, this young man was famous for his amazing poetry.
As Ceres and her dismal companion approached him, Phoebus smiled on them so cheerfully that Hecate's wreath of snakes gave a spiteful hiss, and Hecate heartily wished herself back in her cave. But as for Ceres, she was too earnest in her grief either to know or care whether Phoebus smiled or frowned.
As Ceres and her gloomy companion got closer to him, Phoebus smiled at them so warmly that Hecate's snake crown let out an annoyed hiss, and Hecate genuinely wished she were back in her cave. But Ceres was too wrapped up in her sorrow to notice or care whether Phoebus was smiling or frowning.
"Phoebus!" exclaimed she, "I am in great trouble, and have come to you for assistance. Can you tell me what has become of my dear child Proserpina?"
"Phoebus!" she exclaimed, "I’m in deep trouble and came to you for help. Can you tell me what happened to my dear child Proserpina?"
"Proserpina! Proserpina, did you call her name?" answered Phoebus, endeavoring to recollect; for there was such a continual flow of pleasant ideas in his mind, that he was apt to forget what had happened no longer ago than yesterday. "Ah, yes, I remember her now. A very lovely child, indeed. I am happy to tell you, my dear madam, that I did see the little Proserpina not many days ago. You may make yourself perfectly easy about her. She is safe, and in excellent hands."
"Proserpina! Proserpina, did you say her name?" Phoebus replied, trying to remember; his mind was filled with so many pleasant thoughts that he often forgot what had happened just yesterday. "Ah, yes, I remember her now. She's a truly beautiful child. I'm glad to inform you, my dear madam, that I saw little Proserpina just a few days ago. You can rest easy about her. She's safe and in very good hands."
"O, where is my dear child?" cried Ceres, clasping her hands, and flinging herself at his feet.
"O, where is my beloved child?" cried Ceres, clasping her hands and throwing herself at his feet.
"Why," said Phoebus—and as he spoke he kept touching his lyre so as to make a thread of music run in and out among his words—"as the little damsel was gathering flowers (and she has really a very exquisite taste for flowers), she was suddenly snatched up by King Pluto, and carried off to his dominions. I have never been in that part of the universe; but the royal palace, I am told, is built in a very noble style of architecture, and of the most splendid and costly materials. Gold, diamonds, pearls, and all manner of precious stones will be your daughter's ordinary playthings. I recommend to you, my dear lady, to give yourself no uneasiness. Proserpina's sense of beauty will be duly gratified, and even in spite of the lack of sunshine, she will lead a very enviable life."
"Why," said Phoebus—and as he spoke, he kept strumming his lyre to weave a melody through his words—"as the young girl was picking flowers (and she really has a great eye for them), she was suddenly taken by King Pluto and whisked away to his realm. I haven't been to that part of the universe, but I've heard the royal palace is designed in a very grand style, built with the finest and most expensive materials. Gold, diamonds, pearls, and all kinds of precious stones will be your daughter’s everyday toys. I suggest, dear lady, that you don’t worry too much. Proserpina's taste for beauty will be well satisfied, and even without sunlight, she will have a very desirable life."
"Hush! Say not such a word!" answered Ceres, indignantly. "What is there to gratify her heart? What are all the splendors you speak of without affection? I must have her back again. Will you go with me you go with me, Phoebus, to demand my daughter of this wicked Pluto?"
"Hush! Don’t say that!" Ceres replied, outraged. "What good is anything to satisfy her heart? What are all the riches you talk about without love? I need to have her back. Will you come with me, Phoebus, to demand my daughter from this evil Pluto?"
"Pray excuse me," replied Phoebus, with an elegant obeisance. "I certainly wish you success, and regret that my own affairs are so immediately pressing that I cannot have the pleasure of attending you. Besides, I am not upon the best of terms with King Pluto. To tell you the truth, his three-headed mastiff would never let me pass the gateway; for I should be compelled to take a sheaf of sunbeams along with me, and those, you know, are forbidden things in Pluto's kingdom."
"Please excuse me," replied Phoebus with a graceful bow. "I definitely wish you well and I'm sorry that my own matters are so urgent that I can't enjoy your company. Besides, I don’t have the best relationship with King Pluto. To be honest, his three-headed dog wouldn’t let me through the gate, because I would have to bring a bundle of sunbeams with me, and those, as you know, are not allowed in Pluto’s realm."
"Ah, Phoebus," said Ceres, with bitter meaning in her words, "you have a harp instead of a heart. Farewell."
"Ah, Phoebus," Ceres said, her words laced with bitterness, "you have a harp instead of a heart. Goodbye."
"Will not you stay a moment," asked Phoebus, "and hear me turn the pretty and touching story of Proserpina into extemporary verses?"
"Won't you stay for a moment," asked Phoebus, "and listen as I turn the lovely and moving story of Proserpina into spontaneous verses?"
But Ceres shook her head, and hastened away, along with Hecate. Phoebus (who, as I have told you, was an exquisite poet) forthwith began to make an ode about the poor mother's grief; and, if we were to judge of his sensibility by this beautiful production, he must have been endowed with a very tender heart. But when a poet gets into the habit of using his heartstrings to make chords for his lyre, he may thrum upon them as much as he will, without any great pain to himself. Accordingly, though Phoebus sang a very sad song, he was as merry all the while as were the sunbeams amid which he dwelt.
But Ceres shook her head and hurried away with Hecate. Phoebus (who, as I mentioned, was a brilliant poet) immediately started to write an ode about the poor mother’s sorrow; and if we were to judge his sensitivity by this beautiful piece, he must have had a very gentle heart. But when a poet gets used to pulling at their heartstrings to create melodies for their lyre, they can pluck away at them as much as they like, without feeling much pain. So, even though Phoebus sang a very sad song, he was as cheerful the whole time as the sunlight in which he lived.
Poor Mother Ceres had now found out what had become of her daughter, but was not a whit happier than before. Her case, on the contrary, looked more desperate than ever. As long as Proserpina was above ground, there might have been hopes of regaining her. But now that the poor child was shut up within the iron gates of the king of the mines, at the threshold of which lay the three-headed Cerberus, there seemed no possibility of her ever making her escape. The dismal Hecate, who loved to take the darkest view of things, told Ceres that she had better come with her to the cavern, and spend the rest of her life in being miserable. Ceres answered, that Hecate was welcome to go back thither herself, but that, for her part, she would wander about the earth in quest of the entrance to King Pluto's dominions. And Hecate took her at her word, and hurried back to her beloved cave, frightening a great many little children with a glimpse of her dog's face as she went.
Poor Mother Ceres had now discovered what had happened to her daughter, but she was no happier than before. In fact, her situation looked more hopeless than ever. As long as Proserpina was above ground, there might have been a chance to get her back. But now that the poor girl was locked away behind the iron gates of the king of the underworld, guarded by the three-headed Cerberus, it seemed impossible for her to escape. The gloomy Hecate, who always focused on the darkest possibilities, suggested to Ceres that she should come with her to the cave and spend the rest of her life being miserable. Ceres replied that Hecate was welcome to go back there herself, but she would search the earth for the entrance to King Pluto's realm. Hecate took her at her word and hurried back to her beloved cave, scaring a lot of little children with a glimpse of her dog's face as she left.
Poor Mother Ceres! It is melancholy to think of her, pursuing her toilsome way, all alone, and holding up that never-dying torch, the flame of which seemed an emblem of the grief and hope that burned together in her heart.
Poor Mother Ceres! It's sad to think of her, making her difficult journey all alone and carrying that everlasting torch, the flame of which seemed to symbolize the grief and hope that burned together in her heart.
So much did she suffer, that, though her aspect had been quite youthful when her troubles began, she grew to look like an elderly person in a very brief time. She cared not how she was dressed, nor had she ever thought of flinging away the wreath of withered poppies, which she put on the very morning of Proserpina's disappearance. She roamed about in so wild a way, and with her hair so disheveled, that people took her for some distracted creature, and never dreamed that this was Mother Ceres, who had the oversight of every seed which the husbandman planted. Nowadays, however, she gave herself no trouble about seed time nor harvest, but left the farmers to take care of their own affairs, and the crops to fade or flourish, as the case might be. There was nothing, now, in which Ceres seemed to feel an interest, unless when she saw children at play, or gathering flowers along the wayside. Then, indeed, she would stand and gaze at them with tears in her eyes. The children, too, appeared to have a sympathy with her grief, and would cluster themselves in a little group about her knees, and look up wistfully in her face; and Ceres, after giving them a kiss all round, would lead them to their homes, and advise their mothers never to let them stray out of sight.
She suffered so much that, although she looked quite young when her troubles started, she aged quickly and appeared like an elderly woman in no time. She didn't care about how she was dressed, nor did she ever think about taking off the wreath of wilted poppies that she had put on the morning Proserpina vanished. She wandered around so wildly, with her hair so tangled, that people mistook her for a crazy person, never realizing that this was Mother Ceres, who was responsible for every seed the farmer planted. These days, though, she paid no attention to planting or harvesting, leaving the farmers to manage their own affairs and the crops to wither or thrive, as they would. There was nothing that Ceres seemed to care about anymore, except when she saw children playing or picking flowers by the roadside. In those moments, she would stop and watch them with tears in her eyes. The children, too, seemed to feel her sadness and would gather around her knees, looking up at her with longing expressions; and after she gave each of them a kiss, she would lead them back home, advising their mothers never to let them out of sight.
"For if they do," said she, "it may happen to you, as it has to me, that the iron-hearted King Pluto will take a liking to your darlings, and snatch them up in his chariot, and carry them away."
"For if they do," she said, "it might happen to you, like it has to me, that the cold-hearted King Pluto will take a liking to your beloveds, and snatch them up in his chariot, and carry them away."
One day, during her pilgrimage in quest of the entrance to Pluto's kingdom, she came to the palace of King Cereus, who reigned at Eleusis. Ascending a lofty flight of steps, she entered the portal, and found the royal household in very great alarm about the queen's baby. The infant, it seems, was sickly (being troubled with its teeth, I suppose), and would take no food, and was all the time moaning with pain. The queen—her name was Metanira—was desirous of funding a nurse; and when she beheld a woman of matronly aspect coming up the palace steps, she thought, in her own mind, that here was the very person whom she needed. So Queen Metanira ran to the door, with the poor wailing baby in her arms, and besought Ceres to take charge of it, or, at least, to tell her what would do it good.
One day, while on her journey to find the entrance to Pluto's kingdom, she arrived at the palace of King Cereus, who ruled in Eleusis. Climbing a tall flight of stairs, she walked through the entrance and found the royal household in a state of great distress over the queen's baby. It seemed the infant was unwell (probably teething) and wouldn't eat, constantly crying in pain. The queen—named Metanira—was eager to find a nurse; and when she saw a woman with a motherly appearance coming up the palace steps, she thought to herself that this might be the person she needed. So Queen Metanira hurried to the door, holding the poor crying baby in her arms, and begged Ceres to take care of it or at least to tell her how to help.
"Will you trust the child entirely to me?" asked Ceres.
"Will you completely trust me with the child?" asked Ceres.
"Yes, and gladly, too," answered the queen, "if you will devote all your time to him. For I can see that you have been a mother."
"Yes, and I’d be happy to," replied the queen, "if you’ll dedicate all your time to him. Because I can tell that you’ve been a mother."
"You are right," said Ceres. "I once had a child of my own. Well; I will be the nurse of this poor, sickly boy. But beware, I warn you, that you do not interfere with any kind of treatment which I may judge proper for him. If you do so, the poor infant must suffer for his mother's folly."
"You’re right," said Ceres. "I once had a child of my own. Alright; I will take care of this poor, sickly boy. But be careful, I warn you, not to interfere with any treatment that I think is right for him. If you do, the poor child will have to suffer for his mother’s mistakes."
Then she kissed the child, and it seemed to do him good; for he smiled and nestled closely into her bosom.
Then she kissed the child, and it seemed to lift his spirits; he smiled and cuddled closely into her embrace.
So Mother Ceres set her torch in a corner (where it kept burning all the while), and took up her abode in the palace of King Cereus, as nurse to the little Prince Demophoon. She treated him as if he were her own child, and allowed neither the king nor the queen to say whether he should be bathed in warm or cold water, or what he should eat, or how often he should take the air, or when he should be put to bed. You would hardly believe me, if I were to tell how quickly the baby prince got rid of his ailments, and grew fat, and rosy, and strong, and how he had two rows of ivory teeth in less time than any other little fellow, before or since. Instead of the palest, and wretchedest, and puniest imp in the world (as his own mother confessed him to be, when Ceres first took him in charge), he was now a strapping baby, crowing, laughing, kicking up his heels, and rolling from one end of the room to the other. All the good women of the neighborhood crowded to the palace, and held up their hands, in unutterable amazement, at the beauty and wholesomeness of this darling little prince. Their wonder was the greater, because he was never seen to taste any food; not even so much as a cup of milk.
So Mother Ceres set her torch in a corner (where it kept burning the whole time), and moved into the palace of King Cereus as the caregiver for little Prince Demophoon. She treated him like he was her own child and wouldn't let the king or queen decide whether he should bathe in warm or cold water, what he should eat, how often he should get fresh air, or when he should go to bed. You would hardly believe me if I told you how quickly the baby prince recovered from his ailments, and grew chubby, rosy, and strong, and how he had two rows of ivory teeth in a shorter time than any other little one, before or since. Instead of being the palest, sickliest, and smallest child in the world (as his own mother admitted he was when Ceres first took him in), he was now a robust baby, cooing, laughing, kicking his legs, and rolling from one side of the room to the other. All the good women in the neighborhood flocked to the palace and gasped in amazement at the beauty and health of this adorable little prince. Their astonishment was even greater because he was never seen to eat any food; not even a sip of milk.
"Pray, nurse," the queen kept saying, "how is it that you make the child thrive so?"
"Please, nurse," the queen kept asking, "how do you help the child thrive so much?"
"I was a mother once," Ceres always replied; "and having nursed my own child, I know what other children need."
"I was a mother once," Ceres always replied; "and having nursed my own child, I know what other kids need."
But Queen Metanira, as was very natural, had a great curiosity to know precisely what the nurse did to her child. One night, therefore, she hid herself in the chamber where Ceres and the little prince were accustomed to sleep. There was a fire in the chimney, and it had now crumbled into great coals and embers, which lay glowing on the hearth, with a blaze flickering up now and then, and flinging a warm and ruddy light upon the walls. Ceres sat before the hearth with the child in her lap, and the firelight making her shadow dance upon the ceiling overhead. She undressed the little prince, and bathed him all over with some fragrant liquid out of a vase. The next thing she did was to rake back the red embers, and make a hollow place among them, just where the backlog had been. At last, while the baby was crowing, and clapping its fat little hands, and laughing in the nurse's face (just as you may have seen your little brother or sister do before going into its warm bath), Ceres suddenly laid him, all naked as he was, in the hollow among the red-hot embers. She then raked the ashes over him, and turned quietly away.
But Queen Metanira, not surprisingly, was very curious to find out exactly what the nurse was doing with her child. One night, she hid herself in the room where Ceres and the little prince usually slept. A fire was burning in the fireplace, and it had now turned into glowing coals and embers on the hearth, with the flames flickering up occasionally and casting a warm, reddish light on the walls. Ceres sat in front of the hearth with the child in her lap, the firelight making her shadow dance on the ceiling above. She undressed the little prince and bathed him all over with some fragrant liquid from a vase. Next, she raked back the red embers and created a hollow space among them, right where the large log had been. Finally, while the baby was cooing, clapping his chubby little hands, and laughing at the nurse (just like you might have seen your little brother or sister do before their warm bath), Ceres suddenly placed him, completely naked, in the hollow amidst the glowing embers. She then covered him with ashes and quietly walked away.
You may imagine, if you can, how Queen Metanira shrieked, thinking nothing less than that her dear child would be burned to a cinder. She burst forth from her hiding-place, and running to the hearth, raked open the fire, and snatched up poor little Prince Demophoon out of his bed of live coals, one of which he was gripping in each of his fists. He immediately set up a grievous cry, as babies are apt to do, when rudely startled out of a sound sleep. To the queen's astonishment and joy, she could perceive no token of the child's being injured by the hot fire in which he had lain. She now turned to Mother Ceres, and asked her to explain the mystery.
You can imagine how Queen Metanira screamed, thinking her beloved child was about to be burned to ashes. She rushed out of her hiding place, ran to the hearth, raked open the fire, and snatched up little Prince Demophoon from his bed of live coals, one clump in each of his tiny fists. He immediately let out a loud cry, as babies do when they're suddenly jolted awake. To the queen's shock and relief, she saw no signs of burns on the child from the hot fire he had been in. She then turned to Mother Ceres and asked her to explain the mystery.
"Foolish woman," answered Ceres, "did you not promise to intrust this poor infant entirely to me? You little know the mischief you have done him. Had you left him to my care, he would have grown up like a child of celestial birth, endowed with superhuman strength and intelligence, and would have lived forever. Do you imagine that earthly children are to become immortal without being tempered to it in the fiercest heat of the fire? But you have ruined your own son. For though he will be a strong man and a hero in his day, yet, on account of your folly, he will grow old, and finally die, like the sons of other women. The weak tenderness of his mother has cost the poor boy an immortality. Farewell."
"Foolish woman," Ceres replied, "did you not promise to completely trust this poor child to me? You have no idea the damage you’ve done to him. If you had left him in my care, he would have grown up like a child of the gods, blessed with incredible strength and intelligence, and would have lived forever. Do you really think that earthly kids can become immortal without going through the toughest trials? But you have ruined your own son. While he will be strong and a hero in his own time, because of your mistake, he will grow old and eventually die, just like the sons of other women. The weak kindness of his mother has cost him his chance at immortality. Goodbye."
Saying these words, she kissed the little Prince Demophoon, and sighed to think what he had lost, and took her departure without heeding Queen Metanira, who entreated her to remain, and cover up the child among the hot embers as often as she pleased. Poor baby! He never slept so warmly again.
Saying these words, she kissed the little Prince Demophoon and sighed at the thought of what he had lost. She left without paying attention to Queen Metanira, who begged her to stay and place the child among the hot embers whenever she wanted. Poor baby! He never slept so warmly again.
While she dwelt in the king's palace, Mother Ceres had been so continually occupied with taking care of the young prince, that her heart was a little lightened of its grief for Proserpina. But now, having nothing else to busy herself about, she became just as wretched as before. At length, in her despair, she came to the dreadful resolution that not a stalk of grain, nor a blade of grass, not a potato, nor a turnip, nor any other vegetable that was good for man or beast to eat, should be suffered to grow until her daughter were restored. She even forbade the flowers to bloom, lest somebody's heart should be cheered by their beauty.
While she lived in the king's palace, Mother Ceres had been so busy taking care of the young prince that her heart felt a bit lighter from the grief for Proserpina. But now, with nothing else to occupy her, she became just as miserable as before. In her despair, she made the terrible decision that not a single stalk of grain, blade of grass, potato, turnip, or any other vegetable good for people or animals should be allowed to grow until her daughter was back. She even prohibited the flowers from blooming, so that no one could find joy in their beauty.
Now, as not so much as a head of asparagus ever presumed to poke itself out of the ground, without the especial permission of Ceres, you may conceive what a terrible calamity had here fallen upon the earth. The husbandmen plowed and planted as usual; but there lay the rich black furrows, all as barren as a desert of sand. The pastures looked as brown in the sweet month of June as ever they did in chill November. The rich man's broad acres and the cottager's small garden patch were equally blighted. Every little girl's flower bed showed nothing but dry stalks. The old people shook their white heads, and said that the earth had grown aged like themselves, and was no longer capable of wearing the warm smile of summer on its face. It was really piteous to see the poor, starving cattle and sheep, how they followed behind Ceres, lowing and bleating, as if their instinct taught them to expect help from her; and everybody that was acquainted with her power besought her to have mercy on the human race, and, at all events, to let the grass grow. But Mother Ceres, though naturally of an affectionate disposition, was now inexorable.
Now, not a single stalk of asparagus dared to push its way up from the ground without Ceres’ special permission, so you can imagine the terrible disaster that had befallen the earth. The farmers plowed and planted just like usual, but the rich, dark furrows lay as barren as a desert. The pastures looked as brown in the sweet month of June as they had in chilly November. The wealthy landowner's vast fields and the humble cottager's tiny garden were both devastated. Every little girl's flower bed showed nothing but dried stalks. The elderly shook their heads and remarked that the earth had grown old like them and could no longer wear summer's warm smile. It was truly sad to see the poor, starving cattle and sheep following behind Ceres, lowing and bleating, as if they instinctively knew to seek help from her. Everyone who knew of her power pleaded with her to have mercy on humanity and, at the very least, to let the grass grow. But Mother Ceres, though usually kind-hearted, was now unyielding.
"Never," said she. "If the earth is ever again to see any verdure, it must first grow along the path which my daughter will tread in coming back to me."
"Never," she said. "If the earth is ever to see any greenery again, it must first grow along the path that my daughter will take when she comes back to me."
Finally, as there seemed to be no other remedy, our old friend Quicksilver was sent post-haste to King Pluto, in hopes that he might be persuaded to undo the mischief he had done, and to set everything right again, by giving up Proserpina. Quicksilver accordingly made the best of his way to the great gate, took a flying leap right over the three-headed mastiff, and stood at the door of the palace in an inconceivably short time. The servants knew him both by his face and garb; for his short cloak, and his winged cap and shoes, and his snaky staff had often been seen thereabouts in times gone by. He requested to be shown immediately into the king's presence; and Pluto, who heard his voice from the top of the stairs, and who loved to recreate himself with Quicksilver's merry talk, called out to him to come up. And while they settle their business together, we must inquire what Proserpina had been doing ever since we saw her last.
Finally, since there seemed to be no other option, our old friend Quicksilver was sent racing to King Pluto, hoping he could be convinced to fix the trouble he'd caused and set everything right by giving back Proserpina. Quicksilver swiftly made his way to the great gate, jumped right over the three-headed dog, and arrived at the palace door in no time. The servants recognized him by both his face and outfit; his short cloak, winged cap and shoes, and snaky staff had often been seen around there in the past. He asked to be let in to see the king immediately, and Pluto, who heard his voice from the top of the stairs and enjoyed Quicksilver's cheerful banter, called out for him to come up. And while they settle their business together, we need to check on what Proserpina had been up to since we last saw her.
The child had declared, as you may remember, that she would not taste a mouthful of food as long as she should be compelled to remain in King Pluto's palace. How she contrived to maintain her resolution, and at the same time to keep herself tolerably plump and rosy, is more than I can explain; but some young ladies, I am given to understand, possess the faculty of living on air, and Proserpina seems to have possessed it too. At any rate, it was now six months since she left the outside of the earth; and not a morsel, so far as the attendants were able to testify, had yet passed between her teeth. This was the more creditable to Proserpina, inasmuch as King Pluto had caused her to be tempted day by day, with all manner of sweetmeats, and richly-preserved fruits, and delicacies of every sort, such as young people are generally most fond of. But her good mother had often told her of the hurtfulness of these things; and for that reason alone, if there had been no other, she would have resolutely refused to taste them.
The child had declared, as you may remember, that she wouldn't eat a bite of food as long as she had to stay in King Pluto's palace. How she managed to stick to her decision while still keeping herself fairly plump and rosy is beyond me; but I've heard that some young ladies have the ability to live on air, and Proserpina seemed to have that gift too. At any rate, it had been six months since she left the surface of the earth, and not a single morsel, as far as the attendants could tell, had passed her lips. This was especially impressive given that King Pluto tempted her every day with all kinds of sweets, fancy fruits, and every kind of delicacy that young people usually love. But her good mother had often warned her about how unhealthy those things were; and for that reason alone, if there were no other, she would have firmly refused to try them.
All this time, being of a cheerful and active disposition, the little damsel was not quite so unhappy as you may have supposed. The immense palace had a thousand rooms, and was full of beautiful and wonderful objects. There was a never-ceasing gloom, it is true, which half hid itself among the innumerable pillars, gliding before the child as she wandered among them, and treading stealthily behind her in the echo of her footsteps. Neither was all the dazzle of the precious stones, which flamed with their own light, worth one gleam of natural sunshine; nor could the most brilliant of the many-colored gems, which Proserpina had for playthings, vie with the simple beauty of the flowers she used to gather. But still, whenever the girl went among those gilded halls and chambers, it seemed as if she carried nature and sunshine along with her, and as if she scattered dewy blossoms on her right hand and on her left. After Proserpina came, the palace was no longer the same abode of stately artifice and dismal magnificence that it had before been. The inhabitants all felt this, and King Pluto more than any of them.
All this time, despite being cheerful and active, the little girl wasn’t as unhappy as you might think. The huge palace had a thousand rooms and was filled with beautiful and amazing things. There was a constant gloom, it's true, that half-hidden among the countless pillars, sliding past the child as she explored and stealthily following her in the echo of her footsteps. The sparkle of the precious stones, which shone with their own light, couldn't compare to a ray of natural sunshine; nor could the brightest of the colorful gems that Proserpina used as toys match the simple beauty of the flowers she used to pick. Yet, whenever the girl wandered through those gilded halls and rooms, it seemed like she brought nature and sunshine with her, scattering dewy blossoms on her right and left. After Proserpina arrived, the palace was no longer the same place of grand design and gloomy magnificence it used to be. Everyone felt this, especially King Pluto.
"My own little Proserpina," he used to say. "I wish you could like me a little better. We gloomy and cloudy-natured persons have often as warm hearts, at bottom, as those of a more cheerful character. If you would only stay with me of your own accord, it would make me happier than the possession of a hundred such palaces as this."
"My own little Proserpina," he would say. "I wish you could like me a bit more. People like me, who tend to be gloomy and cloudy, can have just as warm hearts as those who are more cheerful. If you would just choose to stay with me, it would make me happier than having a hundred palaces like this."
"Ah," said Proserpina, "you should have tried to make me like you before carrying me off. And the best thing you can now do is, to let me go again. Then I might remember you sometimes, and think that you were as kind as you knew how to be. Perhaps, too, one day or other, I might come back, and pay you a visit."
"Ah," said Proserpina, "you should have tried to win me over before taking me away. The best thing you can do now is let me go again. Then I might remember you occasionally and think that you were as kind as you could be. Maybe, someday, I might come back and visit you."
"No, no," answered Pluto, with his gloomy smile, "I will not trust you for that. You are too fond of living in the broad daylight, and gathering flowers. What an idle and childish taste that is! Are not these gems, which I have ordered to be dug for you, and which are richer than any in my crown—are they not prettier than a violet?"
"No, no," replied Pluto, with his somber smile, "I can't trust you with that. You enjoy living in the bright daylight and picking flowers way too much. What a pointless and childish preference that is! Aren't these gems I've had dug up for you, which are more valuable than any in my crown—aren't they nicer than a violet?"
"Not half so pretty," said Proserpina, snatching the gems from Pluto's hand, and flinging them to the other end of the hall. "O my sweet violets, shall I never see you again?"
"Not nearly as pretty," said Proserpina, grabbing the gems from Pluto's hand and tossing them to the other end of the hall. "Oh my sweet violets, will I never see you again?"
And then she burst into tears. But young people's tears have very little saltness or acidity in them, and do not inflame the eyes so much as those of grown persons; so that it is not to be wondered at, if, a few moments afterwards, Proserpina was sporting through the hall almost as merrily as she and the four sea nymphs had sported along the edge of the surf wave. King Pluto gazed after her, and wished that he, too, was a child. And little Proserpina, when she turned about, and beheld this great king standing in his splendid hall, and looking so grand, and so melancholy, and so lonesome, was smitten with a kind of pity. She ran back to him, and, for the first time in all her life, put her small, soft hand in his.
And then she started crying. But the tears of young people are rarely salty or acidic, and don’t sting the eyes as much as those of adults; so it’s no surprise that, a few moments later, Proserpina was playing in the hall almost as happily as she had played with the four sea nymphs along the edge of the waves. King Pluto watched her, wishing that he could be a child too. And little Proserpina, when she turned around and saw this great king standing in his magnificent hall, looking so grand, sad, and lonely, felt a wave of compassion. She ran back to him and, for the first time in her life, placed her small, soft hand in his.
"I love you a little," whispered she, looking up in his face.
"I love you a little," she whispered, looking up at his face.
"Do you, indeed, my dear child?" cried Pluto, bending his dark face down to kiss her; but Proserpina shrank away from the kiss, for, though his features were noble, they were very dusky and grim. "Well, I have not deserved it of you, after keeping you a prisoner for so many months, and starving you besides. Are you not terribly hungry? Is there nothing which I can get you to eat?"
"Do you really, my dear child?" exclaimed Pluto, leaning down to kiss her; but Proserpina recoiled from the kiss because, even though his face was strong, it was very dark and stern. "Well, I haven't earned that from you, after keeping you locked up for so many months and starving you on top of that. Aren't you extremely hungry? Is there anything I can get you to eat?"
In asking this question, the king of the mines had a very cunning purpose; for, you will recollect, if Proserpina tasted a morsel of food in his dominions, she would never afterwards be at liberty to quit them.
In asking this question, the king of the mines had a very clever motive; for, as you remember, if Proserpina ate even a bite of food in his realm, she would never be free to leave it again.
"No indeed," said Proserpina. "Your head cook is always baking, and stewing, and roasting, and rolling out paste, and contriving one dish or another, which he imagines may be to my liking. But he might just as well save himself the trouble, poor, fat little man that he is. I have no appetite for anything in the world, unless it were a slice of bread, of my mother's own baking, or a little fruit out of her garden."
"No way," said Proserpina. "Your head cook is always baking, stewing, roasting, rolling out dough, and trying to come up with a dish that he thinks I’ll like. But he might as well save himself the effort, poor little guy. I have no appetite for anything at all, except maybe a slice of bread made by my mom or some fruit from her garden."
When Pluto heard this, he began to see that he had mistaken the best method of tempting Proserpina to eat. The cook's made dishes and artificial dainties were not half so delicious, in the good child's opinion, as the simple fare to which Mother Ceres had accustomed her. Wondering that he had never thought of it before, the king now sent one of his trusty attendants with a large basket, to get some of the finest and juiciest pears, peaches, and plums which could anywhere be found in the upper world. Unfortunately, however, this was during the time when Ceres had forbidden any fruits or vegetables to grow; and, after seeking all over the earth, King Pluto's servant found only a single pomegranate, and that so dried up as not to be worth eating. Nevertheless, since there was no better to be had, he brought this dry, old withered pomegranate home to the palace, put it on a magnificent golden salver, and carried it up to Proserpina. Now, it happened, curiously enough, that, just as the servant was bringing the pomegranate into the back door of the palace, our friend Quicksilver had gone up the front steps, on his errand to get Proserpina away from King Pluto.
When Pluto heard this, he realized he had misjudged the best way to tempt Proserpina to eat. In the good child's opinion, the cook's fancy dishes and artificial treats were nowhere near as tasty as the simple food that Mother Ceres had raised her on. Surprised that he hadn't thought of it before, the king sent one of his trusted servants with a large basket to fetch some of the finest, juiciest pears, peaches, and plums that could be found in the upper world. Unfortunately, this was during the time when Ceres had prohibited any fruits or vegetables from growing; after searching all over the earth, King Pluto's servant found only a single pomegranate, and it was so dried up that it wasn't worth eating. Still, since there was nothing better available, he took this dry, old, withered pomegranate back to the palace, placed it on an impressive golden tray, and brought it to Proserpina. Interestingly, just as the servant was bringing the pomegranate through the back door of the palace, our friend Quicksilver had just gone up the front steps on his mission to get Proserpina away from King Pluto.
As soon as Proserpina saw the pomegranate on the golden salver, she told the servant he had better take it away again.
As soon as Proserpina saw the pomegranate on the golden tray, she told the servant to take it back.
"I shall not touch it, I assure you," said she. "If I were ever so hungry, I should never think of eating such a miserable, dry pomegranate as that."
"I won't touch it, I promise," she said. "Even if I were starving, I wouldn't think of eating such a pathetic, dry pomegranate like that."
"It is the only one in the world," said the servant.
"It’s the only one in the world," said the servant.
He set down the golden salver, with the wizened pomegranate upon it, and left the room. When he was gone, Proserpina could not help coming close to the table, and looking at this poor specimen of dried fruit with a great deal of eagerness; for, to say the truth, on seeing something that suited her taste, she felt all the six months' appetite taking possession of her at once. To be sure, it was a very wretched-looking pomegranate, and seemed to have no more juice in it than an oyster shell. But there was no choice of such things in King Pluto's palace. This was the first fruit she had seen there, and the last she was ever likely to see; and unless she ate it up immediately, it would grow drier than it already was, and be wholly unfit to eat.
He set down the golden tray with the shriveled pomegranate on it and left the room. Once he was gone, Proserpina couldn't help but move closer to the table and gaze at the sad-looking dried fruit with a lot of eagerness; to be honest, just seeing something that appealed to her made all six months of her hunger hit her at once. Sure, it looked like a pretty miserable pomegranate and seemed to have less juice than an oyster shell. But there wasn't much choice when it came to food in King Pluto's palace. This was the first fruit she had seen there, and it was likely to be the last; and if she didn't eat it right away, it would just get even drier and completely inedible.
"At least, I may smell it," thought Proserpina.
"At least, I might be able to smell it," thought Proserpina.
So she took up the pomegranate, and applied it to her nose; and, somehow or other, being in such close neighborhood to her mouth, the fruit found its way into that little red cave. Dear me! what an everlasting pity! Before Proserpina knew what she was about, her teeth had actually bitten it, of their own accord. Just as this fatal deed was done, the door of the apartment opened, and in came King Pluto, followed by Quicksilver, who had been urging him to let his little prisoner go. At the first noise of their entrance, Proserpina withdrew the pomegranate from her mouth. But Quicksilver (whose eyes were very keen, and his wits the sharpest that ever anybody had) perceived that the child was a little confused; and seeing the empty salver, he suspected that she had been taking a sly nibble of something or other. As for honest Pluto, he never guessed at the secret.
So she picked up the pomegranate and brought it to her nose; and somehow, being so close to her mouth, the fruit made its way into that little red cave. Oh dear! What a shame! Before Proserpina realized what was happening, her teeth had actually bitten into it, all on their own. Just as this unfortunate act occurred, the door to the room opened, and in walked King Pluto, followed by Quicksilver, who had been urging him to let his little prisoner go. At the first sound of their arrival, Proserpina pulled the pomegranate from her mouth. But Quicksilver (whose eyes were very sharp and whose wits were the quickest of anyone) noticed that the girl looked a bit flustered; and seeing the empty tray, he suspected she had been sneaking a bite of something. As for the honest Pluto, he had no idea about the secret.
"My little Proserpina," said the king, sitting down, and affectionately drawing her between his knees, "here is Quicksilver, who tells me that a great many misfortunes have befallen innocent people on account of my detaining you in my dominions. To confess the truth, I myself had already reflected that it was an unjustifiable act to take you away from your good mother. But, then, you must consider, my dear child, that this vast palace is apt to be gloomy (although the precious stones certainly shine very bright), and that I am not of the most cheerful disposition, and that therefore it was a natural thing enough to seek for the society of some merrier creature than myself. I hoped you would take my crown for a plaything, and me—ah, you laugh, naughty Proserpina—me, grim as I am, for a playmate. It was a silly expectation."
"My little Proserpina," said the king, sitting down and pulling her gently between his knees, "here's Quicksilver, who just told me that a lot of innocent people have suffered because I've kept you in my realm. To be honest, I've already thought that it was wrong to take you away from your good mother. But you have to understand, my dear child, that this huge palace can be pretty dreary (even though the precious stones definitely sparkle brightly), and I'm not the most cheerful person. So it makes sense that I would want to be around someone more cheerful than me. I hoped you’d see my crown as a toy and me—ah, you’re laughing, naughty Proserpina—grim as I am, as a playmate. It was a foolish hope."
"Not so extremely silly," whispered Proserpina. "You have really amused me very much, sometimes."
"Not that silly," Proserpina whispered. "You've actually made me laugh quite a bit at times."
"Thank you," said King Pluto, rather dryly. "But I can see plainly enough, that you think my palace a dusky prison, and me the iron-hearted keeper of it. And an iron heart I should surely have, if I could detain you here any longer, my poor child, when it is now six months since you tasted food. I give you your liberty. Go with Quicksilver. Hasten home to your dear mother."
"Thank you," said King Pluto, rather dryly. "But I can see clearly that you think my palace is a gloomy prison, and that I’m the cold-hearted warden of it. I would have to be cold-hearted to keep you here any longer, my poor child, especially since it’s been six months since you last had food. I give you your freedom. Go with Quicksilver. Hurry home to your dear mother."
Now, although you may not have supposed it, Proserpina found it impossible to take leave of poor King Pluto without some regrets, and a good deal of compunction for not telling him about the pomegranate. She even shed a tear or two, thinking how lonely and cheerless the great palace would seem to him, with all its ugly glare of artificial light, after she herself—his one little ray of natural sunshine, whom he had stolen, to be sure, but only because he valued her so much—after she should have departed. I know not how many kind things she might have said to the disconsolate king of the mines, had not Quicksilver hurried her way.
Now, even though you might not have thought so, Proserpina found it hard to say goodbye to poor King Pluto without feeling some regret and guilt for not telling him about the pomegranate. She even shed a tear or two, imagining how lonely and dreary the big palace would feel to him, with all its harsh artificial light, after she—his one little ray of natural sunshine, whom he had taken, but only because he cared for her so much—had left. I don't know how many nice things she might have said to the grieving king of the underworld if Quicksilver hadn't rushed her along.
"Come along quickly," whispered he in her ear, "or his majesty may change his royal mind. And take care, above all things, that you say nothing of what was brought you on the golden salver."
"Come on quickly," he whispered in her ear, "or the king might change his mind. And make sure, above all else, that you don't mention what you were given on the golden tray."
In a very short time, they had passed the great gateway (leaving the three-headed Cerberus, barking, and yelping, and growling, with threefold din, behind them), and emerged upon the surface of the earth. It was delightful to behold, as Proserpina hastened along, how the path grew verdant behind and on either side of her. Wherever she set her blessed foot, there was at once a dewy flower. The violets gushed up along the wayside. The grass and the grain began to sprout with tenfold vigor and luxuriance, to make up for the dreary months that had been wasted in barrenness. The starved cattle immediately set to work grazing, after their long fast, and ate enormously, all day, and got up at midnight to eat more.
In no time, they had passed through the grand gateway (leaving the three-headed Cerberus barking, yelping, and growling loudly behind them) and stepped back onto the surface of the earth. It was a beautiful sight as Proserpina hurried along, watching the path turn lush behind her and on either side. Wherever she placed her blessed foot, a dewy flower immediately blossomed. Violets sprouted along the roadside. The grass and grain began to grow with newfound vigor and abundance, making up for the dreary months that had been spent in barrenness. The starving cattle quickly started grazing after their long fast, eating all day and even getting up at midnight to eat more.
But I can assure you it was a busy time of year with the farmers, when they found the summer coming upon them with such a rush. Nor must I forget to say, that all the birds in the whole world hopped about upon the newly-blossoming trees, and sang together, in a prodigious ecstasy of joy.
But I can assure you it was a hectic time of year for the farmers when summer came rushing in. And I can’t forget to mention that all the birds everywhere flitted around the newly blossomed trees, singing together in an incredible burst of joy.
Mother Ceres had returned to her deserted home, and was sitting disconsolately on the doorstep, with her torch burning in her hand. She had been idly watching the flame for some moments past, when, all at once, it flickered and went out.
Mother Ceres had returned to her empty home and was sitting sadly on the doorstep, holding her burning torch. She had been watching the flame idly for a few moments when, suddenly, it flickered and went out.
"What does this mean?" thought she. "It was an enchanted torch, and should have kept burning till my child came back."
"What does this mean?" she thought. "It was an enchanted torch, and it should have kept burning until my child returned."
Lifting her eyes, she was surprised to see a sudden verdure flashing over the brown and barren fields, exactly as you may have observed a golden hue gleaming far and wide across the landscape, from the just risen sun.
Lifting her eyes, she was shocked to see a sudden burst of green spreading across the brown and barren fields, just like you might notice a golden light shining all over the landscape from the newly risen sun.
"Does the earth disobey me?" exclaimed Mother Ceres, indignantly. "Does it presume to be green, when I have bidden it be barren, until my daughter shall be restored to my arms?"
"Does the earth defy me?" Mother Ceres exclaimed, angered. "Does it think it can be green when I've commanded it to be barren until my daughter is returned to me?"
"Then open your arms, dear mother," cried a well-known voice, "and take your little daughter into them."
"Then open your arms, dear mom," cried a familiar voice, "and take your little girl into them."
And Proserpina came running, and flung herself upon her mother's bosom. Their mutual transport is not to be described. The grief of their separation had caused both of them to shed a great many tears; and now they shed a great many more, because their joy could not so well express itself in any other way.
And Proserpina came running and threw herself into her mother's arms. Their shared joy is beyond words. The pain of their separation had made both of them cry a lot, and now they cried even more because their happiness couldn't be fully expressed any other way.
When their hearts had grown a little more quiet, Mother Ceres looked anxiously at Proserpina.
When their hearts had calmed down a bit, Mother Ceres glanced at Proserpina with concern.
"My child," said she, "did you taste any food while you were in King Pluto's palace?"
"My child," she said, "did you eat anything while you were in King Pluto's palace?"
"Dearest mother," exclaimed Proserpina, "I will tell you the whole truth. Until this very morning, not a morsel of food had passed my lips. But to-day, they brought me a pomegranate (a very dry one it was, and all shriveled up, till there was little left of it but seeds and skin), and having seen no fruit for so long a time, and being faint with hunger, I was tempted just to bite it. The instant I tasted it, King Pluto and Quicksilver came into the room. I had not swallowed a morsel; but—dear mother, I hope it was no harm—but six of the pomegranate seeds, I am afraid, remained in my mouth."
"Dear mom," Proserpina exclaimed, "I have to tell you the whole truth. Until this morning, I hadn't eaten a single bite. But today, they brought me a pomegranate (it was really dry and shriveled, with hardly anything left but seeds and skin), and having not seen any fruit for so long and feeling faint with hunger, I was tempted to take just a bite. The moment I tasted it, King Pluto and Quicksilver walked into the room. I hadn't swallowed anything yet, but—dear mom, I hope it’s not a problem—but six of the pomegranate seeds, I'm afraid, are still in my mouth."
"Ah, unfortunate child, and miserable me!" exclaimed Ceres. "For each of those six pomegranate seeds you must spend one month of every year in King Pluto's palace. You are but half restored to your mother. Only six months with me, and six with that good-for-nothing King of Darkness!"
"Ah, unfortunate child, and miserable me!" exclaimed Ceres. "For each of those six pomegranate seeds, you have to spend one month every year in King Pluto's palace. You are only half back with your mother. Just six months with me, and six with that worthless King of Darkness!"
"Do not speak so harshly of poor King Pluto," said Prosperina, kissing her mother. "He has some very good qualities; and I really think I can bear to spend six months in his palace, if he will only let me spend the other six with you. He certainly did very wrong to carry me off; but then, as he says, it was but a dismal sort of life for him, to live in that great gloomy place, all alone; and it has made a wonderful change in his spirits to have a little girl to run up stairs and down. There is some comfort in making him so happy; and so, upon the whole, dearest mother, let us be thankful that he is not to keep me the whole year round."
"Don't speak so harshly about poor King Pluto," said Prosperina, kissing her mother. "He has some really good qualities, and I honestly think I can handle spending six months in his palace if he lets me spend the other six with you. He definitely did something wrong by taking me away, but as he says, it was pretty miserable for him to live in that big, gloomy place all alone. It's made a huge difference in his mood to have a little girl running up and down the stairs. There's some comfort in making him so happy, so, overall, dear mother, let’s be thankful that he won’t keep me for the whole year."
THE GOLDEN FLEECE.
When Jason, the son of the dethroned King of Iolchos, was a little boy, he was sent away from his parents, and placed under the queerest schoolmaster that ever you heard of. This learned person was one of the people, or quadrupeds, called Centaurs. He lived in a cavern, and had the body and legs of a white horse, with the head and shoulders of a man. His name was Chiron; and, in spite of his odd appearance, he was a very excellent teacher, and had several scholars, who afterwards did him credit by making a great figure in the world. The famous Hercules was one, and so was Achilles, and Philoctetes likewise, and Aesculapius, who acquired immense repute as a doctor. The good Chiron taught his pupils how to play upon the harp, and how to cure diseases, and how to use the sword and shield, together with various other branches of education, in which the lads of those days used to be instructed, instead of writing and arithmetic.
When Jason, the son of the overthrown King of Iolchos, was a young boy, he was sent away from his parents and put under the strangest teacher you could imagine. This knowledgeable individual was one of the beings known as Centaurs. He lived in a cave and had the body and legs of a white horse, along with the head and shoulders of a man. His name was Chiron, and despite his unusual appearance, he was an excellent teacher who had several students who later made him proud by achieving great success in the world. The famous Hercules was one of them, as were Achilles, Philoctetes, and Aesculapius, who became highly respected as a doctor. The kind Chiron taught his students how to play the harp, cure diseases, wield a sword and shield, along with various other subjects that young boys of that time would learn, instead of writing and math.
I have sometimes suspected that Master Chiron was not really very different from other people, but that, being a kind-hearted and merry old fellow, he was in the habit of making believe that he was a horse, and scrambling about the schoolroom on all fours, and letting the little boys ride upon his back. And so, when his scholars had grown up, and grown old, and were trotting their grandchildren on their knees, they told them about the sports of their school days; and these young folks took the idea that their grandfathers had been taught their letters by a Centaur, half man and half horse. Little children, not quite understanding what is said to them, often get such absurd notions into their heads, you know.
I’ve sometimes thought that Master Chiron wasn’t really that different from other people. He was just a kind-hearted and cheerful old guy who liked to pretend he was a horse, crawling around the classroom on all fours and letting the little boys ride on his back. So, when his students grew up and became grandparents, they would tell their grandkids about the fun they had in school. Those kids ended up believing that their grandfathers learned their letters from a Centaur, who was half man and half horse. Little kids often get these silly ideas in their heads when they don’t quite understand what they hear, you know.
Be that as it may, it has always been told for a fact (and always will be told, as long as the world lasts), that Chiron, with the head of a schoolmaster, had the body and legs of a horse. Just imagine the grave old gentleman clattering and stamping into the schoolroom on his four hoofs, perhaps treading on some little fellow's toes, flourishing his switch tail instead of a rod, and, now and then, trotting out of doors to eat a mouthful of grass! I wonder what the blacksmith charged him for a set of iron shoes?
That said, it has always been a fact (and always will be, as long as the world exists) that Chiron, with the head of a teacher, had the body and legs of a horse. Just picture the serious old man clattering and stomping into the classroom on his four hooves, possibly stepping on a kid's toes, swishing his tail instead of holding a ruler, and occasionally trotting outside to munch on some grass! I wonder how much the blacksmith charged him for a set of iron shoes?
So Jason dwelt in the cave, with this four-footed Chiron, from the time that he was an infant, only a few months old, until he had grown to the full height of a man. He became a very good harper, I suppose, and skilful in the use of weapons, and tolerably acquainted with herbs and other doctor's stuff, and, above all, an admirable horseman; for, in teaching young people to ride, the good Chiron must have been without a rival among schoolmasters. At length, being now a tall and athletic youth, Jason resolved to seek his fortune in the world, without asking Chiron's advice, or telling him anything about the matter. This was very unwise, to be sure; and I hope none of you, my little hearers, will ever follow Jason's example.
So Jason lived in the cave with the four-legged Chiron from the time he was just a few months old until he grew to full adult height. He became quite a good harp player, skilled with weapons, somewhat knowledgeable about herbs and other medical remedies, and, above all, an amazing horse rider; Chiron must have been the best teacher when it came to helping young people learn to ride. Eventually, as a tall and fit young man, Jason decided to seek his fortune in the world without getting Chiron's advice or telling him anything about it. This was definitely a bad decision, and I hope none of you, my young listeners, will ever make the same mistake as Jason did.
But, you are to understand, he had heard how that he himself was a prince royal, and how his father, King Jason, had been deprived of the kingdom of Iolchos by a certain Pelias, who would also have killed Jason, had he not been hidden in the Centaur's cave. And, being come to the strength of a man, Jason determined to set all this business to rights, and to punish the wicked Pelias for wronging his dear father, and to cast him down from the throne, and seat himself there instead.
But you need to understand, he had learned that he was a royal prince and that his father, King Jason, had lost the kingdom of Iolchos to a man named Pelias, who would have killed Jason if he hadn't been hidden in the Centaur's cave. Once he grew into a man, Jason decided to make everything right, punish the evil Pelias for wronging his beloved father, take him off the throne, and claim it for himself instead.
With this intention, he took a spear in each hand, and threw a leopard's skin over his shoulders, to keep off the rain, and set forth on his travels, with his long yellow ringlets waving in the wind. The part of his dress on which he most prided himself was a pair of sandals, that had been his father's. They were handsomely embroidered, and were tied upon his feet with strings of gold. But his whole attire was such as people did not very often see; and as he passed along, the women and children ran to the doors and windows, wondering whither this beautiful youth was journeying, with his leopard's skin and his golden-tied sandals, and what heroic deeds he meant to perform, with a spear in his right hand and another in his left.
With this in mind, he grabbed a spear in each hand and draped a leopard’s skin over his shoulders to shield himself from the rain. Then, he set off on his journey, his long yellow curls blowing in the wind. The part of his outfit he was most proud of was a pair of sandals that had belonged to his father. They were beautifully embroidered and secured to his feet with golden strings. However, his entire look was something you didn’t see very often; as he walked by, women and children rushed to their doors and windows, curious about where this handsome young man was headed, with his leopard’s skin and golden-tied sandals, and what brave feats he planned to accomplish with a spear in his right hand and another in his left.
I know not how far Jason had traveled, when he came to a turbulent river, which rushed right across his pathway, with specks of white foam among its black eddies, hurrying tumultuously onward, and roaring angrily as it went. Though not a very broad river in the dry seasons of the year, it was now swollen by heavy rains and by the melting of the snow on the sides of Mount Olympus; and it thundered so loudly, and looked so wild and dangerous, that Jason, bold as he was, thought it prudent to pause upon the brink. The bed of the stream seemed to be strewn with sharp and rugged rocks, some of which thrust themselves above the water. By and by, an uprooted tree, with shattered branches, came drifting along the current, and got entangled among the rocks. Now and then, a drowned sheep, and once the carcass of a cow, floated past.
I don’t know how far Jason had traveled when he reached a raging river that crossed his path. It was filled with white foam swirling among its dark eddies, rushing forward wildly and roaring angrily as it went. Although it wasn’t very wide during the dry season, it was now swollen from heavy rain and melting snow on Mount Olympus, thundering loudly and looking wild and dangerous. Even though Jason was brave, he thought it was wise to pause at the edge. The riverbed was littered with sharp, jagged rocks, some sticking up above the water. After a while, a uprooted tree with broken branches drifted by, getting caught among the rocks. Occasionally, a drowned sheep floated past, and once, the carcass of a cow.
In short, the swollen river had already done a great deal of mischief. It was evidently too deep for Jason to wade, and too boisterous for him to swim; he could see no bridge; and as for a boat, had there been any, the rocks would have broken it to pieces in an instant.
In short, the swollen river had already caused a lot of trouble. It was clearly too deep for Jason to wade through and too rough for him to swim; he couldn’t see any bridge, and as for a boat, even if there had been one, the rocks would have smashed it to bits in no time.
"See the poor lad," said a cracked voice close to his side. "He must have had but a poor education, since he does not know how to cross a little stream like this. Or is he afraid of wetting his fine golden-stringed sandals? It is a pity his four-footed schoolmaster is not here to carry him safely across on his back!"
"Look at the poor kid," said a worn voice next to him. "He must not have had a good education, since he doesn't know how to cross a little stream like this. Or is he worried about ruining his fancy golden-stringed sandals? It's a shame his four-legged teacher isn't here to take him across on his back!"
Jason looked round greatly surprised, for he did not know that anybody was near. But beside him stood an old woman, with a ragged mantle over her head, leaning on a staff, the top of which was carved into the shape of a cuckoo. She looked very aged, and wrinkled, and infirm; and yet her eyes, which were as brown as those of an ox, were so extremely large and beautiful, that, when they were fixed on Jason's eyes, he could see nothing else but them. The old woman had a pomegranate in her hand, although the fruit was then quite out of season.
Jason looked around, very surprised, because he didn't know anyone was nearby. But beside him stood an old woman, wearing a tattered cloak over her head and leaning on a staff, the top of which was carved to look like a cuckoo. She appeared very old, wrinkled, and frail; yet her eyes, as brown as an ox's, were strikingly large and beautiful, so when they locked onto Jason's, he couldn’t see anything else. The old woman held a pomegranate in her hand, even though the fruit was completely out of season.
"Whither are you going, Jason?" she now asked.
"Where are you going, Jason?" she asked now.
She seemed to know his name, you will observe; and, indeed, those great brown eyes looked as if they had a knowledge of everything, whether past or to come. While Jason was gazing at her, a peacock strutted forward, and took his stand at the old woman's side.
She seemed to know his name, as you’ll notice; and, in fact, those big brown eyes looked like they knew everything, whether it was in the past or what was yet to come. While Jason was staring at her, a peacock walked up and positioned itself next to the old woman.
"I am going to Iolchos," answered the young man, "to bid the wicked King Pelias come down from my father's throne, and let me reign in his stead."
"I'm going to Iolchos," the young man replied, "to demand that the wicked King Pelias step down from my father's throne and let me take his place."
"Ah, well, then," said the old woman, still with the same cracked voice, "if that is all your business, you need not be in a very great hurry. Just take me on your back, there's a good youth, and carry me across the river. I and my peacock have something to do on the other side, as well as yourself."
"Well, then," said the old woman, still with her cracked voice, "if that's all you're here for, you don't need to rush. Just give me a ride on your back, would you? Carry me across the river. I have something to do on the other side with my peacock, just like you do."
"Good mother," replied Jason, "your business can hardly be so important as the pulling down a king from his throne. Besides, as you may see for yourself, the river is very boisterous; and if I should chance to stumble, it would sweep both of us away more easily than it has carried off yonder uprooted tree. I would gladly help you if I could; but I doubt whether I am strong enough to carry you across."
"Good mother," Jason replied, "your task can't be more important than taking a king down from his throne. Plus, as you can see for yourself, the river is really rough; if I happen to stumble, it could sweep both of us away even easier than it took that uprooted tree. I'd happily help you if I could, but I'm not sure I'm strong enough to carry you across."
"Then," said she, very scornfully, "neither are you strong enough to pull King Pelias off his throne. And, Jason, unless you will help an old woman at her need, you ought not to be a king. What are kings made for, save to succor the feeble and distressed? But do as you please. Either take me on your back, or with my poor old limbs I shall try my best to struggle across the stream."
"Then," she said, very scornfully, "you're not strong enough to pull King Pelias off his throne either. And, Jason, if you won’t help an old woman in need, you shouldn't be a king. What are kings for, if not to help the weak and suffering? But do what you want. Either carry me on your back, or with my poor old legs, I’ll try my best to make it across the stream."
Saying this, the old woman poked with her staff in the river, as if to find the safest place in its rocky bed where she might make the first step. But Jason, by this time, had grown ashamed of his reluctance to help her. He felt that he could never forgive himself, if this poor feeble creature should come to any harm in attempting to wrestle against the headlong current. The good Chiron, whether half horse or no, had taught him that the noblest use of his strength was to assist the weak; and also that he must treat every young woman as if she were his sister, and every old one like a mother. Remembering these maxims, the vigorous and beautiful young man knelt down, and requested the good dame to mount upon his back.
Saying this, the old woman poked her staff into the river, trying to find the safest spot in its rocky bed where she could take her first step. But by that time, Jason felt ashamed of his reluctance to help her. He knew he could never forgive himself if this frail woman got hurt trying to fight against the rushing current. The good Chiron, whether half horse or not, had taught him that the best use of his strength was to help the weak; he also learned to treat every young woman like a sister and every older woman like a mother. Remembering these lessons, the strong and handsome young man knelt down and asked the kind lady to climb onto his back.
"The passage seems to me not very safe," he remarked. "But as your business is so urgent, I will try to carry you across. If the river sweeps you away, it shall take me too."
"The path doesn’t feel very safe to me," he said. "But since your business is so urgent, I’ll do my best to get you across. If the river sweeps you away, it’ll take me with you."
"That, no doubt, will be a great comfort to both of us," quoth the old woman. "But never fear. We shall get safely across."
"That will definitely be a great help to both of us," said the old woman. "But don’t worry. We will make it across safely."
So she threw her arms around Jason's neck; and lifting her from the ground, he stepped boldly into the raging and foaming current, and began to stagger away from the shore. As for the peacock, it alighted on the old dame's shoulder. Jason's two spears, one in each hand, kept him from stumbling, and enabled him to feel his way among the hidden rocks; although every instant, he expected that his companion and himself would go down the stream, together with the driftwood of shattered trees, and the carcasses of the sheep and cow. Down came the cold, snowy torrent from the steep side of Olympus, raging and thundering as if it had a real spite against Jason, or, at all events, were determined to snatch off his living burden from his shoulders. When he was half way across, the uprooted tree (which I have already told you about) broke loose from among the rocks, and bore down upon him, with all its splintered branches sticking out like the hundred arms of the giant Briareus. It rushed past, however, without touching him. But the next moment his foot was caught in a crevice between two rocks, and stuck there so fast, that, in the effort to get free, he lost one of his golden-stringed sandals.
So she wrapped her arms around Jason's neck, and lifting her off the ground, he stepped boldly into the raging, foaming current and started to stagger away from the shore. The peacock landed on the old woman's shoulder. Jason held a spear in each hand to keep from stumbling and helped him navigate the hidden rocks; though every moment, he expected that he and his companion would be swept away with the driftwood from broken trees and the bodies of sheep and cows. The cold, snowy torrent poured down the steep side of Olympus, raging and thundering as if it had a real grudge against Jason, or at least wanted to snatch his living burden from his shoulders. When he was halfway across, the uprooted tree I mentioned before broke free from among the rocks and barreled toward him, its splintered branches sticking out like the hundred arms of the giant Briareus. It rushed past him without making contact, but the next moment, his foot got stuck in a crack between two rocks, so fast that in trying to free himself, he lost one of his golden-stringed sandals.
At this accident Jason could not help uttering a cry of vexation.
At this accident, Jason couldn't help but shout in frustration.
"What is the matter, Jason?" asked the old woman.
"What’s wrong, Jason?" asked the old woman.
"Matter enough," said the young man. "I have lost a sandal here among the rocks. And what sort of a figure shall I cut, at the court of King Pelias, with a golden-stringed sandal on one foot, and the other foot bare!"
"Matter enough," said the young man. "I've lost a sandal here among the rocks. And how am I supposed to show up at the court of King Pelias with a golden-stringed sandal on one foot and the other foot bare?"
"Do not take it to heart," answered his companion cheerily. "You never met with better fortune than in losing that sandal. It satisfies me that you are the very person whom the Speaking Oak has been talking about."
"Don't take it personally," his friend replied cheerfully. "You’ve had better luck losing that sandal. I'm glad to see you're the exact person the Speaking Oak has been talking about."
There was no time, just then, to inquire what the Speaking Oak had said. But the briskness of her tone encouraged the young man; and, besides, he had never in his life felt so vigorous and mighty as since taking this old woman on his back. Instead of being exhausted, he gathered strength as he went on; and, struggling up against the torrent, he at last gained the opposite shore, clambered up the bank, and set down the old dame and her peacock safely on the grass. As soon as this was done, however, he could not help looking rather despondently at his bare foot, with only a remnant of the golden string of the sandal clinging round his ankle.
There was no time right then to ask what the Speaking Oak had said. But the energy in her voice boosted the young man's spirits; besides, he had never felt as strong and powerful as he did since carrying this old woman on his back. Instead of getting tired, he gained strength as he moved forward; and, battling against the current, he finally reached the other side, climbed up the bank, and set the old lady and her peacock down safely on the grass. Once he did that, though, he couldn't help but look a bit sadly at his bare foot, with just a bit of the golden string from the sandal hanging around his ankle.
"You will get a handsomer pair of sandals by and by," said the old woman, with a kindly look out of her beautiful brown eyes. "Only let King Pelias get a glimpse of that bare foot, and you shall see him turn as pale as ashes, I promise you. There is your path. Go along, my good Jason, and my blessing go with you. And when you sit on your throne remember the old woman whom you helped over the river."
"You'll get a nicer pair of sandals soon," said the old woman, looking kindly with her lovely brown eyes. "Just let King Pelias catch sight of that bare foot, and you'll see him turn as pale as a ghost, I promise. That's your path. Go on, my good Jason, and my blessings are with you. And when you sit on your throne, remember the old woman you helped across the river."
With these words, she hobbled away, giving him a smile over her shoulder as she departed.
With those words, she limped away, throwing him a smile over her shoulder as she left.
Whether the light of her beautiful brown eyes threw a glory round about her, or whatever the cause might be, Jason fancied that there was something very noble and majestic in her figure, after all, and that, though her gait seemed to be a rheumatic hobble, yet she moved with as much grace and dignity as any queen on earth. Her peacock, which had now fluttered down from her shoulder, strutted behind her in a prodigious pomp, and spread out its magnificent tail on purpose for Jason to admire it.
Whether the light from her beautiful brown eyes surrounded her with a glow, or whatever the reason might be, Jason thought there was something very noble and majestic about her figure. Even though her walk seemed like a stiff hobble, she moved with as much grace and dignity as any queen on earth. Her peacock, which had now fluttered down from her shoulder, strutted behind her with great pomp and spread its magnificent tail for Jason to admire.
When the old dame and her peacock were out of sight, Jason set forward on his journey. After traveling a pretty long distance, he came to a town situated at the foot of a mountain, and not a great way from the shore of the sea. On the outside of the town there was an immense crowd of people, not only men and women, but children too, all in their best clothes, and evidently enjoying a holiday. The crowd was thickest towards the sea-shore; and in that direction, over the people's heads, Jason saw a wreath of smoke curling upward to the blue sky. He inquired of one of the multitude what town it was near by, and why so many persons were here assembled together.
When the old lady and her peacock were out of sight, Jason continued on his journey. After traveling quite a distance, he reached a town at the base of a mountain, not far from the sea. Outside the town, there was a huge crowd of people, including men, women, and children, all dressed in their best clothes and clearly enjoying a day off. The crowd was thickest near the shore, and in that direction, over their heads, Jason saw a plume of smoke rising into the blue sky. He asked someone in the crowd what town it was and why so many people had gathered there.
"This is the kingdom of Iolchos," answered the man, "and we are the subjects of King Pelias. Our monarch has summoned us together, that we may see him sacrifice a black bull to Neptune, who, they say, is his majesty's father. Yonder is the king, where you see the smoke going up from the altar."
"This is the kingdom of Iolchos," the man replied, "and we are the subjects of King Pelias. Our king has called us together so we can witness him sacrifice a black bull to Neptune, who they say is his father's god. Over there is the king, where you can see the smoke rising from the altar."
While the man spoke he eyed Jason with great curiosity; for his garb was quite unlike that of the Iolchians, and it looked very odd to see a youth with a leopard's skin over his shoulders, and each hand grasping a spear. Jason perceived, too, that the man stared particularly at his feet, one of which, you remember, was bare, while the other was decorated with his father's golden-stringed sandal.
While the man spoke, he looked at Jason with a lot of curiosity; his outfit was very different from that of the Iolchians, and it seemed really strange to see a young guy wearing a leopard's skin draped over his shoulders, with a spear in each hand. Jason also noticed that the man was particularly staring at his feet, one of which, as you remember, was bare, while the other was adorned with his father's golden-stringed sandal.
"Look at him! only look at him!" said the man to his next neighbor. "Do you see? He wears but one sandal!"
"Look at him! Just look at him!" said the man to his neighbor. "Do you see? He’s only wearing one sandal!"
Upon this, first one person, and then another, began to stare at Jason, and everybody seemed to be greatly struck with something in his aspect; though they turned their eyes much oftener towards his feet than to any other part of his figure. Besides, he could hear them whispering to one another.
Upon this, first one person, and then another, started to stare at Jason, and everyone seemed really taken by something about his appearance; although they looked at his feet much more often than at any other part of his body. Also, he could hear them whispering to each other.
"One sandal! One sandal!" they kept saying. "The man with one sandal! Here he is at last! Whence has he come? What does he mean to do? What will the king say to the one-sandaled man?"
"One sandal! One sandal!" they kept saying. "The guy with one sandal! Here he is at last! Where did he come from? What does he plan to do? What will the king say to the one-sandaled man?"
Poor Jason was greatly abashed, and made up his mind that the people of Iolchos were exceedingly ill-bred, to take such public notice of an accidental deficiency in his dress. Meanwhile, whether it were that they hustled him forward, or that Jason, of his own accord, thrust a passage through the crowd, it so happened that he soon found himself close to the smoking altar, where King Pelias was sacrificing the black bull. The murmur and hum of the multitude, in their surprise at the spectacle of Jason with his one bare foot, grew so loud that it disturbed the ceremonies; and the king, holding the great knife with which he was just going to cut the bull's throat, turned angrily about, and fixed his eyes on Jason. The people had now withdrawn from around him, so that the youth stood in an open space, near the smoking altar, front to front with the angry King Pelias.
Poor Jason felt really embarrassed and decided that the people of Iolchos were incredibly rude for making such a big deal about an accidental flaw in his outfit. Meanwhile, whether they pushed him forward or he pushed his way through the crowd, he soon found himself close to the smoking altar where King Pelias was sacrificing a black bull. The murmurs and chatter of the crowd, surprised by the sight of Jason with one bare foot, grew so loud that it interrupted the ceremony; and the king, holding the large knife he was about to use to cut the bull's throat, turned around angrily and stared at Jason. The crowd had now moved away from him, leaving the young man standing in an open space, near the smoking altar, facing the furious King Pelias.
"Who are you?" cried the king, with a terrible frown. "And how dare you make this disturbance, while I am sacrificing a black bull to my father Neptune?"
"Who are you?" shouted the king, glaring angrily. "And how dare you create this fuss while I’m offering a black bull to my father, Neptune?"
"It is no fault of mine," answered Jason. "Your majesty must blame the rudeness of your subjects, who have raised all this tumult because one of my feet happens to be bare."
"It’s not my fault," Jason replied. "Your majesty should blame the rudeness of your subjects, who have made all this noise just because one of my feet is bare."
When Jason said this, the king gave a quick startled glance down at his feet.
When Jason said this, the king quickly glanced down at his feet in surprise.
"Ha!" muttered he, "here is the one-sandaled fellow, sure enough! What can I do with him?"
"Ha!" he murmured, "here's the guy with one sandal, for sure! What am I supposed to do with him?"
And he clutched more closely the great knife in his hand, as if he were half a mind to slay Jason, instead of the black bull. The people round about caught up the king's words, indistinctly as they were uttered; and first there was a murmur amongst them, and then a loud shout.
And he gripped the big knife in his hand tighter, as if he was seriously considering killing Jason instead of the black bull. The people around him picked up on the king's words, even though they were hard to hear; first, there was a low murmur among them, and then a loud shout.
"The one-sandaled man has come! The prophecy must be fulfilled!"
"The guy with one sandal has arrived! The prophecy has to be fulfilled!"
For you are to know, that, many years before, King Pelias had been told by the Speaking Oak of Dodona, that a man with one sandal should cast him down from his throne. On this account, he had given strict orders that nobody should ever come into his presence, unless both sandals were securely tied upon his feet; and he kept an officer in his palace, whose sole business it was to examine people's sandals, and to supply them with a new pair, at the expense of the royal treasury, as soon as the old ones began to wear out. In the whole course of the king's reign, he had never been thrown into such a fright and agitation as by the spectacle of poor Jason's bare foot. But, as he was naturally a bold and hard-hearted man, he soon took courage, and began to consider in what way he might rid himself of this terrible one-sandaled stranger.
For you should know that many years ago, King Pelias was told by the Speaking Oak of Dodona that a man with one sandal would overthrow him. Because of this, he made strict rules that no one could enter his presence unless both sandals were tightly secured on their feet. He even had an officer in his palace whose only job was to check people’s sandals and provide them with a new pair, funded by the royal treasury, as soon as their old ones started to wear out. Throughout his reign, he had never felt such fear and anxiety as he did at the sight of poor Jason's bare foot. However, being naturally bold and hard-hearted, he quickly regained his courage and started to think about how to get rid of this frightening one-sandaled stranger.
"My good young man," said King Pelias, taking the softest tone imaginable, in order to throw Jason off his guard, "you are excessively welcome to my kingdom. Judging by your dress, you must have traveled a long distance, for it is not the fashion to wear leopard skins in this part of the world. Pray what may I call your name? and where did you receive your education?"
"My good young man," said King Pelias, using the gentlest tone possible to catch Jason off guard, "you are very welcome to my kingdom. Looking at your outfit, you must have come from far away, since it’s not common to wear leopard skins around here. May I ask your name? And where did you get your education?"
"My name is Jason," answered the young stranger. "Ever since my infancy, I have dwelt in the cave of Chiron the Centaur. He was my instructor, and taught me music, and horsemanship, and how to cure wounds, and likewise how to inflict wounds with my weapons!"
"My name is Jason," said the young stranger. "Since I was a baby, I've lived in the cave of Chiron the Centaur. He was my teacher and taught me music, how to ride horses, how to heal wounds, and also how to inflict wounds with my weapons!"
"I have heard of Chiron the schoolmaster," replied King Pelias, "and how that there is an immense deal of learning and wisdom in his head, although it happens to be set on a horse's body. It gives me great delight to see one of his scholars at my court. But to test how much you have profited under so excellent a teacher, will you allow me to ask you a single question?"
"I've heard about Chiron the schoolmaster," King Pelias replied, "and how he has a wealth of knowledge and wisdom, even though it's on the body of a horse. I'm really pleased to see one of his students at my court. But to see how much you've learned from such a great teacher, can I ask you just one question?"
"I do not pretend to be very wise," said Jason. "But ask me what you please, and I will answer to the best of my ability."
"I don't pretend to be very wise," Jason said. "But ask me anything, and I'll answer to the best of my ability."
Now King Pelias meant cunningly to entrap the young man, and to make him say something that should be the cause of mischief and distraction to himself. So, with a crafty and evil smile upon his face, he spoke as follows:
Now King Pelias slyly planned to trick the young man into saying something that would cause trouble and distraction for him. So, with a cunning and wicked smile on his face, he said:
"What would you do, brave Jason," asked he, "if there were a man in the world, by whom, as you had reason to believe, you were doomed to be ruined and slain—what would you do, I say, if that man stood before you, and in your power?"
"What would you do, brave Jason," he asked, "if there was a man in the world who you believed would cause your ruin and death—what would you do, I ask, if that man stood right in front of you and was in your power?"
When Jason saw the malice and wickedness which King Pelias could not prevent from gleaming out of his eyes, he probably guessed that the king had discovered what he came for, and that he intended to turn his own words against himself. Still he scorned to tell a falsehood. Like an upright and honorable prince as he was, he determined to speak out the real truth. Since the king had chosen to ask him the question, and since Jason had promised him an answer, there was no right way save to tell him precisely what would be the most prudent thing to do, if he had his worst enemy in his power.
When Jason noticed the malice and wickedness that King Pelias couldn't hide in his eyes, he likely figured out that the king had realized why he was there and that he planned to use Jason's own words against him. Still, he refused to lie. As a straightforward and honorable prince, he decided to speak the absolute truth. Since the king had chosen to ask him the question, and since Jason had promised to answer, the only right thing to do was to honestly tell him what would be the smartest move if he had his worst enemy at his mercy.
Therefore, after a moment's consideration, he spoke up, with a firm and manly voice.
Therefore, after a moment of thought, he spoke up in a strong and confident voice.
"I would send such a man," said he, "in quest of the Golden Fleece!"
"I would send a guy like that," he said, "to go after the Golden Fleece!"
This enterprise, you will understand, was, of all others, the most difficult and dangerous in the world. In the first place it would be necessary to make a long voyage through unknown seas. There was hardly a hope, or a possibility, that any young man who should undertake this voyage would either succeed in obtaining the Golden Fleece, or would survive to return home, and tell of the perils he had run. The eyes of King Pelias sparkled with joy, therefore, when he heard Jason's reply.
This venture, as you can see, was the most challenging and risky in the world. First of all, it meant setting off on a long journey through uncharted waters. There was barely any hope or chance that a young man who took on this journey would either successfully find the Golden Fleece or make it back alive to share the dangers he faced. So, King Pelias's eyes lit up with excitement when he heard Jason's response.
"Well said, wise man with the one sandal!" cried he. "Go, then, and at the peril of your life, bring me back the Golden Fleece."
"Well said, wise man with the one sandal!" he shouted. "Go on, then, and at the risk of your life, bring me back the Golden Fleece."
"I go," answered Jason, composedly. "If I fail, you need not fear that I will ever come back to trouble you again. But if I return to Iolchos with the prize, then, King Pelias, you must hasten down from your lofty throne, and give me your crown and sceptre."
"I'll go," Jason replied calmly. "If I don't succeed, you don't have to worry about me bothering you again. But if I come back to Iolchos with the prize, then, King Pelias, you have to hurry down from your high throne and hand over your crown and scepter."
"That I will," said the king, with a sneer. "Meantime, I will keep them very safely for you."
"Sure, I will," said the king, with a smirk. "In the meantime, I’ll keep them safe for you."
The first thing that Jason thought of doing, after he left the king's presence, was to go to Dodona, and inquire of the Talking Oak what course it was best to pursue. This wonderful tree stood in the center of an ancient wood. Its stately trunk rose up a hundred feet into the air, and threw a broad and dense shadow over more than an acre of ground. Standing beneath it, Jason looked up among the knotted branches and green leaves, and into the mysterious heart of the old tree, and spoke aloud, as if he were addressing some person who was hidden in the depths of the foliage.
The first thing Jason thought to do after leaving the king was to head to Dodona and ask the Talking Oak what the best course of action was. This amazing tree stood in the middle of an ancient forest. Its impressive trunk rose a hundred feet into the sky, casting a wide and dense shadow over more than an acre of land. Standing under it, Jason looked up among the twisted branches and green leaves, peering into the mysterious core of the old tree, and spoke out loud, as if he were talking to someone hidden in the depths of the foliage.
"What shall I do," said he, "in order to win the Golden Fleece?"
"What should I do," he said, "to win the Golden Fleece?"
At first there was a deep silence, not only within the shadow of the Talking Oak, but all through the solitary wood. In a moment or two, however, the leaves of the oak began to stir and rustle, as if a gentle breeze were wandering amongst them, although the other trees of the wood were perfectly still. The sound grew louder, and became like the roar of a high wind. By and by, Jason imagined that he could distinguish words, but very confusedly, because each separate leaf of the tree seemed to be a tongue, and the whole myriad of tongues were babbling at once. But the noise waxed broader and deeper, until it resembled a tornado sweeping through the oak, and making one great utterance out of the thousand and thousand of little murmurs which each leafy tongue had caused by its rustling. And now, though it still had the tone of a mighty wind roaring among the branches, it was also like a deep bass voice, speaking as distinctly as a tree could be expected to speak, the following words:
At first, there was complete silence, not just under the shade of the Talking Oak, but throughout the lonely woods. After a moment, though, the leaves of the oak started to stir and rustle, as if a gentle breeze was passing through them, even while the other trees stood completely still. The sound grew louder and began to resemble the roar of a strong wind. Eventually, Jason thought he could make out words, but they were very confused, since each individual leaf seemed to be a voice, and all those voices were chattering at once. But the noise grew broader and deeper, until it sounded like a tornado rushing through the oak, creating one huge sound from the thousands of little murmurs caused by the rustling leaves. And now, although it still had the quality of a powerful wind roaring through the branches, it also resembled a deep bass voice, speaking as clearly as a tree could be expected to speak, the following words:
"Go to Argus, the shipbuilder, and bid him build a galley with fifty oars."
"Go to Argus, the shipbuilder, and ask him to build a ship with fifty oars."
Then the voice melted again into the indistinct murmur of the rustling leaves, and died gradually away. When it was quite gone, Jason felt inclined to doubt whether he had actually heard the words, or whether his fancy had not shaped them out of the ordinary sound made by a breeze, while passing through the thick foliage of the tree.
Then the voice faded back into the soft whispers of the rustling leaves and slowly disappeared. Once it was completely gone, Jason began to question whether he had really heard the words or if his imagination had created them from the usual sound of a breeze moving through the dense foliage of the trees.
But on inquiry among the people of Iolchos, he found that there was really a man in the city, by the name of Argus, who was a very skilful builder of vessels. This showed some intelligence in the oak; else how should it have known that any such person existed? At Jason's request, Argus readily consented to build him a galley so big that it should require fifty strong men to row it; although no vessel of such a size and burden had heretofore been seen in the world. So the head carpenter and all his journeymen and apprentices began their work; and for a good while afterwards, there they were, busily employed, hewing out the timbers, and making a great clatter with their hammers; until the new ship, which was called the Argo, seemed to be quite ready for sea. And, as the Talking Oak had already given him such good advice, Jason thought that it would not be amiss to ask for a little more. He visited it again, therefore, and standing beside its huge, rough trunk, inquired what he should do next.
But when Jason asked the people of Iolchos, he discovered that there was indeed a man in the city named Argus, who was an incredibly skilled shipbuilder. This indicated some level of intelligence in the oak; otherwise, how would it have known that such a person existed? At Jason's request, Argus eagerly agreed to build him a galley large enough to require fifty strong men to row it, even though no ship of that size had ever been seen before. So, the head carpenter and all his workers got to work; for a good while, they were busy cutting the timber and making a lot of noise with their hammers, until the new ship, called the Argo, seemed almost ready for the sea. Since the Talking Oak had already given him such valuable advice, Jason thought it would be a good idea to ask for a bit more. He visited it again, standing beside its massive, rough trunk, and asked what he should do next.
This time, there was no such universal quivering of the leaves, throughout the whole tree, as there had been before. But after a while, Jason observed that the foliage of a great branch which stretched above his head had begun to rustle, as if the wind were stirring that one bough, while all the other boughs of the oak were at rest.
This time, there wasn’t that universal trembling of the leaves all over the tree like before. But after a while, Jason noticed that the leaves on a big branch stretching above him had started to rustle, as if the wind was only moving that one branch while all the other branches of the oak were still.
"Cut me off!" said the branch, as soon as it could speak distinctly; "cut me off! cut me off! and carve me into a figure-head for your galley."
"Cut me off!" said the branch, as soon as it could speak clearly; "cut me off! cut me off! and carve me into a figurehead for your ship."
Accordingly, Jason took the branch at its word, and lopped it off the tree. A carver in the neighborhood engaged to make the figurehead. He was a tolerably good workman, and had already carved several figure-heads, in what he intended for feminine shapes, and looking pretty much like those which we see nowadays stuck up under a vessel's bowsprit, with great staring eyes, that never wink at the dash of the spray. But (what was very strange) the carver found that his hand was guided by some unseen power, and by a skill beyond his own, and that his tools shaped out an image which he had never dreamed of. When the work was finished, it turned out to be the figure of a beautiful woman, with a helmet on her head, from beneath which the long ringlets fell down upon her shoulders. On the left arm was a shield, and in its center appeared a lifelike representation of the head of Medusa with the snaky locks. The right arm was extended, as if pointing onward. The face of this wonderful statue, though not angry or forbidding, was so grave and majestic, that perhaps you might call it severe; and as for the mouth, it seemed just ready to unclose its lips, and utter words of the deepest wisdom.
Accordingly, Jason took the branch at its word and chopped it off the tree. A local carver was hired to make the figurehead. He was a pretty skilled craftsman and had already carved several figureheads that he intended to resemble feminine figures, looking much like those we see today stuck under a ship's bowsprit, with big staring eyes that never blink at the splash of the waves. But (what was very strange) the carver discovered that his hand was guided by an unseen force and by a skill beyond his own, and that his tools shaped an image he had never imagined. When the work was finished, it turned out to be a figure of a beautiful woman wearing a helmet, from which long ringlets fell onto her shoulders. On her left arm was a shield, and in its center was a lifelike depiction of Medusa's head with her snaky hair. The right arm was extended, as if pointing forward. The face of this incredible statue, while not angry or forbidding, was so grave and majestic that you might call it serious; and as for the mouth, it seemed ready to part its lips and speak words of profound wisdom.
Jason was delighted with the oaken image, and gave the carver no rest until it was completed, and set up where a figure-head has always stood, from that time to this, in the vessel's prow.
Jason was thrilled with the wooden statue and kept the carver busy until it was finished and placed where a figurehead has always been in the ship's bow, from then until now.
"And now," cried he, as he stood gazing at the calm, majestic face of the statue, "I must go to the Talking Oak and inquire what next to do."
"And now," he exclaimed, standing there staring at the calm, grand face of the statue, "I need to go to the Talking Oak and ask what I should do next."
"There is no need of that, Jason," said a voice which, though it was far lower, reminded him of the mighty tones of the great oak. "When you desire good advice, you can seek it of me."
"There’s no need for that, Jason," said a voice that, although much quieter, reminded him of the powerful sounds of the great oak. "When you want good advice, you can come to me."
Jason had been looking straight into the face of the image when these words were spoken. But he could hardly believe either his ears or his eyes. The truth was, however, that the oaken lips had moved, and, to all appearance, the voice had proceeded from the statue's mouth. Recovering a little from his surprise, Jason bethought himself that the image had been carved out of the wood of the Talking Oak, and that, therefore, it was really no great wonder, but on the contrary, the most natural thing in the world, that it should possess the faculty of speech. It would have been very odd, indeed, if it had not. But certainly it was a great piece of good fortune that he should be able to carry so wise a block of wood along with him in his perilous voyage.
Jason was staring straight into the face of the statue when those words were spoken. But he could hardly believe his ears or his eyes. The truth was, though, that the wooden lips had moved, and it seemed like the voice came from the statue's mouth. After recovering a bit from his shock, Jason remembered that the statue was carved from the wood of the Talking Oak, so it wasn't really surprising at all—it was actually the most natural thing in the world for it to be able to speak. It would have been quite strange if it hadn't. But it certainly was a huge stroke of luck that he could take such a wise piece of wood with him on his dangerous journey.
"Tell me, wondrous image," exclaimed Jason,—"since you inherit the wisdom of the Speaking Oak of Dodona, whose daughter you are,—tell me, where shall I find fifty bold youths, who will take each of them an oar of my galley? They must have sturdy arms to row, and brave hearts to encounter perils, or we shall never win the Golden Fleece."
"Tell me, amazing figure," exclaimed Jason, "since you possess the wisdom of the Speaking Oak of Dodona, your mother, tell me where I can find fifty brave young men who will each take an oar on my ship? They need strong arms to row and courageous hearts to face dangers, or we’ll never secure the Golden Fleece."
"Go," replied the oaken image, "go, summon all the heroes of Greece."
"Go," replied the wooden statue, "go, gather all the heroes of Greece."
And, in fact, considering what a great deed was to be done, could any advice be wiser than this which Jason received from the figure-head of his vessel? He lost no time in sending messengers to all the cities, and making known to the whole people of Greece, that Prince Jason, the son of King Jason, was going in quest of the Fleece of Gold, and that he desired the help of forty-nine of the bravest and strongest young men alive, to row his vessel and share his dangers. And Jason himself would be the fiftieth.
And, in fact, considering what a huge task was about to take place, could any advice be smarter than what Jason got from the figurehead of his ship? He quickly sent out messengers to all the cities, letting the people of Greece know that Prince Jason, son of King Jason, was in search of the Golden Fleece and that he wanted the help of forty-nine of the bravest and strongest young men around to row his ship and face the dangers with him. Jason himself would be the fiftieth.
At this news, the adventurous youths, all over the country, began to bestir themselves. Some of them had already fought with giants, and slain dragons; and the younger ones, who had not yet met with such good fortune, thought it a shame to have lived so long without getting astride of a flying serpent, or sticking their spears into a Chimaera, or, at least, thrusting their right arms down a monstrous lion's throat. There was a fair prospect that they would meet with plenty of such adventures before finding the Golden Fleece. As soon as they could furbish up their helmets and shields, therefore, and gird on their trusty swords, they came thronging to Iolchos, and clambered on board the new galley. Shaking hands with Jason, they assured him that they did not care a pin for their lives, but would help row the vessel to the remotest edge of the world, and as much farther as he might think it best to go.
At this news, adventurous young people all across the country started to get energized. Some had already fought giants and slain dragons; the younger ones, who hadn’t had such good fortune yet, felt it was a shame to have lived this long without riding a flying serpent, sticking their spears into a Chimaera, or at least shoving their right arms down a monstrous lion's throat. It seemed likely they would encounter plenty of adventures before finding the Golden Fleece. So, as soon as they could polish their helmets and shields and strap on their trusty swords, they rushed to Iolchos and climbed aboard the new ship. Shaking hands with Jason, they assured him they didn’t care about their lives at all, but would help row the vessel to the furthest corner of the world, and beyond, if that’s what he thought was best.
Many of these brave fellows had been educated by Chiron, the four-footed pedagogue, and were therefore old schoolmates of Jason, and knew him to be a lad of spirit. The mighty Hercules, whose shoulders afterwards upheld the sky, was one of them. And there were Castor and Pollux, the twin brothers, who were never accused of being chicken-hearted, although they had been hatched out of an egg; and Theseus, who was so renowned for killing the Minotaur, and Lynceus, with his wonderfully sharp eyes, which could see through a millstone, or look right down into the depths of the earth, and discover the treasures that were there; and Orpheus, the very best of harpers, who sang and played upon his lyre so sweetly, that the brute beasts stood upon their hind legs, and capered merrily to the music. Yes, and at some of his more moving tunes, the rocks bestirred their moss-grown bulk out of the ground, and a grove of forest trees uprooted themselves, and, nodding their tops to one another, performed a country dance.
Many of these brave guys had been taught by Chiron, the centaur teacher, and were therefore old classmates of Jason, knowing him to be a spirited lad. The mighty Hercules, who would later hold up the sky, was one of them. Along with him were Castor and Pollux, the twin brothers who were never accused of being cowardly, even though they hatched from an egg; and Theseus, famous for killing the Minotaur; and Lynceus, who had incredibly sharp eyes that could see through solid objects or peer deep into the earth to find hidden treasures; and Orpheus, the best musician, whose singing and lyre-playing were so beautiful that even wild animals would stand on their hind legs and dance to the music. Yes, at some of his more emotional tunes, the rocks stirred from their mossy resting places, and a grove of trees uprooted themselves, nodding to each other as they danced in a country-style rhythm.
One of the rowers was a beautiful young woman, named Atalanta, who had been nursed among the mountains by a bear. So light of foot was this fair damsel, that she could step from one foamy crest of a wave to the foamy crest of another, without wetting more than the sole of her sandal. She had grown up in a very wild way, and talked much about the rights of women, and loved hunting and war far better than her needle. But in my opinion, the most remarkable of this famous company were two sons of the North Wind (airy youngsters, and of rather a blustering disposition) who had wings on their shoulders, and, in case of a calm, could puff out their cheeks, and blow almost as fresh a breeze as their father. I ought not to forget the prophets and conjurors, of whom there were several in the crew, and who could foretell what would happen to-morrow or the next day, or a hundred years hence, but were generally quite unconscious of what was passing at the moment.
One of the rowers was a beautiful young woman named Atalanta, who had been raised in the mountains by a bear. So light on her feet was this lovely girl that she could leap from one foamy wave to the next without wetting more than the sole of her sandal. She had grown up in a wild way, often talking about women's rights, and she preferred hunting and battle over sewing. However, in my opinion, the most remarkable members of this famous group were two sons of the North Wind—high-spirited kids with a bit of a blustery attitude—who had wings on their shoulders. When there was no wind, they could puff out their cheeks and blow a breeze almost as strong as their father’s. I shouldn't forget the seers and magicians among the crew; there were several who could predict what would happen tomorrow, the next day, or even a hundred years later, but they were usually oblivious to what was happening right in front of them.
Jason appointed Tiphys to be helmsman because he was a star-gazer, and knew the points of the compass. Lynceus, on account of his sharp sight, was stationed as a look-out in the prow, where he saw a whole day's sail ahead, but was rather apt to overlook things that lay directly under his nose. If the sea only happened to be deep enough, however, Lynceus could tell you exactly what kind of rocks or sands were at the bottom of it; and he often cried out to his companions, that they were sailing over heaps of sunken treasure, which yet he was none the richer for beholding. To confess the truth, few people believed him when he said it.
Jason chose Tiphys to be the helmsman because he was an expert in navigating by the stars and knew the points of the compass. Lynceus, known for his keen eyesight, was assigned as a lookout at the front of the ship, where he could see a day’s worth of sailing ahead, but often missed things right in front of him. However, if the sea was deep enough, Lynceus could tell you exactly what kind of rocks or sand were at the bottom; he often shouted to his crewmates that they were sailing over piles of sunken treasure, yet he didn’t benefit from seeing it at all. To be honest, few people believed him when he said that.
Well! But when the Argonauts, as these fifty brave adventurers were called, had prepared everything for the voyage, an unforeseen difficulty threatened to end it before it was begun. The vessel, you must understand, was so long, and broad, and ponderous, that the united force of all the fifty was insufficient to shove her into the water. Hercules, I suppose, had not grown to his full strength, else he might have set her afloat as easily as a little boy launches his boat upon a puddle. But here were these fifty heroes, pushing, and straining, and growing red in the face, without making the Argo start an inch. At last, quite wearied out, they sat themselves down on the shore exceedingly disconsolate, and thinking that the vessel must be left to rot and fall in pieces, and that they must either swim across the sea or lose the Golden Fleece.
Well! But when the Argonauts, as these fifty brave adventurers were called, had prepared everything for the voyage, an unexpected problem threatened to end it before it even began. The ship, you see, was so long, wide, and heavy that the combined strength of all fifty was not enough to push her into the water. Hercules, I guess, hadn’t reached his full strength yet; otherwise, he could have launched her as easily as a little boy sets his boat in a puddle. But here were these fifty heroes, pushing and straining, their faces turning red, without moving the Argo even an inch. Finally, completely worn out, they sat down on the shore feeling very discouraged, thinking that the ship would have to be left to rot and fall apart, and that they would either have to swim across the sea or lose the Golden Fleece.
All at once, Jason bethought himself of the galley's miraculous figure-head.
All of a sudden, Jason remembered the amazing figurehead of the ship.
"O, daughter of the Talking Oak," cried he, "how shall we set to work to get our vessel into the water?"
"O, daughter of the Talking Oak," he exclaimed, "how do we begin to get our boat in the water?"
"Seat yourselves," answered the image (for it had known what had ought to be done from the very first, and was only waiting for the question to be put),—"seat yourselves, and handle your oars, and let Orpheus play upon his harp."
"Take a seat," replied the image (because it had known what needed to be done from the very beginning and was just waiting for someone to ask),—"take a seat, grab your oars, and let Orpheus play his harp."
Immediately the fifty heroes got on board, and seizing their oars, held them perpendicularly in the air, while Orpheus (who liked such a task far better than rowing) swept his fingers across the harp. At the first ringing note of the music, they felt the vessel stir. Orpheus thrummed away briskly, and the galley slid at once into the sea, dipping her prow so deeply that the figure-head drank the wave with its marvelous lips, and rising again as buoyant as a swan. The rowers plied their fifty oars; the white foam boiled up before the prow; the water gurgled and bubbled in their wake; while Orpheus continued to play so lively a strain of music, that the vessel seemed to dance over the billows by way of keeping time to it. Thus triumphantly did the Argo sail out of the harbor, amidst the huzzas and good wishes of everybody except the wicked old Pelias, who stood on a promontory, scowling at her, and wishing that he could blow out of his lungs the tempest of wrath that was in his heart, and so sink the galley with all on board. When they had sailed above fifty miles over the sea, Lynceus happened to cast his sharp eyes behind, and said that there was this bad-hearted king, still perched upon the promontory, and scowling so gloomily that it looked like a black thunder-cloud in that quarter of the horizon.
As soon as the fifty heroes got on board and grabbed their oars, they lifted them up high, while Orpheus (who preferred playing the harp to rowing) ran his fingers over the strings. At the first note of the music, the ship began to move. Orpheus played energetically, and the galley smoothly slid into the sea, dipping its front so low that the figurehead seemed to drink the waves with its amazing lips, only to rise again like a buoyant swan. The rowers worked hard with their fifty oars; white foam surged up in front of the ship, and the water gurgled and bubbled behind them, while Orpheus kept playing a lively tune that made the vessel appear to dance over the waves in rhythm. Thus, the Argo proudly sailed out of the harbor, met with cheers and good wishes from everyone except the malicious old Pelias, who stood on a cliff, glaring at it and wishing he could unleash a storm of fury from his heart to sink the ship along with all on board. After sailing over fifty miles, Lynceus happened to glance back and saw the evil king still sitting on the cliff, looking so grim that he resembled a dark thundercloud in that part of the horizon.
In order to make the time pass away more pleasantly during the voyage, the heroes talked about the Golden Fleece. It originally belonged, it appears, to a Boeotian ram, who had taken on his back two children, when in danger of their lives, and fled with them over land and sea as far as Colchis. One of the children, whose name was Helle, fell into the sea and was drowned. But the other (a little boy, named Phrixus) was brought safe ashore by the faithful ram, who, however, was so exhausted that he immediately lay down and died. In memory of this good deed, and as a token of his true heart, the fleece of the poor dead ram was miraculously changed to gold, and became one of the most beautiful objects ever seen on earth. It was hung upon a tree in a sacred grove, where it had now been kept I know not how many years, and was the envy of mighty kings, who had nothing so magnificent in any of their palaces.
To pass the time more enjoyably during the journey, the heroes talked about the Golden Fleece. It originally belonged to a ram from Boeotia, who had carried two children on his back when their lives were in danger and flew with them over land and sea all the way to Colchis. One of the children, named Helle, fell into the sea and drowned. But the other child, a little boy named Phrixus, was brought safely to shore by the loyal ram, who was so worn out that he immediately lay down and died. In honor of this good deed and as a sign of his unwavering loyalty, the fleece of the deceased ram was miraculously turned to gold and became one of the most beautiful objects ever seen on earth. It was hung on a tree in a sacred grove, where it had been kept for countless years, and was the envy of powerful kings, who had nothing as magnificent in their palaces.
If I were to tell you all the adventures of the Argonauts, it would take me till nightfall, and perhaps a great deal longer. There was no lack of wonderful events, as you may judge from what you have already heard. At a certain island, they were hospitably received by King Cyzicus, its sovereign, who made a feast for them, and treated them like brothers. But the Argonauts saw that this good king looked downcast and very much troubled, and they therefore inquired of him what was the matter. King Cyzicus hereupon informed them that he and his subjects were greatly abused and incommoded by the inhabitants of a neighboring mountain, who made war upon them, and killed many people, and ravaged the country. And while they were talking about it, Cyzicus pointed to the mountain, and asked Jason and his companions what they saw there.
If I were to share all the adventures of the Argonauts, it would take me until nightfall, and probably much longer. There were so many amazing events, as you can tell from what you've already heard. On a certain island, they were warmly welcomed by King Cyzicus, the ruler, who threw a feast for them and treated them like family. However, the Argonauts noticed that this kind king looked sad and very troubled, so they asked him what was wrong. King Cyzicus then told them that he and his people were being badly mistreated and troubled by the inhabitants of a nearby mountain, who were waging war against them, killing many, and destroying the land. While they were discussing this, Cyzicus pointed to the mountain and asked Jason and his friends what they saw there.
"I see some very tall objects," answered Jason; "but they are at such a distance that I cannot distinctly make out what they are. To tell your majesty the truth, they look so very strangely that I am inclined to think them clouds, which have chanced to take something like human shapes."
"I see some really tall things," Jason replied, "but they're so far away that I can't clearly tell what they are. To be honest, they look so strange that I can't help but think they're clouds that just happened to take on a shape similar to humans."
"I see them very plainly," remarked Lynceus, whose eyes, you know, were as far-sighted as a telescope. "They are a band of enormous giants, all of whom have six arms apiece, and a club, a sword, or some other weapon in each of their hands."
"I can see them clearly," said Lynceus, whose eyes, as you know, were as sharp as a telescope. "They’re a group of massive giants, each with six arms, and they’re holding a club, a sword, or some other weapon in each hand."
"You have excellent eyes," said King Cyzicus. "Yes; they are six-armed giants, as you say, and these are the enemies whom I and my subjects have to contend with."
"You have great eyesight," said King Cyzicus. "Yes; they are six-armed giants, as you mentioned, and these are the enemies that my subjects and I have to face."
The next day, when the Argonauts were about setting sail, down came these terrible giants, stepping a hundred yards at a stride, brandishing their six arms apiece, and looking formidable, so far aloft in the air. Each of these monsters was able to carry on a whole war by himself, for with one arm he could fling immense stones, and wield a club with another, and a sword with a third, while the fourth was poking a long spear at the enemy, and the fifth and sixth were shooting him with a bow and arrow. But, luckily, though the giants were so huge, and had so many arms, they had each but one heart, and that no bigger nor braver than the heart of an ordinary man. Besides, if they had been like the hundred-armed Briareus, the brave Argonauts would have given them their hands full of fight. Jason and his friends went boldly to meet them, slew a great many, and made the rest take to their heels, so that if the giants had had six legs apiece instead of six arms, it would have served them better to run away with.
The next day, just as the Argonauts were about to set sail, these terrifying giants appeared, each taking strides of a hundred yards, waving their six arms and looking intimidating from high up. Each of these monsters could handle a whole battle on his own; with one arm, he could throw huge stones, swing a club with another, and use a sword with a third, while the fourth was jabbing a long spear at the enemy, and the fifth and sixth were shooting arrows. But luckily, even though the giants were massive and had so many arms, they each had only one heart, and that was no bigger or braver than that of an ordinary man. Plus, if they had been like the hundred-armed Briareus, the brave Argonauts would have given them a real fight. Jason and his friends stepped up to face them, killed a lot of them, and sent the rest running away, so that if the giants had six legs instead of six arms, it would have been easier for them to escape.
Another strange adventure happened when the voyagers came to Thrace, where they found a poor blind king, named Phineus, deserted by his subjects, and living in a very sorrowful way, all by himself. On Jason's inquiring whether they could do him any service, the king answered that he was terribly tormented by three great winged creatures, called Harpies, which had the faces of women, and the wings, bodies, and claws of vultures. These ugly wretches were in the habit of snatching away his dinner, and allowed him no peace of his life. Upon hearing this, the Argonauts spread a plentiful feast on the sea-shore, well knowing, from what the blind king said of their greediness, that the Harpies would snuff up the scent of the victuals, and quickly come to steal them away. And so it turned out; for, hardly was the table set, before the three hideous vulture women came flapping their wings, seized the food in their talons, and flew off as fast as they could. But the two sons of the North Wind drew their swords, spread their pinions, and set off through the air in pursuit of the thieves, whom they at last overtook among some islands, after a chase of hundreds of miles. The two winged youths blustered terribly at the Harpies (for they had the rough temper of their father), and so frightened them with their drawn swords, that they solemnly promised never to trouble King Phineus again.
Another strange adventure happened when the voyagers arrived in Thrace, where they found a poor blind king named Phineus, abandoned by his subjects and living a very sad life all by himself. When Jason asked if they could help him, the king replied that he was being tormented terribly by three big winged creatures called Harpies, which had women’s faces but the wings, bodies, and claws of vultures. These ugly creatures habitually snatched his meals, leaving him in constant distress. Upon hearing this, the Argonauts set up a big feast on the beach, knowing that, based on what the blind king said about their greed, the Harpies would catch the scent of the food and come to steal it. And that’s exactly what happened; as soon as the table was set, the three hideous vulture women arrived, flapping their wings, grabbed the food in their claws, and flew off as fast as they could. But the two sons of the North Wind drew their swords, spread their wings, and took off through the air in pursuit of the thieves, eventually catching up to them among some islands after a chase of hundreds of miles. The two winged youths yelled at the Harpies (since they had their father's rough temperament), and frightened them so much with their drawn swords that the Harpies promised solemnly never to bother King Phineus again.
Then the Argonauts sailed onward and met with many other marvelous incidents, any one of which would make a story by itself. At one time they landed on an island, and were reposing on the grass, when they suddenly found themselves assailed by what seemed a shower of steel-headed arrows. Some of them stuck in the ground, while others hit against their shields, and several penetrated their flesh. The fifty heroes started up, and looked about them for the hidden enemy, but could find none, nor see any spot, on the whole island, where even a single archer could lie concealed. Still, however, the steel-headed arrows came whizzing among them; and, at last, happening to look upward, they beheld a large flock of birds, hovering and wheeling aloft, and shooting their feathers down upon the Argonauts. These feathers were the steel-headed arrows that had so tormented them. There was no possibility of making any resistance; and the fifty heroic Argonauts might all have been killed or wounded by a flock of troublesome birds, without ever setting eyes on the Golden Fleece, if Jason had not thought of asking the advice of the oaken image.
Then the Argonauts continued their journey and encountered many incredible events, each of which could have been a story on its own. At one point, they landed on an island and were resting on the grass when they were suddenly attacked by what felt like a rain of steel-tipped arrows. Some of the arrows embedded themselves in the ground, others struck their shields, and several pierced their skin. The fifty heroes jumped to their feet and searched for the hidden enemy, but they couldn’t find anyone or any spot on the island where even one archer could be hidden. Yet, the steel-tipped arrows kept flying at them; finally, when they looked up, they saw a large flock of birds circling above, dropping their feathers down on the Argonauts. Those feathers were the steel-tipped arrows that had been tormenting them. There was no way to fight back, and all fifty heroic Argonauts could have been killed or injured by a bothersome flock of birds without ever seeing the Golden Fleece, if Jason hadn’t thought to ask the oaken statue for advice.
So he ran to the galley as fast as his legs would carry him.
So he ran to the kitchen as fast as he could.
"O, daughter of the Speaking Oak," cried he, all out of breath, "we need your wisdom more than ever before! We are in great peril from a flock of birds, who are shooting us with their steel-pointed feathers. What can we do to drive them away?"
"O, daughter of the Speaking Oak," he exclaimed, out of breath, "we need your wisdom now more than ever! We’re in serious danger from a flock of birds that are attacking us with their sharp feathers. What can we do to make them leave?"
"Make a clatter on your shields," said the image.
"Make a noise with your shields," said the image.
On receiving this excellent counsel, Jason hurried back to his companions (who were far more dismayed than when they fought with the six-armed giants), and bade them strike with their swords upon their brazen shields. Forthwith the fifty heroes set heartily to work, banging with might and main, and raised such a terrible clatter, that the birds made what haste they could to get away; and though they had shot half the feathers out of their wings, they were soon seen skimming among the clouds, a long distance off, and looking like a flock of wild geese. Orpheus celebrated this victory by playing a triumphant anthem on his harp, and sang so melodiously that Jason begged him to desist, lest, as the steel-feathered birds had been driven away by an ugly sound, they might be enticed back again by a sweet one.
Upon receiving this great advice, Jason rushed back to his friends (who were much more shaken than when they faced the six-armed giants) and instructed them to strike their swords against their metal shields. Immediately, the fifty heroes got to work, banging away with all their strength, creating such a loud noise that the birds quickly tried to escape; even though they lost half the feathers from their wings, they were soon seen flying among the clouds, a long way off, looking like a flock of wild geese. Orpheus celebrated this victory by playing a triumphant tune on his harp and sang so beautifully that Jason asked him to stop, worried that just as the noisy clanging had scared the steel-feathered birds away, a sweet sound might lure them back.
While the Argonauts remained on this island, they saw a small vessel approaching the shore, in which were two young men of princely demeanor, and exceedingly handsome, as young princes generally were, in those days. Now, who do you imagine these two voyagers turned out to be? Why, if you will believe me, they were the sons of that very Phrixus, who, in his childhood, had been carried to Colchis on the back of the golden-fleeced ram. Since that time, Phrixus had married the king's daughter; and the two young princes had been born and brought up at Colchis, and had spent their play-days in the outskirts of the grove, in the center of which the Golden Fleece was hanging upon a tree. They were now on their way to Greece, in hopes of getting back a kingdom that had been wrongfully taken from their father.
While the Argonauts were on the island, they noticed a small boat coming to shore, carrying two striking young men who had a royal presence, looking just like young princes typically did back then. Can you guess who these two travelers turned out to be? Believe it or not, they were the sons of Phrixus, who as a child had been taken to Colchis on the back of the golden-fleeced ram. Since then, Phrixus had married the king's daughter, and the two young princes had grown up in Colchis, playing near the grove where the Golden Fleece hung from a tree. They were now headed to Greece in hopes of reclaiming a kingdom that had been unjustly taken from their father.
When the princes understood whither the Argonauts were going, they offered to turn back, and guide them to Colchis. At the same time, however, they spoke as if it were very doubtful whether Jason would succeed in getting the Golden Fleece. According to their account, the tree on which it hung was guarded by a terrible dragon, who never failed to devour, at one mouthful, every person who might venture within his reach.
When the princes realized where the Argonauts were headed, they offered to turn back and lead them to Colchis. However, at the same time, they hinted that it was uncertain whether Jason would be able to get the Golden Fleece. According to them, the tree where it was located was protected by a fearsome dragon that would eat anyone who dared come close in one gulp.
"There are other difficulties in the way," continued the young princes. "But is not this enough? Ah, brave Jason, turn back before it is too late. It would grieve us to the heart, if you and your nine and forty brave companions should be eaten up, at fifty mouthfuls, by this execrable dragon."
"There are more challenges ahead," the young princes continued. "But isn't this enough? Oh, courageous Jason, turn back before it’s too late. It would break our hearts if you and your forty-nine brave companions were consumed, at fifty bites, by this horrible dragon."
"My young friends," quietly replied Jason, "I do not wonder that you think the dragon very terrible. You have grown up from infancy in the fear of this monster, and therefore still regard him with the awe that children feel for the bugbears and hobgoblins which their nurses have talked to them about. But, in my view of the matter, the dragon is merely a pretty large serpent, who is not half so likely to snap me up at one mouthful as I am to cut off his ugly head, and strip the skin from his body. At all events, turn back who may, I will never see Greece again, unless I carry with me the Golden Fleece."
"My young friends," Jason replied quietly, "I can understand why you think the dragon is so terrifying. You’ve grown up fearing this monster, so you still see him with the same fear that kids have for the scary stories their nurses tell them. But for me, the dragon is just a pretty big snake, and he’s much less likely to swallow me whole than I am to chop off his ugly head and skin him. In any case, no matter who turns back, I won’t return to Greece unless I take the Golden Fleece with me."
"We will none of us turn back!" cried his nine and forty brave comrades. "Let us get on board the galley this instant; and if the dragon is to make a breakfast of us, much good may it do him."
"We're not turning back!" shouted his forty-nine brave friends. "Let's get on the ship right now; and if the dragon is going to eat us, then good luck to him."
And Orpheus (whose custom it was to set everything to music) began to harp and sing most gloriously, and made every mother's son of them feel as if nothing in this world were so delectable as to fight dragons, and nothing so truly honorable as to be eaten up at one mouthful, in case of the worst.
And Orpheus (who usually set everything to music) started to play his harp and sing beautifully, making every single one of them feel like nothing in this world was as enjoyable as battling dragons, and nothing was more honorable than being completely devoured in one bite, just in case things went badly.
After this (being now under the guidance of the two princes, who were well acquainted with the way), they quickly sailed to Colchis. When the king of the country, whose name was Aetes, heard of their arrival, he instantly summoned Jason to court. The king was a stern and cruel looking potentate; and though he put on as polite and hospitable an expression as he could, Jason did not like his face a whit better than that of the wicked King Pelias, who dethroned his father. "You are welcome, brave Jason," said King Aetes. "Pray, are you on a pleasure voyage?—Or do you meditate the discovery of unknown islands?—or what other cause has procured me the happiness of seeing you at my court?"
After this, with the two princes who knew the way guiding them, they quickly sailed to Colchis. When the king of the region, Aetes, heard of their arrival, he immediately summoned Jason to the court. The king had a stern and cruel appearance; even though he tried to look polite and welcoming, Jason didn't like his face any better than that of the wicked King Pelias, who had overthrown his father. "Welcome, brave Jason," said King Aetes. "So, are you on a pleasure trip? Or are you looking to discover unknown islands? What brings you to my court?"
"Great sir," replied Jason, with an obeisance—for Chiron had taught him how to behave with propriety, whether to kings or beggars—"I have come hither with a purpose which I now beg your majesty's permission to execute. King Pelias, who sits on my father's throne (to which he has no more right than to the one on which your excellent majesty is now seated), has engaged to come down from it, and to give me his crown and sceptre, provided I bring him the Golden Fleece. This, as your majesty is aware, is now hanging on a tree here at Colchis; and I humbly solicit your gracious leave to take it away." In spite of himself, the king's face twisted itself into an angry frown; for, above all things else in the world, he prized the Golden Fleece, and was even suspected of having done a very wicked act, in order to get it into his own possession. It put him into the worst possible humor, therefore, to hear that the gallant Prince Jason, and forty-nine of the bravest young warriors of Greece, had come to Colchis with the sole purpose of taking away his chief treasure.
"Great sir," Jason replied with a bow—Chiron had taught him how to act properly, whether in front of kings or beggars—"I've come here with a purpose that I now ask your majesty's permission to pursue. King Pelias, who occupies my father's throne (which he has no more right to than the one you're currently seated on), has agreed to step down and give me his crown and scepter, provided I bring him the Golden Fleece. As your majesty knows, it’s currently hanging on a tree here in Colchis; I humbly ask for your kind permission to take it." Despite himself, the king's face twisted into an angry frown; above all else in the world, he valued the Golden Fleece and was even suspected of committing a wicked act to acquire it for himself. Hearing that the brave Prince Jason and forty-nine of the bravest young warriors from Greece had come to Colchis solely to take away his prized treasure put him in an awful mood.
"Do you know," asked King Aetes, eyeing Jason very sternly, "what are the conditions which you must fulfill before getting possession of the Golden Fleece?"
"Do you know," asked King Aetes, looking at Jason very seriously, "what the conditions are that you need to meet before you can get the Golden Fleece?"
"I have heard," rejoined the youth, "that a dragon lies beneath the tree on which the prize hangs, and that whoever approaches him runs the risk of being devoured at a mouthful."
"I've heard," the young man replied, "that there's a dragon under the tree where the prize is hanging, and that anyone who gets close risks being gobbled up in one bite."
"True," said the king, with a smile that did not look particularly good-natured. "Very true, young man. But there are other things as hard, or perhaps a little harder, to be done before you can even have the privilege of being devoured by the dragon. For example, you must first tame my two brazen-footed and brazen-lunged bulls, which Vulcan, the wonderful blacksmith, made for me. There is a furnace in each of their stomachs; and they breathe such hot fire out of their mouths and nostrils, that nobody has hitherto gone nigh them without being instantly burned to a small, black cinder. What do you think of this, my brave Jason?"
"True," said the king, with a smile that didn't seem very friendly. "Very true, young man. But there are other things that are just as tough, or maybe even tougher, to accomplish before you can even hope to be eaten by the dragon. For instance, you must first tame my two bronze-footed and bronze-lunged bulls, which Vulcan, the amazing blacksmith, made for me. There’s a furnace in each of their stomachs, and they breathe such hot fire out of their mouths and nostrils that nobody has gotten close to them without being instantly reduced to a small, black cinder. What do you think of that, my brave Jason?"
"I must encounter the peril," answered Jason, composedly, "since it stands in the way of my purpose."
"I have to face the danger," Jason replied calmly, "since it stands in the way of what I want to achieve."
"After taming the fiery bulls," continued King Aetes, who was determined to scare Jason if possible, "you must yoke them to a plow, and must plow the sacred earth in the Grove of Mars, and sow some of the same dragon's teeth from which Cadmus raised a crop of armed men. They are an unruly set of reprobates, those sons of the dragon's teeth; and unless you treat them suitably, they will fall upon you sword in hand. You and your nine and forty Argonauts, my bold Jason, are hardly numerous or strong enough to fight with such a host as will spring up."
"After taming the fiery bulls," King Aetes continued, hoping to intimidate Jason, "you have to yoke them to a plow and till the sacred land in the Grove of Mars, then sow some of the same dragon's teeth that Cadmus used to raise a bunch of armed warriors. Those sons of the dragon's teeth are a wild bunch; if you don't handle them properly, they'll come at you ready to fight. You and your forty-nine Argonauts, my brave Jason, aren’t nearly enough to take on such a crowd that will come up."
"My master Chiron," replied Jason, "taught me, long ago, the story of Cadmus. Perhaps I can manage the quarrelsome sons of the dragon's teeth as well as Cadmus did."
"My mentor Chiron," Jason replied, "taught me long ago about the story of Cadmus. Maybe I can handle the feuding sons of the dragon's teeth just like Cadmus did."
"I wish the dragon had him," muttered King Aetes to himself, "and the four-footed pedant, his schoolmaster, into the bargain. Why, what a foolhardy, self-conceited coxcomb he is! We'll see what my fire-breathing bulls will do for him. Well, Prince Jason," he continued, aloud, and as complaisantly as he could, "make yourself comfortable for to-day, and to-morrow morning, since you insist upon it, you shall try your skill at the plow."
"I wish the dragon had him," King Aetes muttered to himself, "and that pompous know-it-all, his teacher, too. What a reckless, self-important fool he is! We'll see what my fire-breathing bulls do to him. Well, Prince Jason," he continued, speaking aloud and as politely as possible, "make yourself comfortable for today, and tomorrow morning, since you insist on it, you'll try your hand at the plow."
While the king talked with Jason, a beautiful young woman was standing behind the throne. She fixed her eyes earnestly upon the youthful stranger, and listened attentively to every word that was spoken; and when Jason withdrew from the king's presence, this young woman followed him out of the room.
While the king spoke with Jason, a stunning young woman stood behind the throne. She focused intently on the young stranger and listened closely to every word spoken. When Jason left the king's presence, this young woman followed him out of the room.
"I am the king's daughter," she said to him, "and my name is Medea. I know a great deal of which other young princesses are ignorant, and can do many things which they would be afraid so much as to dream of. If you will trust to me, I can instruct you how to tame the fiery bulls, and sow the dragon's teeth, and get the Golden Fleece."
"I am the king's daughter," she told him, "and my name is Medea. I know a lot of things that other young princesses don't, and I can do many things that they wouldn't even dare to dream of. If you trust me, I can teach you how to tame the fiery bulls, plant the dragon's teeth, and acquire the Golden Fleece."
"Indeed, beautiful princess," answered Jason, "if you will do me this service, I promise to be grateful to you my whole life long."
"Of course, beautiful princess," Jason replied, "if you help me with this, I promise to be grateful to you for the rest of my life."
Gazing at Medea, he beheld a wonderful intelligence in her face. She was one of those persons whose eyes are full of mystery; so that, while looking into them, you seem to see a very great way, as into a deep well, yet can never be certain whether you see into the farthest depths, or whether there be not something else hidden at the bottom. If Jason had been capable of fearing anything, he would have been afraid of making this young princess his enemy; for, beautiful as she now looked, she might, the very next instant, become as terrible as the dragon that kept watch over the Golden Fleece.
Gazing at Medea, he saw an incredible intelligence in her face. She was one of those people whose eyes are full of mystery; when you look into them, it feels like you’re peering into a deep well, but you can never be sure if you’re seeing all the way to the bottom or if there’s something else hidden down there. If Jason had been capable of fearing anything, he would have feared making this young princess his enemy; for, as beautiful as she looked now, she could, in an instant, become as fearsome as the dragon guarding the Golden Fleece.
"Princess," he exclaimed, "you seem indeed very wise and very powerful. But how can you help me to do the things of which you speak? Are you an enchantress?"
"Princess," he said, "you really do seem very wise and powerful. But how can you help me with the things you’re talking about? Are you a sorceress?"
"Yes, Prince Jason," answered Medea, with a smile, "you have hit upon the truth. I am an enchantress. Circe, my father's sister, taught me to be one, and I could tell you, if I pleased, who was the old woman with the peacock, the pomegranate, and the cuckoo staff, whom you carried over the river; and, likewise, who it is that speaks through the lips of the oaken image, that stands in the prow of your galley. I am acquainted with some of your secrets, you perceive. It is well for you that I am favorably inclined; for, otherwise, you would hardly escape being snapped up by the dragon."
"Yes, Prince Jason," Medea replied with a smile, "you’ve hit the nail on the head. I am an enchantress. My father’s sister, Circe, taught me how to wield magic, and I could tell you, if I wanted to, who the old woman with the peacock, the pomegranate, and the cuckoo staff was, the one you carried across the river; and also, who it is that speaks through the lips of the oak figure that stands at the front of your ship. I'm aware of some of your secrets, as you can see. It’s fortunate for you that I have a favorable opinion of you; otherwise, you would likely end up being devoured by the dragon."
"I should not so much care for the dragon," replied Jason, "if I only knew how to manage the brazen-footed and fiery-lunged bulls."
"I wouldn't be so worried about the dragon," Jason replied, "if I just knew how to handle the bronze-footed and fire-breathing bulls."
"If you are as brave as I think you, and as you have need to be," said Medea, "your own bold heart will teach you that there is but one way of dealing with a mad bull. What it is I leave you to find out in the moment of peril. As for the fiery breath of these animals, I have a charmed ointment here, which will prevent you from being burned up, and cure you if you chance to be a little scorched."
"If you’re as brave as I believe you are, and as you need to be," said Medea, "your own fearless heart will show you that there’s only one way to handle a mad bull. What that is, I’ll let you discover when the time comes. As for the fiery breath of these creatures, I have a special ointment here that will protect you from being burned and heal you if you happen to get a bit scorched."
So she put a golden box into his hand, and directed him how to apply the perfumed unguent which it contained, and where to meet her at midnight.
So she handed him a golden box and showed him how to use the scented ointment inside, along with where to meet her at midnight.
"Only be brave," added she, "and before daybreak the brazen bulls shall be tamed."
"Just be brave," she added, "and before dawn the loud bulls will be tamed."
The young man assured her that his heart would not fail him. He then rejoined his comrades, and told them what had passed between the princess and himself, and warned them to be in readiness in case there might be need of their help. At the appointed hour he met the beautiful Medea on the marble steps of the king's palace. She gave him a basket, in which were the dragon's teeth, just as they had been pulled out of the monster's jaws by Cadmus, long ago. Medea then led Jason down the palace steps, and through the silent streets of the city, and into the royal pasture ground, where the two brazen-footed bulls were kept. It was a starry night, with a bright gleam along the eastern edge of the sky, where the moon was soon going to show herself. After entering the pasture, the princess paused and looked around.
The young man assured her that he wouldn’t let fear get to him. He then went back to his friends and told them about his conversation with the princess, warning them to be ready in case they needed to help. At the designated time, he met the beautiful Medea on the marble steps of the king's palace. She handed him a basket containing the dragon's teeth, just as Cadmus had taken them from the monster's jaws long ago. Medea then led Jason down the palace steps, through the quiet streets of the city, and into the royal pasture where the two bronze-footed bulls were kept. It was a starry night, with a bright glow along the eastern edge of the sky, where the moon was about to appear. After entering the pasture, the princess paused and looked around.
"There they are," said she, "reposing themselves and chewing their fiery cuds in that farthest corner of the field. It will be excellent sport, I assure you, when they catch a glimpse of your figure. My father and all his court delight in nothing so much as to see a stranger trying to yoke them, in order to come at the Golden Fleece. It makes a holiday in Colchis whenever such a thing happens. For my part, I enjoy it immensely. You cannot imagine in what a mere twinkling of an eye their hot breath shrivels a young man into a black cinder."
"There they are," she said, "relaxing and chewing their fiery cud in that farthest corner of the field. It'll be great fun, trust me, when they catch sight of you. My father and all his court take great pleasure in watching a stranger try to tame them in order to get the Golden Fleece. It turns into a celebration in Colchis whenever that happens. As for me, I find it absolutely enjoyable. You can't imagine how in just the blink of an eye their hot breath turns a young man into a black cinder."
"Are you sure, beautiful Medea," asked Jason, "quite sure, that the unguent in the gold box will prove a remedy against those terrible burns?"
"Are you sure, beautiful Medea," Jason asked, "really sure that the ointment in the gold box will be a cure for those awful burns?"
"If you doubt, if you are in the least afraid," said the princess, looking him in the face by the dim starlight, "you had better never have been born than to go a step nigher to the bulls."
"If you're unsure, if you're even a little scared," said the princess, looking him in the eye under the dim starlight, "you'd be better off never having been born than to get any closer to the bulls."
But Jason had set his heart steadfastly on getting the Golden Fleece; and I positively doubt whether he would have gone back without it, even had he been certain of finding himself turned into a red-hot cinder, or a handful of white ashes, the instant he made a step farther. He therefore let go Medea's hand, and walked boldly forward in the direction whither she had pointed. At some distance before him he perceived four streams of fiery vapor, regularly appearing and again vanishing, after dimly lighting up the surrounding obscurity. These, you will understand, were caused by the breath of the brazen bulls, which was quietly stealing out of their four nostrils, as they lay chewing their cuds.
But Jason was determined to get the Golden Fleece; I seriously doubt he would have turned back without it, even if he was sure he'd be turned into a red-hot cinder or a handful of white ashes the moment he took another step. So, he let go of Medea's hand and confidently moved forward in the direction she indicated. In the distance, he saw four streams of fiery vapor, appearing and disappearing regularly, briefly lighting up the surrounding darkness. These, as you might guess, were caused by the breath of the brazen bulls, quietly escaping from their four nostrils as they chewed their cud.
At the first two or three steps which Jason made, the four fiery streams appeared to gush out somewhat more plentifully; for the two brazen bulls had heard his foot tramp, and were lifting up their hot noses to snuff the air. He went a little farther, and by the way in which the red vapor now spouted forth, he judged that the creatures had got upon their feet. Now he could see glowing sparks, and vivid jets of flame. At the next step, each of the bulls made the pasture echo with a terrible roar, while the burning breath, which they thus belched forth, lit up the whole field with a momentary flash. One other stride did bold Jason make; and, suddenly as a streak of lightning, on came these fiery animals, roaring like thunder, and sending out sheets of white flame, which so kindled up the scene that the young man could discern every object more distinctly than by daylight. Most distinctly of all he saw the two horrible creatures galloping right down upon him, their brazen hoofs rattling and ringing over the ground, and their tails sticking up stiffly into the air, as has always been the fashion with angry bulls. Their breath scorched the herbage before them. So intensely hot it was, indeed, that it caught a dry tree under which Jason was now standing, and set it all in a light blaze. But as for Jason himself (thanks to Medea's enchanted ointment), the white flame curled around his body, without injuring him a jot more than if he had been made of asbestos.
At the first two or three steps that Jason took, the four fiery streams seemed to burst out even more vigorously, as the two bronze bulls had heard his footsteps and were lifting their hot noses to sniff the air. He moved a little further, and seeing how the red vapor now shot out, he realized that the creatures were on their feet. Now he could see glowing sparks and bright jets of flame. With the next step, each bull made the area echo with a terrifying roar, and the burning breath they expelled lit up the entire field with a brief flash. Jason took one more bold step; suddenly, like a flash of lightning, the fiery animals charged at him, roaring like thunder and spewing sheets of white flame that illuminated the scene so well that he could see every detail more clearly than in daylight. Most clearly of all, he saw the two terrifying creatures racing directly toward him, their bronze hooves clattering and ringing on the ground, with their tails raised stiffly in the air, just like angry bulls always do. Their breath scorched the grass in front of them. It was so intensely hot that it caught a dry tree, which Jason was now standing under, and set it ablaze. But as for Jason himself (thanks to Medea's enchanted ointment), the white flames curled around his body without harming him at all, as if he were made of asbestos.
Greatly encouraged at finding himself not yet turned into a cinder, the young man awaited the attack of the bulls. Just as the brazen brutes fancied themselves sure of tossing him into the air, he caught one of them by the horn, and the other by his screwed-up tail, and held them in a gripe like that of an iron vice, one with his right hand, the other with his left. Well, he must have been wonderfully strong in his arms, to be sure. But the secret of the matter was, that the brazen bulls were enchanted creatures, and that Jason had broken the spell of their fiery fierceness by his bold way of handling them. And, ever since that time, it has been the favorite method of brave men, when danger assails them, to do what they call "taking the bull by the horns"; and to gripe him by the tail is pretty much the same thing—that is, to throw aside fear, and overcome the peril by despising it. It was now easy to yoke the bulls, and to harness them to the plow, which had lain rusting on the ground for a great many years gone by; so long was it before anybody could be found capable of plowing that piece of land. Jason, I suppose, had been taught how to draw a furrow by the good old Chiron, who, perhaps, used to allow himself to be harnessed to the plow. At any rate, our hero succeeded perfectly well in breaking up the greensward; and, by the time that the moon was a quarter of her journey up the sky, the plowed field lay before him, a large tract of black earth, ready to be sown with the dragon's teeth. So Jason scattered them broadcast, and harrowed them into the soil with a brush-harrow, and took his stand on the edge of the field, anxious to see what would happen next.
Greatly encouraged to find himself still intact, the young man waited for the bulls to attack. Just as the bold creatures thought they could throw him into the air, he grabbed one by the horn and the other by its twisted tail, holding them in a grip like an iron vise, one with his right hand and the other with his left. He must have been incredibly strong to do that. But the truth was, the bulls were enchanted creatures, and Jason had broken the spell of their fiery rage with his fearless approach. Since then, it’s become a common saying among brave people to "take the bull by the horns," which means to confront danger head-on, and grabbing him by the tail is pretty much the same idea—casting aside fear and overcoming challenges by defying them. It was now easy to yoke the bulls and harness them to the plow, which had been sitting rusting on the ground for many years; it had taken a long time to find someone capable of plowing that land. Jason, I guess, had learned how to plow from the wise old Chiron, who perhaps used to let himself be harnessed to the plow. At any rate, our hero did an excellent job breaking up the ground; by the time the moon was a quarter of the way up in the sky, the plowed field stretched out before him, a large area of dark earth ready to be sown with the dragon's teeth. So Jason scattered them widely, harrowing them into the soil with a brush-harrow, and stood at the edge of the field, eager to see what would happen next.
"Must we wait long for harvest time?" he inquired of Medea, who was now standing by his side.
"Do we have to wait long for harvest time?" he asked Medea, who was now standing next to him.
"Whether sooner or later, it will be sure to come," answered the princess. "A crop of armed men never fails to spring up, when the dragon's teeth have been sown."
"Whether it's sooner or later, it will definitely come," replied the princess. "A bunch of armed men always appears when the dragon's teeth have been sown."
The moon was now high aloft in the heavens, and threw its bright beams over the plowed field, where as yet there was nothing to be seen. Any farmer, on viewing it, would have said that Jason must wait weeks before the green blades would peep from among the clods, and whole months before the yellow grain would be ripened for the sickle. But by and by, all over the field, there was something that glistened in the moonbeams, like sparkling drops of dew. These bright objects sprouted higher, and proved to be the steel heads of spears. Then there was a dazzling gleam from a vast number of polished brass helmets, beneath which, as they grew farther out of the soil, appeared the dark and bearded visages of warriors, struggling to free themselves from the imprisoning earth. The first look that they gave at the upper world was a glare of wrath and defiance. Next were seen their bright breastplates; in every right hand there was a sword or a spear, and on each left arm a shield; and when this strange crop of warriors had but half grown out of the earth, they struggled—such was their impatience of restraint—and, as it were, tore themselves up by the roots. Wherever a dragon's tooth had fallen, there stood a man armed for battle. They made a clangor with their swords against their shields, and eyed one another fiercely; for they had come into this beautiful world, and into the peaceful moonlight, full of rage and stormy passions, and ready to take the life of every human brother, in recompense of the boon of their own existence.
The moon was now high in the sky, casting its bright light over the plowed field, where nothing was visible yet. Any farmer looking at it would say that Jason would have to wait weeks for the green shoots to emerge from the soil and months for the golden grain to ripen for harvesting. But soon, all over the field, something began to sparkle in the moonlight, like drops of dew. These shiny objects rose higher and turned out to be the steel tips of spears. Then a brilliant shine came from a large number of polished brass helmets, beneath which, as they moved further out of the ground, appeared the dark, bearded faces of warriors struggling to free themselves from the earth. The first look they gave at the world above was one of anger and defiance. Next, their shining breastplates became visible; each right hand wielded a sword or spear, and each left arm bore a shield. As this strange crop of warriors emerged from the ground, they were impatient to be free and seemingly tore themselves up by the roots. Wherever a dragon's tooth had fallen, a battle-ready man stood. They clashed their swords against their shields and glared fiercely at each other, for they had entered this beautiful world, under the peaceful moonlight, filled with rage and stormy emotions, ready to take the life of every human in exchange for the gift of their own existence.
There have been many other armies in the world that seemed to possess the same fierce nature with the one which had now sprouted from the dragon's teeth; but these, in the moonlit field, were the more excusable, because they never had women for their mothers. And how it would have rejoiced any great captain, who was bent on conquering the world, like Alexander or Napoleon, to raise a crop of armed soldiers as easily as Jason did! For a while, the warriors stood flourishing their weapons, clashing their swords against their shields, and boiling over with the red-hot thirst for battle. Then they began to shout—"Show us the enemy! Lead us to the charge! Death or victory!" "Come on, brave comrades! Conquer or die!" and a hundred other outcries, such as men always bellow forth on a battle field, and which these dragon people seemed to have at their tongues' ends. At last, the front rank caught sight of Jason, who, beholding the flash of so many weapons in the moonlight, had thought it best to draw his sword. In a moment all the sons of the dragon's teeth appeared to take Jason for an enemy; and crying with one voice, "Guard the Golden Fleece!" they ran at him with uplifted swords and protruded spears. Jason knew that it would be impossible to withstand this blood-thirsty battalion with his single arm, but determined, since there was nothing better to be done, to die as valiantly as if he himself had sprung from a dragon's tooth.
There have been many other armies in the world that seemed to share the same fierce nature as the one that had now emerged from the dragon's teeth; but these, in the moonlit field, were more understandable, since they never had women for their mothers. And how it would have thrilled any great leader, who aimed to conquer the world, like Alexander or Napoleon, to create a group of armed soldiers as easily as Jason did! For a while, the warriors stood brandishing their weapons, clashing their swords against their shields, and overflowing with the intense desire for battle. Then they began to shout—"Show us the enemy! Lead us into the fight! Death or victory!" "Come on, brave comrades! Conquer or die!" and a hundred other battle cries that men always scream on a battlefield, which these dragon warriors seemed to have ready at their lips. Finally, the front rank spotted Jason, who, seeing the flash of so many weapons in the moonlight, thought it best to draw his sword. In an instant, all the sons of the dragon's teeth seemed to take Jason for an enemy; and shouting in unison, "Guard the Golden Fleece!" they charged at him with raised swords and pointed spears. Jason knew it would be impossible to withstand this bloodthirsty group with only his single arm, but he resolved, since there was no better option, to die as valiantly as if he himself had come from a dragon's tooth.
Medea, however, bade him snatch up a stone from the ground.
Medea, however, told him to grab a stone from the ground.
"Throw it among them quickly!" cried she. "It is the only way to save yourself."
"Throw it in with them fast!" she shouted. "It's the only way to save yourself."
The armed men were now so nigh that Jason could discern the fire flashing out of their enraged eyes, when he let fly the stone, and saw it strike the helmet of a tall warrior, who was rushing upon him with his blade aloft. The stone glanced from this man's helmet to the shield of his nearest comrade, and thence flew right into the angry face of another, hitting him smartly between the eyes. Each of the three who had been struck by the stone took it for granted that his next neighbor had given him a blow; and instead of running any farther towards Jason, they began to fight among themselves. The confusion spread through the host, so that it seemed scarcely a moment before they were all hacking, hewing, and stabbing at one another, lopping off arms, heads, and legs and doing such memorable deeds that Jason was filled with immense admiration; although, at the same time, he could not help laughing to behold these mighty men punishing each other for an offense which he himself had committed. In an incredibly short space of time (almost as short, indeed, as it had taken them to grow up), all but one of the heroes of the dragon's teeth were stretched lifeless on the field. The last survivor, the bravest and strongest of the whole, had just force enough to wave his crimson sword over his head and give a shout of exultation, crying, "Victory! Victory! Immortal fame!" when he himself fell down, and lay quietly among his slain brethren.
The armed men were now so close that Jason could see the fire flashing in their angry eyes when he threw the stone. It hit the helmet of a tall warrior charging at him with his sword raised. The stone bounced off this man's helmet to the shield of his closest comrade, and then right into the furious face of another, hitting him hard between the eyes. Each of the three struck by the stone assumed that the person next to him had hit him, and instead of advancing toward Jason, they started fighting each other. The chaos spread among the troops, and it felt like it was hardly a moment before they were all hacking, chopping, and stabbing at one another, lopping off arms, heads, and legs, and doing such memorable deeds that Jason couldn't help but feel immense admiration; at the same time, he couldn't stop laughing at seeing these mighty men punishing each other for something he had done. In an incredibly short amount of time (almost as quickly as it had taken them to grow up), all but one of the heroes from the dragon's teeth lay lifeless on the ground. The last survivor, the bravest and strongest of them all, had just enough strength to wave his crimson sword above his head and shout in triumph, "Victory! Victory! Immortal fame!" when he himself fell and lay quietly among his fallen comrades.
And there was the end of the army that had sprouted from the dragon's teeth. That fierce and feverish fight was the only enjoyment which they had tasted on this beautiful earth.
And that was the end of the army that had come from the dragon's teeth. That intense and frantic battle was the only joy they had experienced on this beautiful Earth.
"Let them sleep in the bed of honor," said the Princess Medea, with a sly smile at Jason. "The world will always have simpletons enough, just like them, fighting and dying for they know not what, and fancying that posterity will take the trouble to put laurel wreaths on their rusty and battered helmets. Could you help smiling, Prince Jason, to see the self-conceit of that last fellow, just as he tumbled down?"
"Let them sleep in the bed of honor," said Princess Medea, with a sly smile at Jason. "The world will always have plenty of fools like them, fighting and dying for things they don’t even understand, thinking that future generations will bother to place laurel wreaths on their old and battered helmets. Can you help but smile, Prince Jason, when you see the arrogance of that last guy, just as he fell?"
"It made me very sad," answered Jason, gravely. "And, to tell you the truth, princess, the Golden Fleece does not appear so well worth the winning, after what I have here beheld!"
"It made me really sad," Jason replied seriously. "And honestly, princess, the Golden Fleece doesn't seem worth all the trouble, after what I've seen here!"
"You will think differently in the morning," said Medea. "True, the Golden Fleece may not be so valuable as you have thought it; but then there is nothing better in the world; and one must needs have an object, you know. Come! Your night's work has been well performed; and to-morrow you can inform King Aetes that the first part of your allotted task is fulfilled."
"You'll see things differently in the morning," Medea said. "Sure, the Golden Fleece might not be as valuable as you thought, but there's nothing better out there; and you need to have a goal, you know. Come on! You did a great job tonight, and tomorrow you can tell King Aetes that you've completed the first part of your assigned task."
Agreeably to Medea's advice, Jason went betimes in the morning to the palace of King Aetes. Entering the presence chamber, he stood at the foot of the throne, and made a low obeisance.
Following Medea's advice, Jason went early in the morning to King Aetes' palace. Entering the throne room, he stood at the foot of the throne and bowed respectfully.
"Your eyes look heavy, Prince Jason," observed the king; "you appear to have spent a sleepless night. I hope you have been considering the matter a little more wisely, and have concluded not to get yourself scorched to a cinder, in attempting to tame my brazen-lunged bulls."
"Your eyes look tired, Prince Jason," the king noted; "you seem to have had a restless night. I hope you've thought about the situation a bit more carefully and decided not to get yourself burned to a crisp trying to handle my loud bulls."
"That is already accomplished, may it please your majesty," replied Jason. "The bulls have been tamed and yoked; the field has been plowed; the dragon's teeth have been sown broadcast, and harrowed into the soil; the crop of armed warriors have sprung up, and they have slain one another, to the last man. And now I solicit your majesty's permission to encounter the dragon, that I may take down the Golden Fleece from the tree, and depart, with my nine and forty comrades."
"That is already done, if it pleases your majesty," replied Jason. "The bulls have been tamed and yoked; the field has been plowed; the dragon's teeth have been scattered and worked into the soil; the crop of armed warriors has emerged, and they have fought each other until none were left. Now, I ask for your majesty's permission to face the dragon, so I can take the Golden Fleece from the tree and leave with my forty-nine comrades."
King Aetes scowled, and looked very angry and excessively disturbed; for he knew that, in accordance with his kingly promise, he ought now to permit Jason to win the Fleece, if his courage and skill should enable him to do so. But, since the young man had met with such good luck in the matter of the brazen bulls and the dragon's teeth, the king feared that he would be equally successful in slaying the dragon. And therefore, though he would gladly have seen Jason snapped up at a mouthful, he was resolved (and it was a very wrong thing of this wicked potentate) not to run any further risk of losing his beloved Fleece.
King Aetes frowned, looking very angry and extremely upset; he knew that, according to his royal promise, he should now allow Jason to win the Fleece if his bravery and skill allowed him to do so. However, since the young man had been so fortunate in dealing with the bronze bulls and the dragon's teeth, the king worried that he might also succeed in killing the dragon. Therefore, even though he would have happily seen Jason devoured in one bite, he was determined (and it was a very wicked thing for this cruel ruler) not to take any more risks of losing his cherished Fleece.
"You never would have succeeded in this business, young man," said he, "if my undutiful daughter Medea had not helped you with her enchantments. Had you acted fairly, you would have been, at this instant, a black cinder, or a handful of white ashes. I forbid you, on pain of death, to make any more attempts to get the Golden Fleece. To speak my mind plainly, you shall never set eyes on so much as one of its glistening locks."
"You wouldn't have succeeded in this business, young man," he said, "if my ungrateful daughter Medea hadn't assisted you with her magic. If you had been fair, you would be nothing but a black cinder or a pile of white ashes right now. I forbid you, under threat of death, to try to get the Golden Fleece again. To put it bluntly, you will never lay eyes on even a single one of its shining strands."
Jason left the king's presence in great sorrow and anger. He could think of nothing better to be done than to summon together his forty-nine brave Argonauts, march at once to the Grove of Mars, slay the dragon, take possession of the Golden Fleece, get on board the Argo, and spread all sail for Iolchos. The success of this scheme depended, it is true, on the doubtful point whether all the fifty heroes might not be snapped up, at so many mouthfuls, by the dragon. But, as Jason was hastening down the palace steps, the Princess Medea called after him, and beckoned him to return. Her black eyes shone upon him with such a keen intelligence, that he felt as if there were a serpent peeping out of them; and, although she had done him so much service only the night before, he was by no means very certain that she would not do him an equally great mischief before sunset. These enchantresses, you must know, are never to be depended upon.
Jason left the king feeling extremely sad and angry. He couldn’t think of anything better to do than gather his forty-nine brave Argonauts, head straight to the Grove of Mars, kill the dragon, take the Golden Fleece, board the Argo, and set sail for Iolchos. The success of this plan depended, of course, on the uncertain possibility that the dragon might not devour all fifty heroes in one go. However, as Jason rushed down the palace steps, Princess Medea called out to him and signaled him to come back. Her dark eyes shone with such sharp intelligence that he felt as if a serpent was looking out from them; and even though she had helped him so much just the night before, he wasn't at all sure she wouldn’t cause him just as much trouble before sunset. You should know that you can never fully rely on these enchantresses.
"What says King Aetes, my royal and upright father?" inquired Medea, slightly smiling. "Will he give you the Golden Fleece, without any further risk or trouble?"
"What does King Aetes, my noble and honorable father, say?" Medea asked, a slight smile on her face. "Will he give you the Golden Fleece without any more danger or hassle?"
"On the contrary," answered Jason, "he is very angry with me for taming the brazen bulls and sowing the dragon's teeth. And he forbids me to make any more attempts, and positively refuses to give up the Golden Fleece, whether I slay the dragon or no."
"On the contrary," Jason replied, "he's really mad at me for taming the brazen bulls and planting the dragon's teeth. He’s banned me from trying again and absolutely refuses to give up the Golden Fleece, whether I kill the dragon or not."
"Yes, Jason," said the princess, "and I can tell you more. Unless you set sail from Colchis before to-morrow's sunrise, the king means to burn your fifty-oared galley, and put yourself and your forty-nine brave comrades to the sword. But be of good courage. The Golden Fleece you shall have, if it lies within the power of my enchantments to get it for you. Wait for me here an hour before midnight."
"Yes, Jason," said the princess, "and I can share more with you. If you don't leave Colchis before sunrise tomorrow, the king plans to burn your fifty-oared ship and kill you and your forty-nine brave men. But stay strong. You will get the Golden Fleece if I can use my magic to help you. Wait for me here an hour before midnight."
At the appointed hour you might again have seen Prince Jason and the Princess Medea, side by side, stealing through the streets of Colchis, on their way to the sacred grove, in the center of which the Golden Fleece was suspended to a tree. While they were crossing the pasture ground, the brazen bulls came towards Jason, lowing, nodding their heads, and thrusting forth their snouts, which, as other cattle do, they loved to have rubbed and caressed by a friendly hand. Their fierce nature was thoroughly tamed; and, with their fierceness, the two furnaces in their stomachs had likewise been extinguished, insomuch that they probably enjoyed far more comfort in grazing and chewing their cuds than ever before. Indeed, it had heretofore been a great inconvenience to these poor animals, that, whenever they wished to eat a mouthful of grass, the fire out of their nostrils had shriveled it up, before they could manage to crop it. How they contrived to keep themselves alive is more than I can imagine. But now, instead of emitting jets of flame and streams of sulphurous vapor, they breathed the very sweetest of cow breath.
At the scheduled hour, you might have seen Prince Jason and Princess Medea walking side by side through the streets of Colchis, heading to the sacred grove where the Golden Fleece was hanging from a tree. As they walked across the pasture, the bronze bulls approached Jason, mooing, nodding their heads, and extending their snouts, which, like other cattle, they enjoyed having rubbed and petted by a friendly hand. Their fierce nature had been completely tamed; in fact, their fiery insides had cooled down, and they probably found more comfort in grazing and chewing their cud than ever before. Previously, it had been quite a hassle for these poor animals because, whenever they tried to eat a bite of grass, the fire from their nostrils would scorch it before they could nibble it. How they managed to survive is beyond me. But now, instead of spewing flames and clouds of sulfur, they were breathing the sweetest bovine breath.
After kindly patting the bulls, Jason followed Medea's guidance into the Grove of Mars, where the great oak trees, that had been growing for centuries, threw so thick a shade that the moonbeams struggled vainly to find their way through it. Only here and there a glimmer fell upon the leaf-strewn earth, or now and then a breeze stirred the boughs aside, and gave Jason a glimpse of the sky, lest, in that deep obscurity, he might forget that there was one, overhead. At length, when they had gone farther and farther into the heart of the duskiness, Medea squeezed Jason's hand.
After gently petting the bulls, Jason followed Medea's lead into the Grove of Mars, where the ancient oak trees had been standing for centuries and created such dense shade that the moonlight struggled to penetrate it. Only here and there did a faint glow touch the leaf-covered ground, and occasionally a breeze would rustle the branches, giving Jason a fleeting view of the sky, reminding him that it still existed above him despite the deep darkness surrounding them. Finally, as they ventured deeper into the shadows, Medea squeezed Jason's hand.
"Look yonder," she whispered. "Do you see it?"
"Look over there," she whispered. "Do you see it?"
Gleaming among the venerable oaks, there was a radiance, not like the moonbeams, but rather resembling the golden glory of the setting sun. It proceeded from an object, which appeared to be suspended at about a man's height from the ground, a little farther within the wood.
Shining among the old oaks, there was a glow, not like moonlight, but more like the golden light of the setting sun. It came from something that seemed to be hanging about the height of a man, a little deeper in the woods.
"What is it?" asked Jason.
"What is it?" Jason asked.
"Have you come so far to seek it," exclaimed Medea, "and do you not recognize the meed of all your toils and perils, when it glitters before your eyes? It is the Golden Fleece."
"Have you come all this way to find it," Medea exclaimed, "and do you not see the reward for all your hard work and dangers when it shines right in front of you? It's the Golden Fleece."
Jason went onward a few steps farther, and then stopped to gaze. O, how beautiful it looked, shining with a marvelous light of its own, that inestimable prize which so many heroes had longed to behold, but had perished in the quest of it, either by the perils of their voyage, or by the fiery breath of the brazen-lunged bulls.
Jason took a few more steps and then stopped to look. Oh, how beautiful it was, glowing with an incredible light of its own, that invaluable treasure that so many heroes had dreamed of seeing, but had died seeking, either from the dangers of their journey or from the fiery breath of the bronze bulls.
"How gloriously it shines!" cried Jason, in a rapture. "It has surely been dipped in the richest gold of sunset. Let me hasten onward, and take it to my bosom."
"How brilliantly it shines!" exclaimed Jason, in ecstasy. "It must have been dipped in the richest gold of sunset. Let me hurry ahead and hold it to my chest."
"Stay," said Medea, holding him back. "Have you forgotten what guards it?"
"Stay," Medea said, stopping him. "Have you forgotten what's protecting it?"
To say the truth, in the joy of beholding the object of his desires, the terrible dragon had quite slipped out of Jason's memory. Soon, however, something came to pass, that reminded him what perils were still to be encountered. An antelope, that probably mistook the yellow radiance for sunrise, came bounding fleetly through the grove. He was rushing straight towards the Golden Fleece, when suddenly there was a frightful hiss, and the immense head and half the scaly body of the dragon was thrust forth (for he was twisted round the trunk of the tree on which the Fleece hung), and seizing the poor antelope, swallowed him with one snap of his jaws.
Honestly, in his excitement at seeing the object of his desires, Jason had completely forgotten about the terrible dragon. But soon, something happened that reminded him of the dangers still ahead. An antelope, probably mistaking the yellow glow for sunrise, came sprinting through the grove. It was rushing straight toward the Golden Fleece when suddenly there was a horrifying hiss, and the massive head and part of the scaly body of the dragon emerged (it was coiled around the trunk of the tree where the Fleece hung), quickly snatching the poor antelope and swallowing it in one gulp.
After this feat, the dragon seemed sensible that some other living creature was within reach, on which he felt inclined to finish his meal. In various directions he kept poking his ugly snout among the trees, stretching out his neck a terrible long way, now here, now there, and now close to the spot where Jason and the princess were hiding behind an oak. Upon my word, as the head came waving and undulating through the air, and reaching almost within arm's length of Prince Jason, it was a very hideous and uncomfortable sight. The gape of his enormous jaws was nearly as wide as the gateway of the king's palace.
After this achievement, the dragon seemed to sense that some other living creature was nearby, and he felt like finishing his meal. He kept poking his ugly snout among the trees in different directions, extending his neck a frighteningly long way, now here, now there, and now close to where Jason and the princess were hiding behind an oak. Honestly, as the head swayed and undulated through the air, getting almost within arm's reach of Prince Jason, it was a truly hideous and unsettling sight. The gaping maw of his enormous jaws was nearly as wide as the entrance to the king's palace.
"Well, Jason," whispered Medea (for she was ill natured, as all enchantresses are, and wanted to make the bold youth tremble), "what do you think now of your prospect of winning the Golden Fleece?"
"Well, Jason," whispered Medea (since she had a bad temperament, like all enchantresses do, and wanted to make the brave young man shake), "what do you think about your chances of winning the Golden Fleece now?"
Jason answered only by drawing his sword, and making a step forward.
Jason responded by drawing his sword and taking a step forward.
"Stay, foolish youth," said Medea, grasping his arm. "Do not you see you are lost, without me as your good angel? In this gold box I have a magic potion, which will do the dragon's business far more effectually than your sword."
"Wait, silly young man," Medea said, holding onto his arm. "Don't you see you're doomed without me as your guardian angel? In this gold box, I have a magic potion that will take care of the dragon much better than your sword."
The dragon had probably heard the voices; for swift as lightning, his black head and forked tongue came hissing among the trees again, darting full forty feet at a stretch. As it approached, Medea tossed the contents of the gold box right down the monster's wide-open throat. Immediately, with an outrageous hiss and a tremendous wriggle—flinging his tail up to the tip-top of the tallest tree, and shattering all its branches as it crashed heavily down again—the dragon fell at full length upon the ground, and lay quite motionless.
The dragon must have heard the voices; because, quick as lightning, his black head and forked tongue came hissing through the trees again, darting a full forty feet at a time. As it got closer, Medea threw the contents of the gold box right down the monster's wide-open throat. Instantly, with a furious hiss and a massive wriggle—lifting his tail all the way to the top of the tallest tree and breaking all its branches as he crashed back down—the dragon fell flat on the ground and lay completely still.
"It is only a sleeping potion," said the enchantress to Prince Jason. "One always finds a use for these mischievous creatures, sooner or later; so I did not wish to kill him outright. Quick! Snatch the prize, and let us begone. You have won the Golden Fleece."
"It’s just a sleeping potion," said the enchantress to Prince Jason. "You always find a use for these tricky beings, sooner or later, so I didn’t want to kill him right away. Quick! Grab the prize, and let’s get out of here. You’ve won the Golden Fleece."
Jason caught the fleece from the tree, and hurried through the grove, the deep shadows of which were illuminated as he passed by the golden glory of the precious object that he bore along. A little way before him, he beheld the old woman whom he had helped over the stream, with her peacock beside her. She clapped her hands for joy, and beckoning him to make haste, disappeared among the duskiness of the trees. Espying the two winged sons of the North Wind (who were disporting themselves in the moonlight, a few hundred feet aloft), Jason bade them tell the rest of the Argonauts to embark as speedily as possible. But Lynceus, with his sharp eyes, had already caught a glimpse of him, bringing the Golden Fleece, although several stone walls, a hill, and the black shadows of the Grove of Mars, intervened between. By his advice, the heroes had seated themselves on the benches of the galley, with their oars held perpendicularly, ready to let fall into the water.
Jason caught the fleece from the tree and hurried through the grove, the deep shadows of which were lit up as he passed by the golden beauty of the precious item he carried. A little way ahead, he saw the old woman he had helped across the stream, with her peacock next to her. She clapped her hands in joy and signaled him to hurry, disappearing into the darkness of the trees. Spotting the two winged sons of the North Wind, who were playing in the moonlight a few hundred feet above, Jason instructed them to tell the rest of the Argonauts to board the ship as quickly as possible. But Lynceus, with his keen eyesight, had already noticed him bringing the Golden Fleece, despite the several stone walls, a hill, and the dark shadows of the Grove of Mars between them. Following his advice, the heroes had seated themselves on the benches of the ship, with their oars held vertically, ready to drop them into the water.
As Jason drew near, he heard the Talking Image calling to him with more than ordinary eagerness, in its grave, sweet voice:
As Jason got closer, he heard the Talking Image calling to him with unusual excitement in its serious, gentle voice:
"Make haste, Prince Jason! For your life, make haste!"
"Move quickly, Prince Jason! Hurry for your life!"
With one bound, he leaped aboard. At sight of the glorious radiance of the Golden Fleece, the nine and forty heroes gave a mighty shout, and Orpheus, striking his harp, sang a song of triumph, to the cadence of which the galley flew over the water, homeward bound, as if careering along with wings!
With one leap, he jumped aboard. When they saw the dazzling light of the Golden Fleece, the forty-nine heroes let out a loud cheer, and Orpheus, playing his harp, sang a triumphant song. To the rhythm of his music, the ship sped over the water, headed home, as if it had wings!
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!